Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
B17-0952 028-120-028
�. BUTTE TrF.� COUNBNutte County Department of Development Services FORM NO AUG 15 2017 PERMIT CENTER W y DEVELOP 7 County Center Drive, Oroville, CA 95965 DBP -06 OVµ'f. SERVICESMain Phone (530) 538-7601 Fax (530) 538-7785 www.buttecountv.net/dds PLAN CHANGE, RECHECK, OR RETURN Owner's Name: h l Q MO (AJ 1 • Contact Person Name: I 1 �tl Contact email: Oai-ex,4@1 re d b me i l` 1S+a 11. ca Contact Phone Number: S _JO Sri I & 71 !� Date Submitted: Permit Number: 6-)0952- Assessor's Parcel Number: COMPLETE SET OF PLANS ❑ PARTIAL SET OR PAGES OF PLANS (LIST PAGES BELOW) Please check any that apply: ❑ Response to Plan Check Letter? ❑ Response to Building Inspection Correction Notice? ❑ Is there additional square footage? ❑ Is unfinished area being in -filled or completed? Other: LIST OF ITEMS SUBMITTED I-� 2. 3. 4. 5. Minimum 1 hour plan change fee to be collected at time of submission. Plans Examiner will determine if additional plan checking fees are required: ❑ Minimum $127.00 paid ❑ Additional Fee Amount Due: K:\NEW_WEBSITE\Building\Building Forms & Documents\2014\2014 Form s--_-rbmpleted\DBP\DBP- 06_Plan_Change_Form_REV'D_8.13.14_AKM.do`c Page 1 of l '"� ' [ALF 028-120-0228 RFPI .Ac'1 NII \ I SIA) UIII Pl-ti (2482) Google Earth le mete 41 PERM 2, — _— BUTTS UNTY, A SOP SERVICES i EON DANCE DATA BY ia. ��a_ Tex � _ PARCEL MAPI Irow px.'P p ftlY. fKiM.'f WtW'L3 A'LfUA CALIFORNIA CODE of REGULATIONS TITLE 25 Requirements as amended by the jurisdiction apply to this project Refer to California Title 25 -Section2337- Skirting SHALL NOT be installed until all underfloor inspections have been approved for manufactured home SEE ATTACHED - CALIFORNIA HCD INFORMATION BULLETIN 2009-003 (MH) IGNITION - RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION IS1,-U9�2 SITE MAP SCALE: 1" = approx. 60' Proposed New Replacement Manufactured Home on PFS: 40'6" x 64' (2,482 sf) APN: 028-120-028 8.91 ac. Site: 4801 La Porte Road Bangor, CA 95914 Owner: Jewett, Philip A. & Diane M. Contact: De Ann Marinello Redline Installations, Inc. (530) 891-6719, Ext. 216 deann@redlineinstnll com .MEMO ■r■M1 r;�■■■■■■■■�■■E■a MME■■------eeeei . il■e■■ONE ■■■■■■■c9ai■■■r r■Mei N■■eE ■eee■ 14 E31 _,. ■■Eoi it■o■■■■■■■ IleI■Ee■ i■■■i ; ileo■■ ■■■M■ ISi■E■i IMM®■■■EEM■ffifirow -=0■MEM �. i0wpm E■! A An 1 I ■IIOM■■■■■■EEE■■OIC X.J �:�IS a ��! ENE • IE■E■ESE■EMS � - R17-11952 1128-1211-028 - r f � . ,,/17/2(117 I'C'I _ MANUFACTURED -HOME SUPPORT_DATA Owner's name�� (� A �l� �'1� �� '�"�`�'. Home Manufacturer:�� Manufacture Year: .9611 Model Number I Name: - - Width: G 4 (ft.) Length: Lt' (ft.)_ , � FOOTINGS: Wood - pressure treated or foundation grade[ ) Other: SUPPORTS: Concrete block(Other:] C3pO� xe Provide manufacturer's installation manual, support blocking requirements an�� approved or engineered foundation or tie down system specifications. �J� �� Pier Footinq Sizes and Locations SINGLE WIDE Line 1 Line 2 Line 1 Section 1 Section 2 MULTI -WIDE. Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 2 4ine 4 (triple wide only) Section 3 1 ' ,- Line 2 Corn.e,-Sk-na-l14'L J-cr e�j�� .� lackl Line 1 Piers: now Load: 0 - /, 5a�psF Minimum size piers:. [ ) X [ J ,} �,.C� svg ��' X2-`1 Spacing maximum: " From ends maximum:. Line 2 Piers: , Line 1 Openings: Minimum size piers: [ j X [ 5J Minimum size pier: [ J X [ Spacing maximum: Required at each side of openings over From ends maximum: wide. Line 3 Roof Loads: Minimum size piers: Location (from front): Minimum size piers: Location (continued): Line 4 Roof Loads: Minimum size piers: Location (from front): Minimum size piers. Location (continued): V1,kg_y" 1 '' 11?0;q." I ib'X.-,)aa "IU, �''xaq''Xj-2. 14Zx6 3 .2 1 �L/Iyx d... ,D„ TIE DOWN ENGINEERING, Inc. ABS Footling Pad #59301-16"x 22.5 16.000 U.100: (16],Oimples, See pet. On Bottom • 9.111 651 — 2:727 OM R. Section A Enlarged Dimple Detail Enlarged General Notes 1) 360 square inches = 2.5 square feet. can be pyramind stacked = 5 square feet. 2) Flat side down. 3) Can be used with. Steel Piers Or Concrete Blocks. 4) Installer responsible for determining bearing loads and capacities 5) RADCO Listing #1345 Molded in Pad Base. Cha5615 Beam 16 x.22.5 AB5 Pad' QapF ESS/0 Fq,��s�Fyc C 30123 EXP.- 12-31-L/— 3_4j -f?. Steel Pier Attach` pier to A185 Pad using M414 x'2" SMS Screws. O� Check local recfuirlements for i .C) proper pier top.. ��x 22.5" he dimensions. shown for injection mold process.. Actual measured thicknesses after curing: Outer Flange = 0.134" to 0.121" (top) Bottom (base)_ 0.100" :Ribs (at base).=. 0.137" to 0.114" (top) Maximum. Pier: Loads Per Sq. R. Pad Area 1000 1500 2000. (sq.ft.) psf soil psf soil psf soil 2.5 2500 3750 5000 M013iLEHMME & ACCESSORY STRUCTURTS 131;1LDINC, COMPONENT IiEALTHAND S.AFE fYCODI.DIVIS10tiT3,PAR'T'2. Approval does nor n,nhorme or ipprwe nny o nission or deviation from requirements of applicable, Statelaws and regulations. STATE OECAl.,lFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF 1•I0IJSiNG AND CO�4E.41 NETYT)1F.VELOP�iI NT 1 J !ONOPY;OJ-)ESI%.NDS7'r\i\D..AR17S By `--f' Date / 2 / icnature) BP N0. This Approval Expires A ..1.;90 6. TIE DOWN ENGINEERING-, Inc - c . ABS Footing Pad- x#,59303. 24°'x24" oio 60 0.020 R. (ryp.) 0.250'\�Ie L *4 _ .0.045 R. (ryp) 0.250 Qla. .06 R., Section =A Enlarged Enlarged General Notes 1) 576Squareinches = 4 §quareJeet. 2)- Flat side down. Can be used with Steel Piers Or Concrete Blocks. 4)'Installer Responsible for determiining Bearing loads and capacities 5) RADCO Listing #1345 'Molded in Pad Base. DOW! DOW, JI ??,OFESS/0, - C. Fq,,� A. C-0 � lytic sy Cr C 30123 EXP .12-31'. 17 SJR CIV L 5teel pier. 05 "FW""I'll 4 'R Q 4 Attzfoh'pler to.. A135 (4) #114 � 2" 5M6 Scmw Pf6pOr p ier top'.. 24" X2411 The dime'nsibns 8hbWn are fdrinjebtioh' Ift d process'. . ..s Actual Measured; 140h.ess.04 after curing: Outer Flange 0.;124!'to0.1071 (top B'6ttoML:(base)= 0.10311 Aibs.(at base)'= 0.18211tq6.118Ii..(top) Widximiiihli Pier Load's Per Sq. Ft. Pad.Area 1000 1500 2000. M -ft-) psf.soil psf:soil - psf soil 4 4000 6000 8000 X110133i L E) - l(NME, C- &ACESSOI ZY STRUCE .3 -TUR1U . I I I -DING CO N PONE IT M DIVISION J3,RAIZ-1-2 APPROVED Ap*prri�--al does not t-mhorize or approve anY omission or deviation t6om req4firc:nients ofapplicabfe Staic Laws and ic'611latiorIS!, S-1 AT F, OF CA:.-!jjM R \-- I A DERARTM ENT NITY DEVELOPMENT DI "SICNI 0.11.-COIP. 'AND&IALKIDARDS Dat (signature) BP NO. t- c-"2- 311is Approval ENpires MMC= Q1. A NOTE: PIER LOCATIONS WILL ACCOMMODATE ALL FLOORPLAN OPTIONS PIERS PER TABLE 5 THROUGH I ® P1ERS RFO'0 FOR �A R()DF A. 5C OF INSTALLATION MANUAL SEE TABLE 7B OR 7C OF INSTALLATION MANUAL i' CENTERUNE PIERS 9051 RE LOCATED UNDER RIDGE FGR SPACING AND WAGING KAM SUPPORT POSTS. I12F.-12.(1-02$ Kf:I'I'A(1"Al':,T AF)) M I I I I`I `(24N,) 71 7i2111 A - UNIT B - UNIT 13'-6' CARPET LAYOUT STANDARD CARPET GREAT ROOM OPUG RDD. ACTIAN CARER WSTER REDRODM WSTER WARDROBE BEDROOM )2/)! At OPTIONAL CARPET WASTER BATH I!'-0• CUES1BATH SCRIP U WI SCRAP E 20 JO 40 O 1 3 4600 7120 8800 U O U CT a- ` C - UNIT i � v�j Manufacturing Want, Inc. Albany Dlvislon - PIW j•977 2445 S.W. PACIFIC 6L Vp, _ o !2 TET c- ALBANY, OR 97311 Phone (541) 926-8631 jp vYO O/ - v - Fas (866) 491 -68q oa.rlxc —�— .. CARPET & PIER LOC'. TO �OoRmlHu I owvn.c Rr : � O a OR 6' WAILS IOTES: PRoou GOLD SERIES MaKSr�3k 3 �D) 2. THE STAMM CONFIGURATION OF THIS HOMEK88-8d3K WAY HAVE BEEN SfT- . A CUSTOM PRVIT SHOULD BE PROVIDED. rr. DATE 'Z,46Z 4-27-14 $D IF NOT, THE SET-UP CO IRA PRINT. 511AL1 CALL MANUFACTURING WEST FOR A CUSTOM PIER PRINT. zxE[r ' _ ^ REVISED - U LL H - D - a DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING AND -SA,'F.*ETY TYPICAL UNCOVERED LANDINGDELkiL: A covered landmu requires a permit. Mi ininium size: 3'x3''/Maximum size: 4'x4? All 1.111COve-red I . an(ling I argcr'than 4'x4` and more than .330 inches above gracle requires A permit. All uncovered_ frarnkw, lumber and decking exposed to weather is re quired.tt) be naturally durable orpressu're treated wood. Decking i.nay be redwood, pressure treated O. -r Coiuposlte L 4' niax 42" Pibl PT A 4:k 4 with .0 equal 4�.---A4. 3/K- X-4, PT fat! scttw -G.r-a,de PB 44 -a -equal More than- 3-ris.ers::.handrail-rcqqire(ky ��Cna .3.4" to 38"Offni.)5Q.Of- 2x, d.e'ck%i.ng- redwood, p,ressiur- c fi cued or qoi4pQ,9itc RISiYruip cannot vary more. thqq. .3 landing to guO6 7 314?'n3'ax. rise 10"i.I.Ii.fi. I rAill Zk-1 . 2 : . . :PTpNes§tk6 treated /"r.edwO.od -sclaar–b'"y IT deep:% otings concrete fdotin6 (may tx •level with grade) ffilft. .1 x4-Crp.ss; britc-Ing teqtI.jr c &j&dojjs:.kt below I foij Nkm—anen ridittion:111iobile home -.landings :requir'e::f6.o.fitrgs:.as detalle&-above- ked-wo-Od ' ' �-�egsaro--Trcated'c�r'ManuficWrecl- L Must .(pndffitoriSe.rto'boftbn riser er to.2.11 creiss brace. I F ZIA ptmsure.-treated. not ac0eptable 2.x`6 .6th&:shap%s niay'be.adceptable- SOti -SeCniohil[6 koth'ic Nndings.:do not..require fooffil.gs andmust use pressure treated . ed -,Wood of -redwood: NOT.K,.:= M-09",* OW ONTE-R-N/(AN . ENTTOt.N.DATfON Landin .gs are requ.ired. at all eXiL§-ai',id at bottom of stairs (width -of exits X 3-6" in. length)' NOTE: 7 3/4"4 niax . U-nurn step down. to. landing provic.1-ed door.does. not swing outiover landing GEMERAL REQUIREMENTS. STAIMA'YS 1-1/4"MIN ` I — 1: /2'? MWX r it -RAb.I.U'S. TOi 1/8""MIN. RAO1,05 (-rY..P.)- I i , C. PACIFICN(wow t-st ENGINEERING; IN august 10,2015 �Cornersione Foundation System, LLC,. 14.0 ArtMill Lane Roseburg, OR'97471 ' � �ni�i::u::�„iii:�• � �;i�i? ��tii f�ti r�asz.i : i Attn. Norris Strauch 5 Re.:"Smart Foundation,RS54,& S.FS=fO"Design Critefia Venfication Deai Homs, The ,test data .has :been, reviewed; and the necessary calculations have "been Oaf ed . proving, the. manufactured home engineered} tie -down system produced by Cornerstone Foundation System., L.LC called, ``Smart Foundation RB -54" ($FRB 54 and SFS 60) is. acceptable as a lateral and vertical force` resisting system. for wind :zones I; II; aril III with with "C" exposure, and a, seisrruc Site "D'; ; Ss -1`.384;• Fa=�t.0, R=5, :lateral load. 4h addition, an 80 'lb./ Sq. Ft. roof load .and up to 30"' lateral- "soil loads .maybe' resisted simultaneously. $FRB=54 and SFS -60 also. rneet',or exceed. the design requirements ,of 'poured in place" type foundation ..from the "Permanent Foundation Guidebook for Manufactured Housing' 4145:1' Rev. 2and 4150.1 Rev. (1996) and also with' 'the manufacturer pier point Layout_ "The, installation 'also meets.'or exceeds, the design •requirements of'theBUD=7584 Handbook.: This allows the SFR8-54' and SF.S�6016 meet foundation certificatian- for all HUD, FHA and VA. lending on. Manufactured Housing, provided that .the ,SFRB-54 and SFS _60, installation - ristfuction§ are 'followed., It; also meets or, exceeds the requirements of Section 1333 -Chapter 2, Title425- of the California _ Administrative. Code 97nd;1'8551 of ,the Health and. Safety 'Code: This >engineered 'tie= down system is :not intended' for use to ;a flood hazard area, contact.•Pacific NorthWest Engineering, Inc `for additional engineering when -needed. And it,meets.or;exeeeds the Oregon 2010 Manufactured'Dwelling Installation Specialty Code:, Test "results and engineering calculafions az e. 'available to authorities having jurisdiction when requested. Additional information: oF�ss1 :4 ,Contact person:, Norris !Cornerstone :Foundation Systems 11 Phone: (541)- 733 =5441 1 No. 91 - kU + LETIZIA �K m WWW.sfrb54 coma ;WE ., C 110Rk+BILUri6:COR, ERSTONG5LDOC - :,•lP? O- 4242'Silver FaUs:Dr: N.,:SiIverton, 0R. 97381 " ph #; (5:00'•873=3.184 faa#,(503)•873-3967 . PE, CORNERSTONE FOUNDATION SYSTEM, LIC. . 140 Art`Mill Lane; Roseburg; OR -:97471, ENGINEERED TIE DOWN SYSTEM SMART FOUNDATION SFRB R AND SFS 60 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Cut _ ..`panel to height, gap at footing _and panel potto`exceed '1 ". ' Install:top and bottom connector mto precast panel.:; Four top.arid four bottom holes are cast" panel, pre -drill holes as:needed:, Install connector pIates facing outside or "--'de'of wall panel: Install vent panels on left and right side of corner, each vent is U :sq. inches Ail "other panels are without vents,; work to center. of wall; or behind door..step for _last cut to fit, " Move pane.Fin position with pry bar; left "snug to rimjoist-. ;Drive wedges firm, do not over tighten may cause lift of homer a Confirm wall is straight:and plumli;liefore driving joist and footing screws. Connectors outside of Wall —Set the face of the panel back %2" from the face of the -rias . joist.. Wve joist screw ,&gfight angle fof maximum bite: Connectors inside of Wall -'Set the face of the panel %" out from the face, of nm joist; basically,to the face of' the exterior siding. Drive joist.screw at.sligiit angle for maximum lime. seal all veitical seams with caulkin - g Seal•gap at bottom of panel to footing with non shrink FOO When 't'g m11 ore"than'8", add moisture"barrier. solution to ni-L ;ALTERNATE , TING -Back fill';as plan shows: • Partial panels, sixteen inches of wider. must.have two top and"two bott&d connectors. Pre -drill 3/16" as needed: Minimum 6" from side. edge; space evenly.. Allother supports, main fraiiie, marriage line, shall be as required by manufactured home installation instructions or authority having�usdiction. It is the responsibility of the;contractgr or person drawing permit to comply with the:code: Installer must comply vi�tb footing frost . depth code: _ WARNINGTo Contractor- and Home Owner I • Cornerstone'Foundation,was designed, to,prevern , ' ' the _entrance of rodents to the underside of house. �ENCINEERED TIEDOWPl; SYSTEM Do not allowholes' larger. than '/a" to be left open A P• P R O V E D ' by installer of phone; TV cable; air conditioning ;SUB.tECT f CQRRFCTM,1iOTE6: F Imes, Water, gas, etc >-AW6id does not authorize or approve,any orrHssion oa` Soil back fill Keep load "of tractor aw 0n irorri � '-appt!gole State taws and, ' _ y from foundation"wall. A single wide home 13 ft,' or'less, is notcovered. --• }State of California' ;. for wind tie=downs with this engineering: �Aent of H-' sing and.Communiry DeVeiop OIVISIO DES AND STANDARDS ATot.for use'in flood`li rd area BY ` -' ' - Date i' Page 1 0£4 SPA 1 0 - .Thi Plan AWoval_ rExpr - 'CORNEFR,5TON E 50UNDATION &"T-&TE1'*11/. Lt- -140 ART MILL LN, :Pk- 57 .471'.(541) 133-5441 (WW,6F- -cm R554,c POURED-IN-F-LAGE FOOTING ALL FASTENERS Al THIS -APPLICATION FRpvioE9,FERRjETER WALL GE!�M SUPpokT.� wlND PESIGN A�* CATEGORY poRIZONED2, 111, "ll-kii-x0mo.. zkc ' ,IC D, PLATED Co't*mc*ToR BACKFILL TfJ -6 30". - CONCRE. 7614M AND.WE a 2j".'�4 , "ARE RM15WMUT;41 UPPER 00"ecToR D -ml PRODUCT; THERE ARE T"RJE, :T.OR PLATE 'PLATE !1) TWO MK wft CCNNEC SETS PER k PER PANEL AT Apmwx� 16", o1r-Ai 4,tIe, 50TT(;tl,CF THE, PANEL ONLY,I NOT ".!:LARITY). GONGtiETE� FOOTING �lBIELOW FROST LINE) 36T CONNECTOR._ ?LATE WJWO'MIR TR PANEL le x ml CONCRETE FOOTWG (EWELCLIJ FROST) (2) 04 REBAR X. DONT. CORNERSTONE FOUNDATION SYSTEM 'MANUFACTURESTWO PRODUCTS SMART r-'OUNDATI6W5cr-k5-,54, 'IL6N6 x 32-- TA`,LL X,2," THICK; roo.�,,LONG x 32" TALL -xij,, tP16K, tHE' .4! - INSTALL- ATIQN .PROCEDURE IS THE SAME: f=,bR E�&H:_F'RO ii5ANEL6:40."' TO 48"'TALL' AVAILABLE A6LE 0 CTS. L AND :MAY BE!5ACK.-FILLEDJ& 8"'. if I A" MINIMUM SOILS 6EARIN6.CAPACITY 61= 1,606,., P6F IS REQUIRED FOR THE 0861GNEO I2 -X,6" CONCRETE FOOTING. CONCRETE STRENGTH OF -2-s,00 P, 1, AT- 28-DAys, By Dr=sldN TESTING',NOT REQUIRED. SINGLE >WIDE HOMES ISIbE'WALLS REQUIRE (D TWO TDP AND (2) TWO 56TTOM. CONNECTORS; pER. PANEL'. GABLE -END WALL, 5'690'SIX TOP AND (6).130TTOH,C;ONNECTORS PER PANEL. !PRE -DRILLING DIAMETER x I40 DEEP HOLES:,AS NEEb.rElD, DOUBLE WIDE:HOMES -; 61DE •WALLS REQUIRE (2) TWO, _TOP�AND (2)-,50'TTOM CONNECTORS, PER PANEL GABLE -END A W4 LL$,JREQU IRE, (4) FOUR TOP- AND -'(4); 50TTOM.. CONNECTORS PER PANEL. (CAST,. HOLES ,ARE PRO-VIDiED,IN f-�ANELS'FOR ,(,4)TOf=,4t� OUR 5oTTom CONNECTORS_,D, 4)r TRIPLE: WIDE 40_ME5ALL WALLS REQUIRE ie2) TWO TOP AND (2) TWO 5P-TTOM CONNECTORS, PER PANEL. MAXIMUM JRb& LOADING- -IS- 60 PSFj�W WITH. CONCRETE -FOOTING. .ALL, SPACES UNDER THE PANELS eAkE'T(J BE .SEALED WITH A: NdN-;-SIRJNKIN6' 'GROUT-.. ALL WALL - . PANELS HAKE W A_TERAEOELLENT 1N THE RE TO CONNECTORS. AF cl �' FROM THE `ENDSTHE: PANELS AND APPRO X. EQUALLY L Y ' SiII.- PA-C'-LED FOR L OTHERS. NOT FORPSE Ik'=L6dp HAZARD AREA: PAGE2 &A ri moi/ -N E R ,TONE• it,O UNt� A T ION! ..V �`V EE,M, L 140 ART MILL LN:, f; 0SEBUR6, OR 974711 (541) 133=5441(U1WW.6FR68,4COM) ,4LtNERNATE ,FOOTIN6(v, xir- Tc.s-. &iu P.Aos) ALL F,oST�RS ARE. J _ THIS APPLICATION PROVIDES PERIMETER:UTALL SUPPORT, WIND ANCHORS FOR ZONE I: II III; 64WICiDESIGN CATEGORY DI, 02, SOILS F�LATED caa,�ctoR SAGICFILL Tq .24" CONCWTE BAMS AND S 2j'X4",ARE'PJWI8NE0 U T14 ' UPPER'CGNNEGTOR THE PRODUCT, THERE• 18 !I). - ONE SET, PER FOOTING PAD: -'PLATE(2) TWO MM R1M- ►oIST , Sd=T 4T APFROX.16^ oic AT CONNECTOR ,PLATE PER PANEL �- _ _ THE BOTTOM OF TIS PANEL - ONLY., FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY NOT _ FLOOR, JOISTS, (OTHERS DRAUN TO SCALE.. NOT SHOWN;FOR CLARITY {b xlw.X4" CMU. PADS SIDE BY SIDE RUNNING CONTINUOUS UNDER UJALL '4'1sELOW;THE FROST LINE: SPACE4HETWEEN_ PADS'15 NOT TO EXCEED 2". BOTTOM CONNECTOR PLATE (2) TWO MIN. PER PANEL - COMPACTED GRAVEL PAD (b" THICK) ,COMPACTED GRAVEL PAD l6" THIcY>' 11 1" IAMPACTURED JOIST )4rxi:6" STEEL ,SPREE ANCHORS CORNERSTONE!FOUNDATION ;l'STEM MANUFACTURES TWO PRODUCTS SMART FOUNDATION .SORB =54, _ - - S4" LONG X 32'":TALL X 2" .THICK AND 65#1 =f 6, 60" LONG X 32" TALL X II" THICK, THE INSTALL:= , ATIDN PROCEDURE IS. THE SAME FOR BOTH,PRODUCTS., PANELS d.0" TO 48° -TALL ARE AVAILABLE AND MAY BE BACKFILLED ' TO 8". AMINIMUM SOIL'SBEARING: 'CAPACITY.OF' 1,000, cPSF ;ISS REQUIRED WITH :THE 6" THICK COIMPACTED GRAVEL PAD, IF -SOILS CAPACITY :IS 2 000 ,PSF OR GREATER THEN 'THE G_ O. I" If'ACTED GRAVEL PAD MAY- BE ONIIT•TED AND PCAGEMENT MAY` Bl' ON UNDISTURBED. NATIVE: _ INSTALLATION OF .THE PANELS 1.5 THE SAME AS THE POURED -IN-PLACE; CONCRETE, FOOT ING.PLUS tHE .FOL'LOWING 'ITEMS: ` STEEL :SPIKE ANCHORS; J" DIAMETER�X,16 LONG, DRIVEN AT :60 DEGREE ANGLE -.FLUSH WITH THIE, TOP�OF'THE'.FOOTING. THE' STEEL, SPIKES MAY BE SET BEFORE OR AFTER THE WALL IS_ 'IN PLACE. SPIKES MUST ACCOMPANY THE' BOTTOM 'CONNECTORS IN tHE FOOTING, APPROXIMATE SPACING' !IS 'I „ALLOWED; A ='PILOT .HOLE"`HA*-BE DRILLED. INTO "HARD" :SOILS UP TO A OEPTH�OF 6" MAXIMUM:, SINGLE WIDE HOI"1ES SIDE WALL :$PIKES ARE TO BE SPA- CED. AT 48" O%C :GABLE=END WALL SPIKES ARE ONE 'PERi,EACN CMU PAD.. 1 DOUBLE WIDEHOMES SIDE WALL SPIKES -ARE TO BE SPACED -AT 48" GABLE _ END WALL SPIKE$ ARE' TO BE Sfi-ACED .AT TWO PER PANEL. Q�pF .SS I TRIPLE WIDE HOh1E5 -- ALL �IUALLS ,REQUIRE SPIKES, 9PACEID AT �#'8" 0%C., z� I 'No.7191 l - _ MAXIMUMAXIMUM1MAXIMUMROOF LOADING 15 . foo. F'SF; WITH CMULFOOTINCsS., LETIZIA R. i3&t0M SEAL ON THE WALL Rz dUIRES A MIN BACK -FILL CF 6", WITH A s EI 1" IAXIMUM BACK. =FILL 70F .24". J. NOT-OR,USE 'IN FLOOD ,HAZARD AREA.° ?'C`. `. ' Qp A1L14 PAGE '3 OF 4 r 140 ART MILL LN.,. ROSEBURG, ,'O.R(541) 1.3$-5441 (lillaJW.� bE54.G01" 1) 'ALTNERNATE POOTINGr>*-.COMP06ITE BOARD DECKINC,).G X& " ' F�ssuRE TREATED T) THIS,APPLICATION PROVIDES PEP,h &ER:UJALL SUPPORT;'WIND, ANCHORS FOR ZONE 1, 11 IIIj 5EI5MIC DESIGN' CATEGORY DI, D2_ SOILS qu;po4gT Rg, ' BACKFILL TO 24"�•.coiTE scT�Ews II" °X0-090 ZING n ` - PLATED CONNECTOR GONNECTOR;PLATE_ - - PL.00i2' J0IST5 fOTF1ER5 ' NOT BEIOUFI FOR CLARITY) " ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY: NOT DRAIIN TO SCALE. 11 •MANIFACTl1RED WOM =RIM -JOIST ti ra7 E BHMS AND WE S CCMPAC'TED GRAY is P.ApE MWISNED'UT1�1DUCT. UEDGE SETSCED a• Oma. -1 J DO COMPOSITE .H0i4RD DEC -W FOR -- m 20W P.T; WWU ND CONTACT, BOARD) FOOTING E H07TOIl "CONNECTOR' PLATE (W TWO MM.' PER PANEL Cot PACTEo'6"VEL PAD - IX& COMPOSITE BOARD. DECIEING COR 2X6'P.T., GROUND CONTACT,BOARD) 1S°xte" sTEEL SPtitE Agc4oF . - FOOTIrK CORNERSTONE FOUNDATION 'SYSTEM'MANUFACTURES, TWO,PRODUCT-S' SMART.FOUND.ATION SFR5=S4,. ,54"LONG X :32 TALL. X> 2" -THICK AND 6#56-0,160;' LONGIX 32' TALL.X.I "CHICK, THE IN5TALL- ATIDN PROGEL - RE 15 THE SAME FOR BOTH 'PRQDUCTS: �PANELS•.40" TO 48" 'TALL ARE AVAILABLE AND'MAY,BE BACK-FILLED TO -8" A' MINIMUM SOILS. BEARINcs CAf-- -7 OF 1,000 PSF !IS REQUIRED WITH. THE 6" THICK .COI`1RAGTED, GRAVEL PAD, 11= 50IL`S CAPAC1Tl' Is -"j,660. f?sFrOR GREATER. THEN TWE COMPACTED .GRA1/EL PAD- MAYJ5E Ol"1iTTED AND'PLACEMENT t lAy"BYION UNp15TUR13ED'NATII/E: INSTALLATION OF°THE,PANELS IS THE_ 5AHE,AS THE POURED=IN=PLACE GONGRETE'FOOTING'PLUS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS.- STEEL. TEMS:STEEL. SPIKE' -ANCHORS, J'- DIAMETER X ;16"'- LONG, DRIVEN AT ;60 DEcsREE_ .ANGLE FLUSH WITH THE TOP OF THE FOOTING. THE STEEL SPIKES:CAN�15E INSTALLED'BEFORE' OR AFTER THE WALL.I5' IN° PLACE. A "PILOT HOLE" MAY BE DRILLED INTO 'HARD°`501L'5 UP TO A DEPTH OF 8";MAXIMUM. SINGLE.WIDE HOMES •= SIDE WALL .SPIKES; ARE T0,158: SPACED AT 48" 61C.,.6A6LE END'WALL .SPIKES ARE TO OE 'SPACED AT. THREE PER,PANEL., DOUBLE WIDE H&MtS = .SIDE•WALL SPIKES:.ARE TO BE SPACED. AT 48" O/C. GABLE=END .WALL SPIKES` ARE TO -BE SPACED. 'AT 'TWO, PER PANEL: TRIPLE WIDE .HOMES; -:ALL WALLS REQUIRE •SPIKES; SPAGEID AT 46" O/G: pFE'SS1; MAXIMUM ROOF LOADING 15:46 PSF,` WITH COMPOSITE 5.,OAf2D DECKING O_ R, `PT., GROUND: CCONTACT,'L:UMBER FOOTINGS. No: 7191.1, uu. LETIZIA R: r BOTTOM SEAL ON -'THE WALL REQUIRES A;I11N BACK- FILL OF ro",'WITN'A i^'(AXIMUM.'8AG4G=FILL 0� 24". -:u, NOT FOR USE N FLOOD HAZARD AREA' . H.C. , cai � . PAGE,4 oF'4 0,_ ARTt' EJ () USING i 0(i 7hAND C pMiuNITf DEV8]!4tStQ�[A��S`1.Ql dS� treat Roam; 2£f}, P.O. tiAx t40p `.1a'cxVMebta. CA 35t3 t 1=1407 Aron, `r�'JD,F4*n,es t {$ota7135 2ns {$16}445947 Fid((91s)327-47t2 , FdV1l1N.t� C,�.JQ`y- . A.uqust 20, 2009 � e InforM.. 4100 BUH011h 2E Q9�02 (MH) 'Cts:., WANUP.ACEUR~QN��rANgPOTOAD DEALERS RERS E i COMMERCIAL: MODULAR MANUJ��,.: IE:fNO.OFFE CEAE`S 'SIBJC': TETL2At E;E=Ct~iEl �aE!~ QF tCtJfMAI'C1RES CiAl. 3, ' A i E~ � IGN' f f S.. = f3 STFt G E SE WARYOF PiEnam-ruby CHA Tltfs lntorma€iort:8u11etEr" sutnmarties too reeet iy 6ppr6ved redo€rements (if Title 25 CaE�io`r►a Gfe of Regtlaions;.Gl�apr 3,t66ha "ter 2 . prtt'cle 22- " Manufactured fornesi My.b41ehorrs,�+Jffarn€Fy ElncrfaotUred Nome and Coi�mercfaE IV}adular nfitan-REs scant �tru) tfi6n SxstO617 ('A€t%te 2 j for sr��ts it sialEed r� tlttf nd- �l - !€i�am tntef€ace etre ftaerc areas; btF tr�s�ds artd outsEd of rrrmbltoEtrrte pa rlcs. t a'A y cs , t gust tS,. 20f79F the €cEe 2.3 em regutat€ort be enQ permanent, .ritcrdang aEEeceptakfe renis€prts received frct`polljc:nrnertt and Was rt�acEe a,. elfeoYtveupon ft(�ngtt the Secretary of State the ftiEt text ot.ihe rEeitations and s' oilier, hetpful fiortrta lot is evaifable or lino afi'w�uw cd ra govleudes 4 TE f�lic�.wtng'sctrr€mrf2e ttto.s€gniflcant changes made tc� therticfe:2egtatattons effeclrveAutst 2Q, rotparef to tEt em€�tgeRc regufat€flr#s'tet:werQ r effe�f�v unt€I that Mato.. blew mabEft hired !Tames imarau:lactured`o Qr after January' i 12066] Eind .poor .aw tQt�ptriber ft?08, are 'exert trarti tEte re ttErette:rtts'of ArfEcEe:2,.3 €f am f q appEtcaf€on for: pernatt to iristalt thy: it atTufactctrsd~home is "E�ecerat."3tO: ) sE��fteprior toIOreference csi2Q f used maE?tiehoMg.s. rnanwacturod Egcarn?es, multi arr y manufactdred homes or ccirrtmerclal r�TotEUEar ¢!nits rT an&4etUrad, prior to Septembt?r 1, 20€78, are eXp em t ` from Article 9 3,.sectibn 42t? c;0, E3ttt must iripE)(witft.ArticEe`2.3 sect mn 4205 ;\ anEYJe4er6ctbeiseg: 42E70(p)(2). ; • Information Bulletin 2009-03 t1M.H) Page 2 o M-Obileh6mes,ManufaGtored harries, and multifamily Mahtifactured homes r6i6s.tall6d ori th e same -Mobilehoind park lot 0 .... I ... . . r Parcel'are.;exempj. from Article 2.3. its:ehtirOty. Referoc. 4200(c).(3).qes e Commqrclaf mbdukar stro* te M*Vorary**u. e, res are exemPt. from Article -2 3 it installed' for 00cuPahoy'for 3r, years or less:- Reference sec.. 4200(c)(4). uAriftions were added for uused and "neWmanufac' manufactured home, mobilehorne,: Y Ins hU Octured home. or commercial, modular units. Reference Sections 4202 (d) and Section 4205 j Wa-Sadded-to �.Ovj specific ..consiruction of t6mm .. j�irci - fic new:Mquirements for the a.imodutar, manufactut'ed'-.hors i6,,,mobileh ome., and Ofne roof systems can, unit$ intended fovinst-611at on. in .witdiand-tirtaninterfacelire r �6 Ch are d ifOe Ot than what is P - �,ed In TiOd: ,Z4, Ga s fng,cod6 Pee.. aPtPF 7A.- In this new Sec Non, metat and;,asphd#',j coverings are allo n i=dttb'i exi t as:originoR ly .<;ons rUdfed* ioweyeunifier eafire attic -a—t,i O nMU, l*ie,.asp re scni' bed inM6nUf red' home -and,muWain'llym9hufadOf edbdfelobf tyst§� 1cdYMtbfte.fiWet IJMAnuf6ctU,e&H66mngM Cc�nstructic rt and: afety..Stand' a s aP pjl6ablo sec. 4205. , ."., NVi6nsshould' bO,'Oecfod.toMahvjfa' dsinProq(aM staff at'( 6) 5 33 Ki 00P. ry 4, en West INSTALLATION MANUAL THIRD PARTY APPROVAL O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED V HOUSING CONSTRUCTION O & SAFETY STANDARDS ; 0 a 04 m �. � v 7/24/2015 10/15 Ff 1 11'9;2 50 ?/211j 7 6 1 INSTALLATION MANUAL THIRD PARTY APPROVAL O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED V HOUSING CONSTRUCTION O & SAFETY STANDARDS ; 0 a 04 m �. � v 7/24/2015 10/15 Ff 1 11'9;2 50 ?/211j 7 r = f Using the Manual � g This manual is organized into a series of steps that will take you through the entire installation process using only those pages required for the specific home being installed. First, review the entire manual, including the Introduction chapter. As you read it, identify sections of the manual that you will need; identify other documents or information you will need; construct lists of tools and materials required for your particular installation; and make sure you have everything you need before starting work. i After reviewing the entire manual, refer to the sequence of installation steps in the table below. Identify the pathway for your installation and follow the arrows downward. Select either Single Section Home or a Multi -Section Home and choose the col- umn corresponding to the home's foundation type, either Pier and Ground Anchor or Load -Bearing Perimeter Wall (see Def- initions, p. 6). Then complete the work in each of the sections starting with Getting Started. if using an alternative (proprietary) foundation system, the installation process will change from that described in this manual. Consult the system manufacturer's directions for instructions. See page 8 for aftemative foundation system criteria. Pier and Ground Anchor. Load -Bearing Perimeter Pier and Ground Anchor Load -Bearing Perimeter Wall Wall Getting Started (p. 10)• Getting Started (p. 10) Getting Started (p. 10) . Getting Started;(p. 10) ♦ �. Prepare the Site (p. 15) ','Prepare the Site (p. 15) Prepare the Site (p: 15) . ' " ' Prepare the Site (p. 15) ♦ ♦Y Install Footings (p. 20) Construct Foundation .. Install Footings (p. 20) Construct Foundation I ♦ (p. 35) ♦ (p. 35) Set the Home (p. 38) ♦ 'Set the Home (p. 38) ♦ . ♦ Connect Utilities (p. 95) ♦ Complete Multi -Section Install Stabilizing System ♦ Complete Mufti -Section Set (p. 44) (p. 74) Prepare Appliances and Set (p. 44) ♦ Equipment (p. 103) ♦ Complete Roof and Exte- Connect Utilities (p. 95) ♦ Complete Roof and Exte- rior Walls (p: 56) . ♦ . Complete Under the nor Walls (p. 56) . . Prepate Appliances and Home and Site built Struc- Connect Crossovers Equipment (p. 103) tures (p. 112) Connect Crossovers -. (p. 61) Complete Under the Prepare Home fog Occu- .. = Complete Interior (p. 72) Home and'Sfte built Struc- panty, (p. 115) Complete Interior (p. 72) tures'(p. 112) ♦ V', Complete Installation Install'Stabilizing System Connect Utilities (p. 95) Prepare Home for Occu- Checklist (p. 116) (p. 74.) Prepare Appliances and panty (P• .115) ♦ :Equipment (p. 103) .. Connect Utilities (p. 95) Complete Installation Complete.Underthe Checklist (p.' 116) :: Prepare Appliances and Home and Site Built Struc- Equipment (p, 103) .. :tures (p. 112) Complete Under.the Prepare Home for Occu- Home and Site built Struc- panty (p. 115) t0es'(p.112) :...:. ♦ ' . Complete Installation - Prepare Home for Occu- Checklist (p. 116) . ;' • Pancy (P. 115) Complete Installation Checklist (p. 116) O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED D - - U HOUSING CONSTRUCTION � l - - 0 & SAFETY STANDARDS a A41 C 7/24/2015 - LIST OF FIGURES 'Supporting a home for display` 65 Sample Data Plate 58 Wind Zone Map 59 Thermal (Uo) Map 59 Humid and Fringe Climate Map 66 Roof Load Map 60 Crown the soil under the home 61 Direct runoff away from the home Frost Protection Map 19 Typical point load support locations 20 Typical point load support locations 21 Typical support locations not requir- 23 ing perimeter supports 62 Typical marriage line support loca- 24 tions not requiring perimeter sup- 63 ports 70 Typical support locations requiring 26 perimeter supports 75 - Typical marriage line support lova- 26 tions for required perimeter supports 75 Maximum footing extensions 33 Perimeter Supports 34 Cross Beam Installation 36 ,Connection using 2x10 Sill Plate 36 ' Anchor and Stabilizer Plate Location t Safety Cribbing 39 Frame Pier Construction 42 Correct Shim Placement 42 Floor Connection 45-53 Wall Connections 45-53 Roof Connections 45-53 Tag Unit Offset Floor Connection 54 Tag Unit Wall Connection 54 Tag Unit Flush Roof Connection 55 Tag Unit Offset Roof Connection 55 Shingle Installation at Ridge 56 Shingle Fasteners for WZ I and 11 56 Shingle Cui Into Thirds 57 Ridge Vent 57 .9 10 11 12 12 13 16 ' 16 2 Electrical Crossover Floor Wires w/Flush 65 Access Panels �tFlooi Electrical Crossover Wires , ' . := 65 Triple Section Roof Connection Method 2 58 Tag Unit Flush Roof Connection 59 Tag Unit Roofing Connection w/less than 59 two inch height difference 66 Tag Unit Offset Roof -Connection 60 Furnace Over Trunk Duct, Two Home 61 Sections Furnace Offset from Trunk duct, Two 62 Home Sections Furnace Over Trunk Duct, Three Home 62 Sections 68 Furnace Offset from Trunk Duct, Three 62 Home Section 69 . Duct Crossover Located in the Roof 63 Cavity 70 In -floor Duct Connection through Rim 63 Joist w/o Metal Sleeve 75 - In -floor Duct with Crossover Using Metal 64 Sleeve 75 .Types of Junction Box Wiring,Connec- 65 tions 77 Electrical Crossover Floor Wires w/Flush 65 Access Panels �tFlooi Electrical Crossover Wires , ' . := 65 ;w/Bumped-out Access Panels' Under the Rim Joist Electrical Crossover 66 Connection with Conduit Inside Marriage. Wall Crossover Conne- 66 4ation Inside Partition or Endwall Electrical 66 Crossover Connection Electrical Bonding of Multi -Section : 67 WHomes Water Line Crossover w/Access Panel 67 :'Water Line CrossoJerthru Bottom'Board ' 68 Drain Crossover Connection 69 DWV System 69 . DWV Connection to Sewer/Septic 70 DWV Pipe Support Options 70 Gas Crossover Connection 71 Typical Anchor Locations for a Double 75 - ^Section Home in WZ I Typical Anchor Locations for a Double 75 Section Home in WZ II and III Frame Tie Down Configuration 77 In -Line Anchor Configuration 90 Stabilizer Plate Configuration 90 Anchor and Stabilizer Plate Location 91 Radius Clip 92 LIST OF FIGURES (cont.) Tie Down Strap Splice 92 t Strap to Beam Connection 92 Procedure for Connecting the Strap 93 to Frame and Anchor 18 Longitudinal Frame Anchor Attach- 93 Ment Method 24-25 Marriage Line Tie Down Connec- 94 tions 27-30 Electrical Feeder Connection when 95 Meter is on a Post or Pole 30 Meter Base Wiring when the Meter 97 is on the Home 32 Water System Connection 98 Water Heater Drip Pan and Drain 99 Gas Service Connection ' 101 I LIST OF TABLES �vv�nacgnelpY,�vcanry�s ..,t'/�1} �. "t.;�_;,:;��.y- -1,- i i•. Humid and Fringe Climate Zones 12 Roof Loads by Locality 13 Soil Bearing Capacity by Soil Type 18 Point Load on Footings at Mai*riage Line Openings 22-23 Load on Frame Pier Footings for Homes Not Re- 24-25 quiring Perimeter Blocking Except at Openings 107 ;Load on Frame Pier Footings for Homes Requiring 27-30 '4RenmeterrBlocking 107 Footing Materials 30 Pier Configuration 31 Footing Dimensions 32 ;,Footing Depth 33 Pier Material Minimum Specifications 41 Pier Construction 41 Floor Connection Fastening Specifications 45-53 Maximum Strap Spacing 45-53 Strap Fastening Minimum Specifications 45-53 Under Floor Duct Configurations 61 Anchor Location Types 74 . WZ I Frame Tiedown Quantities 78-81 WZ II Frame Tiedown Quantities 82-85 WZ III Frame Tiedown Quantities 85-86 WZ I Longitudinal Frame Tiedown Quantities 87 WZ II Longitudinal Frame Tiedown Quantities 88 WZ III Longitudinal Frame Tiedown Quantities 88 Anchor Location Types 89 Anchor System Materials Specifications 90 Electrical Feeder Wire and Equipment Sizes for 96 Copper Conductors Whole House Ventilation Flex Duct 104 Open - Ducts Connecting Exterior Heating 105 and/or Cooling Equipment to Home Clothes Dryer Ventilation Dudwork 105 f ttirough Floor or EXte'rior Wall Chimney and Combustion Air Intake 107 Duct Installation ,Chimney Clearance 107 Roof Flashing and Shingle Installation 108 Around Chimney Exterior Lighting Connection 109 Wiring for Ceiling Fan or Chain -Hung 110 Light w/maximum Weight Ceiling Fan/6ight Mounted to Flush 110 "Ridge Beam Table 27Skirting and Ventilation Specifications 113 Table 28 Foundation Ventilation 113 Appendix List �, i.. y�'f �! Z 'Y�' A_.al�a'• J 4 y,. LR Cooling Equipment Sizing Guidelines Storm Shutter Installation - Hinged Roof `Plant Specific Addendum Pages - Please refer to Appendix for any plant specific details that may supplement or supercede information listed in the following installation manual. The following is a list of revisions to this installation manual since the June 2014,version: Page 4 - removed Appendix A Page 6 - added definition of Concrete Anchor Page 7 - adjusted list of definitions due to revision of page 6 Page 8 - Engineer's Stamp section move from page 7 and reference to Appendix A was removed Page 19 - added reference to concrete anchors Pages 22 & 23 - added mating line spans up to 48 feet Page 35 - reference to Appendix A was removed Pages 41 & 42 - added "when required" to- shim descriptions Page 68 - revised Heat Tape receptacle description to state it is protected by a GFCI outlet Page 74 - removed statement referencing anchors installed in concrete Page 75 - reference to Appendix A was removed Pages 78 - 81 - added note at bottom of page referencing additional strap when " * " is noted Page 113 - revised name of Step 3 Page 114 - revised 5 psf to 8 psf Page 115 - removed "approved by the manufacturer" Page 116 - revised skirting installation checklist item Addendum - removed Appendix A li Introduction This installation manual contains instructions that must be followed for the proper installation of the home. It complies with the HUD Installation Standards. Please read all instructions and any other documents (including addendum pages and supplements) that may apply to the specific home prior to commencing site work or installation. This installation manual covers permits and site work through final inspection of the installation. It covers both single and multi -section homes installed over pier and anchor and load bearing crawl space walls. It contains instructions, including specifications and procedures, for the set and hookup of homes to be used as single-family dwellings. The importance of correct installation cannot be over -emphasized. Correct installation is absolutely essential to homeowner satisfaction and the structural integrity of the home. All instructions must be followed to provide the customer with a safe, quality home. No manual can cover all circumstances that may exist for certain home designs or building sites. For questions, further clarification or if you encounter conditions at the site or in the design of the home or its foundation not covered by this ma- nual, please contact the manufacturer, a registered engineer or registered architect. Supplemental addendum pages may be included with this manual. Supplements include requirements not covered in this manual or that supercede the manual instructions. Once the home installation is complete, leave this manual with the home. IMPORTANT NOTICES • The home manufacturer is not responsible for installation or for the materials supplied by the set-up crew at the time of installation. The installer may be responsible for any deviations from the installation instructions of this manual. • To keep the home in compliance with its warranty, the home installation must follow the procedures described in this manual or other procedures approved by the manufacturer. Deviation from the instructions in this manual may void the home's warranty. Any alterations or changes to the home shall be approved by a registered engi- neer or registered architect and may still be subject to warranty violations. When an installer does not provide support and anchorage in accordance with the approved manufacturer's in- stallation instructions, or encounters site conditions (such as areas that are subject to flood damage or high seismic risk) or other conditions that prevent the use of the instructions provided in this manual, the installer must obtain special site-specific instructions from the manufacturer or use a design approved by a registered engineer or registered architect. Designs provided by registered professional engineers or registered architects must also be approved by the manufacturer and DAPIA. Alternative support and anchorage designs may be used which are state approved and acceptable to the local authorityhaving jurisdiction. SAFETY There are potential hazards associated with the installation of a manufactured home. Home installers are licensed and, as experienced professionals, should recognize these hazards, be qualified to work with them, and be capable of providing safe work practices and equipment that minimize the risks of injury. Only qualified persons should install a manufactured home. The installer must possess a valid installation license as a manufactured home installer. As qualified professionals in the field of home installation, installers are the experts and must be aware of the hazards and conditions faced. Warnings are published throughout this manual as reminders. These reminders may not cover all hazards, all potential hazards, or all possible consequences of improper or unsafe installation practices. Construction crews should be trained in the skills required and be supervised by experienced personnel. Installers should regularly inspect work preformed by crews and subcontractors. Obey OSHA regulations, particularly those related to home construction, such as Title 29 Code of Regulations Part 1926. For copies of OSHA regulations, call (202) 512-1800 or visit www.osha.gov on the web. RESOURCES Office of Regulatory Affairs and Manufactured Housing US Department of Housing and Urban Development 451 Seventh Street, SW, Room 9164 Washington, DC 20410-8000 Telephone: (202) 708-6423 or (800) 927-2891 FAX: (202) 708-4213 State Administrative Agencies A list of SAAB may be found on the web at www.hud.gov/offices/hsq/sfh/mhs/mhssaa.cfm or by contacting the Of- fice of Regulatory Affairs and Manufactured Housing or in the Homeowners Manual. FEDERAL PREEMPTION This home was engineered, constructed and inspected in conformance with the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards of the US Department of Housing and Urban Development (24 CFR Part 3280, commonly referred to as the "HUD Code") in effect on the date of construction. These Standards set forth minimum requirements for the de- sign and construction of manufactured homes designed to be used as dwellings. Individual states, counties and cities shall have no authority to establish standards regarding the construction or safety of a manufactured home. A metal certification label is affixed to each section of the home to certify that it has been con- structed and inspected to comply with these Standards. The design plans and in -plant construction of all homes are in- spected by independent third party agencies to assure compliance with the Standards. The installation of the home and any alterations made to the home shall conform to the requirements of the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards and the HUD Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards. These installation instructions are minimum requirements. Applicable local or state laws may have more stringent installa- tion requirements than outlined in this manual and must be followed. Consult with the local authority having jurisdiction (LAHJ) for regulations that may require licenses and/or permits or which may affect procedures described in this manual. DEFINITIONS ANCHOR ASSEMBLY. Any device or other means designed to transfer home anchoring loads to the ground. ANCHORING EQUIPMENT. Ties, straps, cables, turnbuckles, chains, and other approved components, including tension- ing devices that are used to secure a home to anchor assemblies. ANCHORING SYSTEM. A combination of anchoring equipment and anchor assemblies that will, when properly designed and installed, resist the uplift, overturning, and lateral forces on the home. BASEMENT. A load bearing perimeter wall foundation that includes habitable space (finished or unfinished, heated or unheated) completely or partially below grade. CONCRETE ANCHOR. A specific anchoring assembly device designed to transfer home anchoring tension loads from straps to concrete foundation or slab system. CRAWLSPACE. The space underneath the home's floor system, enclosed with either load- or non -load bearing perimeter walls. The ground may be covered with a concrete slab or by a plastic ground cover. Crawlspace walls must be vent- ed and an access must be provided. CROSSOVERS. Utility interconnections between sections of multi -section homes, including heating and cooling ducts, electrical circuits, and water pipes, drain plumbing, and gas lines. DATA PLATE. An information sheet located on a cabinet door under the kitchen sink or on a wall panel or door face near the electrical panel, utility room or in the master bedroom closet. It contains a unique identification number and identi- fies the wind zone, roof load zone, and climatic zone for which the home was constructed. DIAGONAL TIE. A tie intended to resist horizontal or shear forces, but which may resist vertical, uplift, and overturning forces. FOOTING. That portion of the support system that transmits loads directly to the soil. GROUND ANCHOR. A specific anchoring assembly device designed to transfer home loads to the ground. H -BEAM,: Steel Wbeams, also calledcross beams, are. often used .to.support a home over a basement or crawlspace. They span across the foundation from sidewall to sidewall, typically with an intermediate support pier and footing (typ- ically in the center point resulting in a line of piers under the centerline of a double section home). INFORMATION PACKET. A set of important documents provided with the home including warranties, information on high wind coverage, and other features of the specific home. 9 INSTALLATION LICENSE. The proof that an installer meets the requirements for installing manufactured homes under the HUD -administered installation program. LABELED. Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark of a certified testing laboratory, inspection agency, or other organization concerned with product evaluation. The label indicates compliance with nationally recognized standards or tests to determine suitable usage in a specified manner. LISTED OR CERTIFIED. Included in a list published by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, inspection agency, or other organization concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equip- ment or materials, and whose listing states either that the equipment or material meets nationally recognized stand- ards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a specified manner. LOAD-BEARING PERIMETER WALL FOUNDATION. A support system for the home whereby the home is mechanically fastened to a structural wall(s) that transfers gravity, lateral and uplift loads to the ground. LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (LAHJ). The state, city, county, municipality, utility, or organization that has local responsibilities that must be complied with during the installation of a manufactured home. MUST. Indicates a mandatory requirement. N/A. Indicates not applicable. PIER. That portion of the support system between the footing and the home, exclusive of shims. Types of piers include, but are not limited ,to: (1) manufactured steel stands; (2) pressure -treated wood; (3) manufactured concrete stands; (4) concrete blocks; and (5) portions of foundation walls. PIER AND GROUND ANCHOR FOUNDATION. A support system for the home that employs piers under the chassis and other locations to support gravity loads and employs ground anchors and tie downs (the stabilizing system) to resist lateral and uplift loads. PERIMETER BLOCKING. Regularly spaced piers supporting the sidewalls and marriage line of the home. Some homes require perimeter blocking in addition to supports under the home's frame. QUALIFIED (OR LICENSED). Has the necessary knowledge and skills gained from experience and training that will allow performance of the job safely, competently, and in accordance with all applicable codes, standards, rules and regula- tions. Meets all necessary qualification tests including any license and certification requirements that may be in effect in the area where the home will be installed, including the requirements for installing manufactured homes under the HUD -administered installation program. The term does not incorporate a state -issued installation license or certifica- tion, except to the extent provided in this part. The term does not imply that HUD approves or recommends an install- er or warrants the work of an installer, and should not be used in any way that indicates HUD approval in violation of 18 U.S.C. 709. RAMADA. Any freestanding roof or shade structure, installed or erected over a home or any portion of the home. SHOULD. Indicates a recommendation that is strongly advised but not mandatory. SHALL. Indicates a mandatory requirement. SITE FOR A HOME. A designated parcel of land designed for the accommodation of one home, its accessory buildings or structuress and accessory equipment, for the exclusive use of the occupants of the home. SKIRTING. A weather -resistant material used to enclose the perimeter, under the living area of the home, from the bottom of the home to grade. STABILIZING SYSTEM. All components of the anchoring and support systems, such as piers, footings, ties, anchoring equipment, ground anchors, or any other materials and methods of construction that,support and secure the home to the ground. SUPPORT SYSTEM. Pilings, columns, a combination of footings, piers, foundation walls, caps, and shims and any com- bination thereof that will, when properly installed, support and secure the home to the ground. TIE. Straps, cable, or securing devices used to connect the home to anchoring assemblies. UTILITY CONNECTION. The connection of the home to utilities that include, but are not limited to, electricity, water, sew- er, gas, or fuel oil. VERTICAL TIE. A tie intended to resist uplifting and overturning forces. WIND ZONE. The areas designated on the Basic Wind Zone -Map, as further defined in by the Manufactured Home Con- struction and Safety Standards 7 ENGINEER'S STAMP Certain pages of this manual, display the seal of a registered engineer. Federal guidelines only require the seal from one state to be displayed, but the details herein apply to all states. SYMBOLS USED IN THE MANUAL i®® This icon indicates an important warning. It is critical to heed these warnings. This icon indicates a recommended best practice. While not required, following these practices will result in a superior installation, reducing the chance that cosmetic or dura- bility related complaints might arise. ABBREVIATIONS ABS Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene ANSI American National Standards Institute APA ASTM AWPA CFM CFR DWV EMT FEMA ft ga HUD in LAHJ Ib(s) American Plywood Association American Society for Testing and Ma- terials American Wood Preservers Associa- tion Cubic feet per minute Code of Federal Regulations Drain, Waste, Vent Electrical metallic tubing Federal Emergency Management Agency Foot/feet Gauge US Department of Housing and Ur- ban Development Inch(es) Local Authority Having Jurisdiction Pound(s) max. Maximum MHCSS Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards min. Minimum mph Mile(s) per hour NEC National Electric Code NFIP National Flood Insurance Program NFPA National Fire Protection Association O.C. On center OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Admin- istration oz Ounce(s) p• Page psf Pounds per square foot psi Pounds per square inch SAA State Administrative Agency sq ft Square foottfeet ALTERNATIVE FOUNDATION SYSTEMS Alternative foundation systems or designs are permitted in accordance with the following: • System designs are prepared by a registered engineer or a registered architect or tested and certified by a regis- tered engineer or registered architect in accordance with acceptable engineering practice and are manufactured and installed so as not to take the home out of compliance with the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards. • An Alternative Foundation and/or Tiedown system design must be submitted to the manufacturer if it is not listed on the following website: www.-goldenwesthomes.com. Click the Builders Resource tab at the lower right hand corner of the page,to view all DAPIA approved Alternative Tiedown systems. Prior, to obtaining an alternative design contact the home building facility for available approved alternative designs or instructions for submitting an alternative de- sign. 8 DISPLAY AND STORAGE OF THE HOME WEATHER PROTECTION If the installation is not started immediately upon delivery of the home, the retailer and/or installer has the responsibility to ensure the exterior weather protection covering of marriage walls and the roof of homes has not been damaged during shipment. Inspect the home immediately upon the delivery and frequently during storage. Promptly repair tears in the home closure materials to prevent damage from the elements. Inspect and repair nail holes in roof shingles with asphalt cement or replace damaged shingles. Inspect and repair siding as needed. SUPPORTING A HOME FOR DISPLAY When a new home is to be displayed at a retail location, temporarily block and support the home. Set up homes with sin- gle block piers (maximum height per Table 9), metal piers or jack stands spaced no further apart than 12 feet o.c. beneath each I-beam. The tire and axle system may be used as one of these required supports, and the hitch jack may be used as another. Locate the first support no further than two feet from the rear end of the home (Figure 1). Place additional sup- ports along the perimeter on either side of openings greater than four feet (i.e. sliding glass doors, bay windows, etc.). For 18' wide homes, perimeter supports must also be spaced no further than 12 feet o.c. For multi section homes, locate additional supports along the marriage line under support columns. These locations will be marked by the manufacturer. Figure 1. Supporting a home for display 12'-0" 12'-0" 112'-0' 12'-0' For all homes, place footings below each support. Footings may be placed directly on the surface grade without excava- tion and may be ABS pads, 2 x 10 by 16 inch long pressure treated lumber or 16" x 16" by 4 inch thick concrete pads. SUPPORTING A HOME FOR STORAGE To prevent damage to homes being stored at the manufacturer's facility, model home center or the home site, but not on display (i.e. people shall not be permitted inside the home) for a period exceeding 30 days, locate supports below each (- beam no further than two feet from each end of the home and at the approximate center of the home length. For 18' wide homes, perimeter supports must also be spaced no further than 12 feet o.c. Whether the home is being supported for display or storage the height of the home should be no higher than 48 inches as measured from the top of the ground to the bottom of the I-beam. In addition, it is extremely important that the roof/ridge vents are installed while the home is on display. Failure to install the roof/ridge vents may lead to significant damage to the roof and home. Getting•,Started �• This chapter covers a few steps that, taken now, will avoid problems later in the installation process. " Joe,`f ' V . STEP 1. LOCATE THE DATA PLATE (p: 10) STEP 2. CONFIRM WIND ZONE (p.,10) . - • a ; • T " V STEP 3.'C6NFIRM THERMAL -ZONE (p. 11) 4- r �• i V STEP 4. CONFIRM ROOF -LOAD ZONE (p. 13) t ' O STEP. 5. CHECK LOCAL CODES AND SECURE PERMITS (p: 14) , .. STEP 1. LOCATE THE DATA,PLATE 1' `,Locate the data plate inside the home (Figure_2), typically inside a kitchen cabinetdoor..'s or on a wall panel or door face near the electrical panel, room or bedroom c16set- "utility. vm.'j .� _ _ ^ _ Figure 2. Sample'data plate ' _' • — shown as reference only, •w , _ - � = _ — = .::. _ actual data plate may vary. x' The information on the data plate will be used to verify that the home was designed for w ` �.. the proper location. • +� t �� STEP 2. -CONFIRM WIND ZONE From Table 1;'identify the wind zone for the home. Verify that the home conforms tothe following rules and any special requirements determined by the LAHJ. t• No home may be located in a higher wind zone than that indicated on the da- to plate. (Example: a home designed for Wind Zone II cannot be placed in Wind Zone III.) _ I A home may be located in a lower wind zone than that indicated on the data • ,. .� '' .•,.-;, plate. (Example: a home designed for Wind Zone If can be placed in either . Wind Zone II or I:) When a home is located in a lower wind zone than indi- cated on the data plate it may be installed per the requirements of the lower,' , +F I. 1 wind zone. Y Homes located within 1,500 feet of the coastline in Wind Zones II and III must be designed to withstand exposure 'D' conditions. This will be indicated on •" the data_ plater If the home does not conform to these rules, contact the manufacturer immediate) ` " TABLE 1. WIND ZONE BY LOCALITY o4 .11f All counties except those listed below as within Wind Zone III • sCounties of Bryan Camden,Chatham tGlynnWberty Mclntosh Parishes of Acadia, Allen, Ascension, Assumption, Calcasieu, Cameron, East Baton Rouge, East Feliciana, • Evangeline, Iberia, Iberville, Jefferson Davis, Lafayette, Livingston, Pointe Coupee, St. Helena, St. James, St. John the Baptist, St. Landry, St. Martin, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa, Vermillion, Washington, West Baton Rouge, and ! West Feliciana i ;Counties of Hancock and Washington:+.` t, ;; yofia I - Counties of Barnstable, Bristol, Dukes, Nantucket, and Plymouth ' I �, .. .-.. • .. �; cr; �.0 ^-'?e A. - +y . • Counties of George, Hancock Harrison 'Jackson Pearl Rarer and Stone. z Counties of Beaufort, Brunswick, Camden, Chowan, Columbus, Craven, Currituck, Jones, New Hanover, Onslow, Pamlico, Pasquotank, Pender, Perquimans; Tyrrell, and Washington :Counties of Beaufort Berkeley Charleston • Colleton Dorchester Georgetown Hony, Jasper, and VUlliarris6urg Counties of Aransas, Brazoria, Calhoun, Cameron, Chambers, Galveston, Jefferson, Kenedy, Kleberg, Matagorda, Nueces, Orange, Refugio, San Patricio, and Willacy .Cdies of.Chesapeake .Norfolk Portsmouth; Anncess Anne and Vii.rgiriia,3eac6 , .3si w, ,, . x,, 4 • . , ��„ Entire state +Coastal regions (as determined by the 90 mph isdtach on the .8 map) map)' 3: . .. Counties of Broward, Charlotte, Collier, Dade, Franklin, Gulf, Hendry, Lee, Martin, Manatee, Monroe, Palm Beach, Pinellas and Sarasota Parishes -of Jefferson, La fo`urche: Orlearis_, Plaqueiniries St: Bernard Sf Charte`s; St.^Mary; and ,Teiiebonne Counties of Carteret, Dare, and Hyde • - r i • - All regions of the U S Terrdones of American Samoa Guam 'NortA—ihern Manana Islands; Puerto Rico Trust Tendo- f ry of►he Pacrfic Islands' and the United States.Vi in, Islands- K F: _NH M WA MT NO MN + yr M . Figure 2A. Wind zone map MA OR ID so VA MI NY RI WY PA w NJ NE d IN DE UT CO WV VA CAKS MD KY - TN NC OK pR sc 4 AZ NM L� MS Al GA � * i TK A LA j FE - Zoa� NI STEP 3. CONFIRM THERMAL ZONE From Table 2, identify the thermal (UO) zone for the home. Verify that the Frame con- forms to the following rules. o No home may be located in an area with a higher thermal zone number than that indicated on the data plate. (Example: a home designed for Thermal Zone 2 cannot be placed in Thermal Zone 3.) ' 11 • A home may be located in a lower thermal zone than that indicated on the da- ta plate. (Example: a home designed for Thermal Zone 2 may be placed in ei- ther Thermal Zone 2 or 1.). • In no case may a home designated for installation in the "Humid & Fringe Climate," as identified on the data plate, be located outside of this region (Table 2). If the home does not conform to these rules, contact the manufacturer immediately. WA - V1 _. ME M1 NO MN DA NY Tyl MA® SD MI RI WY PA CT ... NE M IN DN NJ w � Co u VVV VA D£ 1 ! 1 LLxa.es 111.111 OAS Un O.V. are•. "am awe.. P"%rice 1 TABLE 2. HUMID AND FRINGE CLIMATE ZONES Figure 3. Thermal (Up) zone map Figure 3A. Humid & fringe climate map ".Escambia Geneva; HenryHouston;+LowndesMarengo Mobile MoriroeMontgomery; PiketVUashmgton,,ani1 ` Wilcox t i'r .. ' .,-' + '• � " _ «V7• °' f'.. «.. - t+ r . , ;+ y All counties and locations Counties ofApphng; Atkinson, Bacon Baker Ben Hill, Berrien, Brantley; Brooks;'Bryan; Calhoun,'•Camden,`C,har- "+leton Chatham ,Clay Cl ncfi Coffee; Colqultt; Cook;'Gnsp Decatur .Dougherty Early Echols'Effingham ,Evans; Glynn Gratly Irwin, Jeff Davis' Lanier Leel='iberty Long Lowndes McIntosh tMtller Mitchell Petce Quitman .. 'Randolphminole`T,attnall Terrell; Thomas ,rift Turner Ware Wayne and (North '. .__... All counties and locations All counties and locations Counties of Adams, Amite, Claiborne, Clarke, Copiah, Covington, Forrest, Franklin, George, Greene, Hancock, Harrison, Hinds, Issaquena, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Jefferson Davis, Jones, Lamar, Lawrence, Lincoln, Ma- rion, Pearl River, Perry, Pike, Rankin, Simpson, Smith, Stone, Walthall, Warren, Wayne, and Wilkinson Counties of Brunswick, Carteret, Columbus, New Hanover, Onslow, and Pender Counties of Beaufort, Berkeley, Charleston, Colleton, Dorchester, Georgetown, Horry and Jasper Counties of Anderson, Angelina, Aransas, Atascosa, Austin, Bastrop, Bee, Bexar, Brazoria, Brazos, Brooks, Burle- son, Caldwell, Calhoun, Cameron, Camp, Cass, Chambers, Cherokee, Colorado, Comal, De Witt, Dimmit, Duval, Falls Fayette, Fort Bend Franklin Freestone Frio Galveston Goliad Gonzales Gre-qq. Grimes Guadalupe, r. `Hardin, Harris, Harrison, Hays, Henderson, Hidalgo, Hopkins, Houston, Jackson; Jasper,-Jeffe'rson;=Jim Hogg, Jim. Wells, Karnes, Kaufman, Kenedy, Kinney, Kleb&g,'La Salle, Lavaca, Lee Leon Liberty Limestone, Live ,Oak, Madison Marion Matagorda; Maverick,McMullen; Medina; Milam y;-.. Morns Nacogdoches, Navarro, ,Newton Nue{oes; Or,'ange, Panola, Polk; Rairis; Refugio, Robertson, Rusk•Sabine San Augustine; San Jacinto, =San Patricio, Shelby, Smith, Starr, Titus, Travis, Trinity, Tyler; Upshur, Wildb Val Verde; Van-Zandt, Victoria, Walker, Waller, Washington, Webb, Wharton; Willacy, Williamson, Wilson, Wood, Zapata, and Zavala STEP 4. CONFIRM ROOF LOAD ZONE From Table 3, identify the Roof Load Zone for the home. Verify that the home con- forms to the following rules. • No home may be placed in an area with a higher roof load than that indicated on the data plate. (Example: a home designed for the South (20 psf) Roof Load Zone cannot be placed in the Middle (30 psf) Roof Load Zone). • A home may be located in an area with a lower roof load than that indicated on the data plate. (Example: a home designed for the Middle (30 psf) Roof Load Zone may be placed in the South (20 psf) Roof Load Zone). When a home is located in an area with a lower roof load than indicated on the data plate it may be installed per the requirements of the lower roof load area. ' • There are special high roof load areas (primarily in mountains) not shown on the map. Contact the LAHJ or SAA for information about these areas. The home's data plate will indicate if the home has been designed for one of these high roof load areas. • Ramadas may be used in areas with roof live loads greater than 40 psf. Ra- madas are to be self-supporting, except that any connection to the home must be for weatherproofing only. WA VE NH NO ^y MA OR SO WIMI NY , PA CI a NJ NV NE IN SIH OE WV VA CA KS MO KY HC -TN - AZ NM OK AR SC MS Al 6A TK 1A ^ HI bv p 1 2 3- z__ i I=1 Lae. L•N IMI w so 20 TABLE 3. ROOF LOADS BY LOCALITY All counties •/"1Nwu��u6D'r; �x tir - t,,MM..yF c;;.,z;MiY.•, All counties Figure 3B. Roof (snow) load map utl frGounfies of BuenaVista Ber Jr Calhoun CeGordo'Chokee ChickasawClay Dielanson }EmmeYFloyd G .,,.,. +,Franklin Hamilton °Hancock Harden; Howard; rro Humboldt Ida; Kossuth; Lyon Mitchell -0'Bnen Osceola ,Palo Alto, Plymouth'Pocahontas Sac,-SiEiuz; Webster; Winnebago; Worth Counties of Androscoggin, Cumberland, Franklin, Kanabec, Lincoln, Oxford, Sagadahoc, York ;County. of Es 'ei .F•- ,t.� ,y. Counties of Alger, Alcona, Alpena, Antrim, Baraga, Benzie, Charlevoix, Cheboygan; Chippewa, Crawford, Delta, Dickson, Emmet, Gogebic, Grand Traverse, Houghton, Iron, Kalkaska, Keweenaw, Leelanau, Luce, Mackinac, Marquette; Menominee ;Missaukee; Montmorency; Ogemaw, Ontonagon,•Oscoda; Otsego, -Presque Isle,'Ros- common, Schoolcraft, Wexford Counties of oAUnn 'Anoka Ben ton, BluezEarth, Brown, Cass; Cariton,' Carver Chippewa, Chisago,-Cook Cotton; wood Crow Wing; Dakota -Dodge; Douglas; Fanbault'Fillmore; Freeborn'.Goodhue Grant' Hennepin Hubbard; :Itasca tsanti Jackson Kandi ohi Kanabec�Kooctiichin Lac' ui Parle Lake;L'e Sueur %Llncolri=rL onY McLeotl .- 13 ^ - , Montana New Hamp New York Counties of Cayuga, Clinton, Essex, Erie, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, Livings- ton, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga Ontario, Orleans, Oswego, St. Lawrence, Sara- toga, Schenectady, Seneca,,Warren, Washington, Wayne, Wyoming, Yates South Dakota Utah All Counties Vermont Wisconsin Counties of Ashland, Bayfield, Barron, Buffalo, Burnett, Clark, Chippewa, Door, Douglas, Dunn, Eau Claire, Flo- rence, Forest, Iron, Jackson, - |' Polk, Price, Rusk, Gt. Croix, Sawyer, Taylor, Trempealeuu.mlas.Washburn . . . . . ' ^..^ � . . . . ' . STEP .5. CHECK LOCAL CODES AND SECURE PERMITS . .^ . .^ . , Local regulations .may �toond�ono�xthe u ino�|�1�nofamonufoc��d . home. Conoub1heLAHJ.satomanufactured housing association and the state 8/V\ | ' (SeeR�mumrc�a.p�5)for�heupen�u|nua|roquivemonto.ino/uding: ' � � - Areas subject tmflooding. Building codes that may affect the construction ofsite built structures and in - , The foundationupocifioo' ' . frnmimctum. . � tions contained inthis ° Loca|mqui�mon\onegu�bng�e��a|�d�/� installation ^ manual m� ' � Setback requirements . ' '� to |f � ' ^ ' ' . ^ the home is located in the ^ �Fknoopa�Uond��nceo. ' ' ' ' flood plain, consult oregiu , Development coxeno�s�x�empou�cpropo�y� ^ . �red engmeor. . . ° The locations offlood hazard areas and any special foundation requirements . hxhomuoino�|�d�thooea�ex� . ° In some areas, building permits are required to install manufactured hones. Prior tomaking any alteration tothe site and the home.contact the LAHJto '. . . determine ifplan approval and permits are required. / Prepare the Site A properly prepared site is critical to a good quality installation and the long term structural stability of the home. This chapter explains the process of planning the site, evaluating the soil, and preparing the site for construction of the home's support system. V STEP 1. PLAN'SITE ACCESS (p. 15) V STEP 2. DETERMINE HOME LOCATION AND LAYOUT (p. 15) ; V STEP 3. CLEAR AND GRADE THE SITE (p. 16) V STEP 4. DETERMINE SOIL CONDITIONS (p. 16) V STEP 5. DETERMINE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY AND FROST. LINE (p. 17) V STEP 6. DETERMINE GROUND ANCHOR HOLDING CAPACITY (p. 19) STEP 1. PLAN SITE ACCESS Planning the route to the site is typically the responsibility of the retailer or transporta- tion company. Whoever is responsible must secure state permits from the states through which the home will pass. In planning the route, avoid obstructions that might interfere with the passage of the home, such as low hanging wires and trees, low overpasses and bridges not suitable for the load. Contact the utility company if wires need to be moved. Do not allow branches, bushes or other foliage to scrape against the home as the home is moved to the site. Avoid ditches, berms, steep slopes and soft ground. Identify and fill any holes and soft spots into which the transporter's wheels may sink. Avoid moving over steep changes in grade (20 degrees or more). If required, provide for home storage and staging areas on the site. Plan the delivery and staging of home sections and materials so that after all deliveries are complete, home sections and materials can be accessed for use and installed in the appropriate sequence. Orient home sections so they do not have to be rotated or excessively ma- neuvered during the installation process. Plan for temporary needs, such as dump- sters, portable toilets, crew parking, delivery vehicle drop-offs and concrete mixer deli- veries. Before moving the home to the site, inform the LAHJ and make sure the site is pre- pared and utilities are available. STEP 2. DETERMINE HOME LOCATION AND LAYOUT The home location may have already been determined by others. If not, plan the home location and layout in compliance with the regulations researched in Getting Started, STEP 5. CHECK LOCAL CODES AND SECURE PERMITS (p. 14). Contact utilities for locations of existing infrastructure, such as underground cables, pipes and electrical lines. When planning the site improvements, consider the following: • The home location should be level. • Avoid contact with large trees, steep slopes, poorly drained areas and poten- tial flood zones. • Preserve trees and shrubs for shade, visual screens and windbreaks. 15 V,A ?bFZZ Site Preparation. Final re- sponsibility for site prepara- tion, including soil stability and frost heave control, lies with the installer. An impro- perly prepared site may re- sult in the denial of a foun- dation -related warranty claim. IF I iA Fire separation. Comply with any LAHJ fire separa- tion requirements or the re- quirements NFPA 501 A, 2003 edition (Chapter 6). i • Plan the driveway, parking areas, septic, well, other structures and utility lines. • Consider future additions, such as screen rooms, porches and awnings. • Site the home away from natural water paths. STEP 3. CLEAR AND GRADE THE SITE Trim overhanging foliage (tree limbs, etc. that could cause damage to the home) consi- dering future growth, potential storms, swaying in wind and snow/ice-weighted branches. All organic material such as vegetation, wood, roots, twigs, dead branches, grass, brush and wood scraps must be removed in areas where footings are to be placed. Remove any debris that could become termite infested from the site and sur- rounding area. Properly dispose of all items. Crown the site (Figure 4) away from the foundation for the first ten feet with a minimum slope of 1/2 inch per foot. Where property lines, walls, slopes or other'physical condi- tions prohibit this slope, provide the site with drains, swales or grading to drain water away from the structure. Any fill required to grade the site should be inorganic "con- trolled fill" applied in a maximum of four inch layers, compacted between each layer to at least 90% of its maximum relative density. Direct runoff away from the site using ditches and berms (Figure 5). If the home will have skirting, start grading from two feet in from the edge of the home. � � y HOUSE y � y y y�yy Al y ARROWS INDICATE DIRECTION OF WATER FLOW. Grade the ground so that water under porches, decks and recessed entries flows away from the home. If proper grading is not possible, use other methods such as a drain tile and automatic sump pump system to remove any water that may collect under the home. The home is suitable for the installation of gutters and downspouts. Gutters and down- spouts must be installed per the gutter and downspout manufacturer's installation in- structions. When gutters and downspouts are installed, direct runoff away from the home. STEP 4. DETERMINE SOIL CONDITIONS Examine the soil type under the proposed home location to make sure it is suitable for placement of a home. The design of the home's support system, including footing/pier spacing and size, will in part be determined by the bearing capacity of the soil and, if ground anchors are used, by the soil's withdrawal strength. The soil under every portion of the support system must meet the following criteria: • The soil must be firm and undisturbed (not previously excavated) or fill com- 16 Site drainage. Moisture un- der the home can result in structural damage to the floor system, foundation, anchoring system and other parts of the home. Failure to provide adequate slope/drainage can result in moisture -related problems such as mold, mildew and erosion. Figure 4. Crown the soil un- der the home to prevent wa- ter ponding Figure 5. Direct runoff away from the home Soil. Inadequate soil bearing capacity or a support sys- tem mismatched to the soil characteristics can result in excessive or differential pacted to at least 90% of its maximum relative density). Uncompacted fill will settle over time, causing the home to shift and become unlevel. • Fill must not contain large debris. This too will settle over time. • The soil must not be comprised of organic clays or peat. Organic material can decay, causing settlement and also may harbor pests that can infest the home. • The water table must be below the lowest level of the planned support sys- tem/foundation. A soil's bearing capacity can be greatly reduced when it is sa- turated with water. Note that water tables may vary with seasonal or climactic conditions. Consult a geologist or the LAHJ if you are unsure of the water ta- ble level. The soil must not be a highly expansive type. Expansive soils can expand when they become saturated with water, causing the home to shift and be- come unlevel. If soils are expansive contact a registered engineer, or regis- tered architect to assist with the design of the foundation system. STEP 5. DETERMINE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY AND FROST LINE The soil under a home must be capable of withstanding the loads imposed by the weight of the home, its support system and furnishings as well as any loads imposed by wind, snow or other climactic conditions. - SOIL BEARING CAPACITY Determine the soil bearing capacity in pounds per square foot (psf) before designing a support system. The higher the capacity (psf), the more weight the soil can hold without unduly compressing. As the soil bearing capacity increases, footings can be reduced in size or spaced farther apart. Use one or more of the following methods to determine the site's soil bearing capacity: • Test the soil. Hire a registered geologist, registered engineer, or registered architect to determine the soil classification and maximum allowable soil bear- ing capacity by testing the soil in accordance with generally accepted engi- neering practice. • Obtain soil records. The local office of the U.S. Department of Agriculture's Natural Resources Conservation Service (www.soils.usda.gov) and/or the LAHJ may have test results and/or soil analyses on file for the area. • Conduct a pocket penetrometer test. Use a pocket penetrometer to esti- mate allowable soil bearing capacity as follows: 1. Select a location that will be under a footing. 2. Clear a minimum area of one square foot to the depth of the bottom of the planned footing. 3. Using the instructions provided with the pocket penetrometer, take at least five readings: 4. Discard the high and low readings and average the remaining readings. Round this result down to the nearest soil bearing value shown in Table 4. 5. Confirm that the rounded result matches the soil description in Table 4. • Determine soil bearing value by visual examination. If one of the options " above is not available, the values in Table 4 can be used to establish soil bearing capacity by visual examination. This method provides lower capacity values than the options above. Accurate soil identification typically requires 17 settlement of the home, which can cause the home to become unlevel, result- ing in jammed doors and windows, cracks in finishes and ruptured plumbing connections. Soil bearing capacity. Sup- port systems on soils with bearing capacities less than 1,000 psf must be designed by a registered engineer or registered architect and, approved by the LAHJ. Limitations of Pocket pe- netrometers. Pocket pene- trometers do not work on sand or gravel. Use to de- termine allowable pressure for these types of soils. If you encounter a layer of gravel, test the soil under the gravel. Do not put the penetrometer on stones larger than its tip as this will provide an inaccurate read- ing. special training or expertise. An engineer or building code official may be able to assist in classifying the soil found on the site. TABLE 4. SOIL BEARING CAPACITY BY SOIL TYPE :til ' e,: ,.,t2o`dc�or��t►a'r�d pang ' <� � . ,.: y �r x,900+ �, ��; �, � , r . ,r- 4 ,s' GW, GP, SW, SP, Sandy gravel and gravel; very dense and/or 40+ More than 550 2 GM, SM cemented sands; course gravel/cobbles; pre- 2,000 loaded silts, clays and coral - Sandsilty'sand clayeyesand; silty'graVel; 24-39 351-550 3 GC SC, ML', CL medwm dense course sands sandy -gravel; 1,500 'and'very stiff silt sand days; 4A CG, MH2 Loose to medium dense sands; firm to stiff 1,000 18-23 276-350 clays and silts; alluvial fills CH,MH? Loosentlsrm:lasllvia:ll- ;000413 12-17 175-275 5 OL, OH, PT Uncompacted fill; peat; organic clays Refer to 3285.202(e) 0-11 Less than175 Notes 'The values provided in this table have not been adjusted for overburden pressure, embedment depth, water table height or settlement problems. 2 For soils classified as CH or MH, without either torque probe values or blow count test results, se- lected anchors must be rated for a 46 soil. 3 The torque test probe is a device for measuring the torque value of soils to assist in evaluating the holding capacity of the soil in which the ground anchor is placed. The shaft must be of suitable length for the full depth of the ground anchor. The torque value is a measure of the load resistance provided by the soil when subject to the turning or twisting force of the probe. • Use default capacity. Use an allowable pressure of 1,500 psf, unless site- specific information requires the use of lower values based on soil classifica- tion and type according to Table 4. Note that soil types may vary across a home site. In this case, the soil with the lowest bear- ing capacity should be assumed when designing the support system. Keep a record of the soil bearing capacity value; it will be used later to design the home's support system. FROST LINE Shown below is a map with recommended average depths of frost penetration. However, it is also recommended to consult the LAHJ, a registered engineer or registered architect to determine the depth of the frost line when possible. Keep a record of the frost depth; it will be used later to design the home's support system. 18 t i r FROST PENETRATION MAP (AVERAGE DEPTH OF FROST PENETRATION - IN INCHES) 10 30 35 40 a 72 2 3 15 e 713 48 1 " 21 E 80 30 3830 54 48 .. 36 40 68 ; • 36 2 36 8 BO 36 48 53 54 60 24 9 48 66 48 42 54 54 4 13 8 7 60 � • 84 41 6 B � 48 12 _ 51 48 48 3 30 36 30 13 6 48 15 24 - 41 72 35 36 42 425 18 48 " 26 15 40 48 �. 54 9 24 20 8. 1 21 6 54 35 15 24 12 42 1B 4B 2542 42 2 g 36 30 40 1B 25 15 14 4 6 12 20 35 30 42 3 1B 6 48 30 10 2 77 20 22 24 3864 24 15 6 5 2 13 18 18 30 60 25 1 37 21 12 16 - 1 2 14 12 30 1 2/ 20 3 ' � 10 _ 1 10 27 5 6 1812 610 6 2- 6 20 7 6 21 2 1 20 24 17 6 1 3 15 3 19 6 .. ' 1 36 18. 4. 9 3 3 12 10 4 2 B 3 2 . 1 r ' 1 r SOURCE: U.S. DEPT. OF COMMERCE WEATHER BUREAU Figure 5A. Frost Penetration Map 1 ri 4 STEP 6. DETERMINE GROUND ANCHOR HOLDING CAPACITY' iIf the anchor holding strength of the soil is unknown test the soil per the requirements of the an- ® ®� chor manufacturer's installation instructions. Concrete anchors that are listed and certified by a 0 professional engineer to have a working load capacity of 3150 lbs may be used as a substitute I for the ground anchors specified within this manual when installed in accordance with manufac- Torque Probe. If a torque I turer's installation instructions. + - probe is used, check with the utility companies for the E ` location of underground ca- bles or pipes to avoid con- tact with the probe shaft. 1 ri 4 Install Footings This chapter provides instructions for the design and construction of individual footings that transfer the load from a single pier to the ground. A footing and pier together (discussed in Set the Home) is referred to as a "support". A footing may also be de- signed to carry the load of multiple piers (often called "strip" footings). The design of strip footings is not covered in this manual. However, strip footings are acceptable if designed by a registered engineer or registered architect. The foundation systems described in this manual have not been designed for flood resistance. STEP 1. DESIGN POINT LOAD,SUPPORTS (p..20) V STEP 2. DESIGN FRAME SUPPORTS (Homes Without Perimeter Blocking) (p. 23) V STEP 3. DESIGN FRAME AND PERIMETER SUPPORTS (Homes With Perimeter Blocking) (p.25) ® STEP 4. SELECT FOOTING MATERIALS (p. 30) STEP 5. SIZE FOOTINGS (p. 31) V STEP 6. INSTALL FOOTINGS (p. 33) STEP 1. DESIGN POINT LOAD SUPPORTS All homes will need supports, and therefore footings, under the frame, marriage line (for heavy loads. � S multi -section homes), exterior wall openings and other point i A All pier locations required at the mating line, perimeter and any special pier support locations, High roof loads. For roof as required by these instructions, will be identified from the factory by a pier tag, label, paint, loads of 40 psf or greater, or other means and must be visible after the home is installed. The pier designs, support a registered engineer or loads, and footing construction shall be as indicated in the appropriate diagrams, tables, and registered architect must instructions herein. Where perimeter piers are required along the exterior wall, alternate pier determine the maximum spacing may be used in lieu of the factory identified locations provided the instructions of this marriage wall opening manual are satisfied in terms of allowable spacing, pier design, and footing size. permitted without pier or other supports. PLEASE NOTE: The manufacturer will not be responsible for damaged or removed pier tags. It is the responsibility of the installer to ensure that all piers are properly positioned in accor- dance with the tables & diagrams contained in these installation instructions. Create a sketch of the home that includes the exterior walls, the frame 1 -beams and the marriage line(s), if a multi -section home. The sketch will be used in this chapter to locate each support, and note the size of the corresponding footing. Figure 6 is an example of such a completed support plan. PERIMETER DOOR PIERS BLOCKING PIERS I -BEAM FRAME Figure 6. Typical point -load MEMBERS support locations OPTIONAL MARRIAGE CORNER $ $ $ -� -e- -&- -B- WALL PIERS PIERS $ FRAME PIERS ORC I -BEAM FRAM j -8- -$- --I} -a- -a-- . \-PERIMETER I -BEAM FRAME PORCH POST PIERS BLOCKING MEMBERS PIERS DOOR PIERS n() As the location and load for each support is determined, note it on the sketch. When select- ing locations for supports, keep in mind that increasing the spacing between supports will increase the load on that support and the size of the required footing. DETERMINE LOCATIONS Point loads exist where a bearing/structural weight is concentrated and transferred to the foundation at a specific point. Locate a support under each point load, including the follow- ing examples: • Exterior doors in side walls at both sides of each door (blocking is not required at exterior doors in end walls supported by the steel header). • Other exterior wall openings four feet and greater at both sides.of each opening (including multiple windows that total four feet wide or more without intermediate supports, even if individual windows are less than four feet). • Marriage line openings four feet or greater at both sides of each opening. • Locations where through -the -rim crossover ducts penetrate the rim joist at the mar- riage line (unless otherwise noted in supplemental documents provided with the home or unless the home is constructed with a perimeter frame system). • Marriage line columns. • Load-bearing porch posts. • On each side of factory installed fireplaces when located on the exterior sidewalls or marriage walls (except when supported by the steel header). Adjustable outriggers may only be used to replace piers below exterior door or window open- ings less than 48" and below factory installed fireplaces located on the exterior sidewalls or marriage walls. Adjustable outriggers may only be used at these locations when local codes permit the use of these devices and they are installed according to the manufacturer's instal- lation instructions. Adjustable outriggers are not an acceptable replacement for perimeter supports on homes requiring perimeter blocking. Factory installed outriggers and cross - members may also replace piers below exterior door or window openings less than 48". Mark the required point load support locations on the sketch. Supports are not required where the manufacturer has reinforced the floor (such as with additional outriggers or floor joists) and so noted in the documentation provided with the home. DOOR OR OPENING LESS FOOTING FOOTING FOOTING. FOOTING FOOTING FOOTING SIZED AND SIZED FOR SIZED AND SIZED FOR SIZED FOR SIZED FOR SPACED PER SPAN C PER SPACED PER SPAN B PER SPAN A+B SPAN A PER TABLE 7 TABLE 5 TABLE 7 TABLE 5 PER TABLE 5 TABLE 5 CALCULATE LOADS Use Tables 5-5c to determine the loads on point load supports (columns). For each support, find the table with the appropriate section width. Then, find the row with the appropriate roof load zone and the column corresponding to the span (see Figure 7 for guidance on determining spans — if a support is shared by spans on both sides, add the respective loads together to arrive at the total load under that point). The number in the intersecting cell is the load. Note the required loads next to each point load support on the sketch. 21 Figure 7. Typical point -load support locations along the marriage line. • 1330 2260 3190 3655 4120 4585 5050 5980 ' 6910 7840 87, • 2880 4120 5360 5980 6600 7220 7840 9080 10320 11560 128 • 3500 5050 6600 7375 8150 8925 9700 11250 12800 14350 159 • 4740 6910 9080 10165 11250 12335 13420 15590 17760 19930 221 .• 5980 8770 15560 12955 14350 15745 17140 '19930 22720 25510 283 •• 7220 10630 14040 15745 17450 19155 20860 24270 27680 1 31090 345 • 8460 12490 16520 18535 20550 22565 24580 28610 32640 1 36670 407 erm%�.frot�xi�the da�a p�la��e�a�labelslai�ng the p� rune. �terifhe home rulrestpenri�e#er biocicing.rr' �,,�!: ,�„ * � � � � �' r�s,a �= tai.. '• � s.�_ � �� � �<. STEP 2. '�:� If$perimet�bl�ctsing,ts N®�>r�q�+lred,:go t(�-SYEPa�; DESID(>�� •,�� �,�•" � +�/�1�sDy ��21N1I�1`���151��+P-���'5���HOIt1L5�it����! iI1� �IOCk�t�q)o "�,�• ����r��p����,Z� �ro4Yat!• �iayr,.,lk,���-��� �7.•+:�'" ":ti.J".:r`];sfr�; �.. ���a�iif�a?,. mit DESIGN SUPPORTS • • Without -Bl• • DETERMINE fiAV AV LOCATIONS ' homesAll homes require regularly spaced supports along all main frame 1 -beams. Select spacing between supports and sketch them on the support plan. Keep in mind that frame supports Spacing f me supports. under homes with 8" deep 1 -beams may be no more than eight feet apart. Those under There must be a support 1 or deep I -beams may be • more1 feet apart. distances between supports will require larger footings. Figure 8 shows typical frame sup- of each I-beam such thal port locations. inches as measured from the outsidi edge floor pier. DOOR - PIERS Figure 8. Typical support locations for• ot re - FRAME quiring regularly spaced MEMBERS 011-1f. i . --8- -B- $ -6- -B- -B- -9- . MARRIAGE WALL PIERS REQUIRED AT OPENINGS Illlli�ia� 4 FEET AND LARGER \\\, N A / -f3- $ -•6- -B- -e-- -B- FRAME PIERS �� •G •.. .•..;�� ,• ' •PORCH I -BEAM FRAME- I " ' -B- . $- -B- '-B- -$- -9- PORCH POST PIERS • JDOOR PIERS 2 I -BEAM FRAME MEMBERS 20 1120 1000 1600 2200 2500 2800 3100 3400 4000 4600 5200 5800 6400 7000 7600 2320 3280 2000 2800 3600 4000 4400 4800 5200 6000 6800 7600 8400 9200 10000 10800 . 2400 3400 4400 4900 5400 5900 6400 7400 8400 9400 10400 11400 12400 13400 .� 3200 4600 6000 6700 7400 8100 8800 10200 11600 13000 14400 15800 17200 18600 •. 4000 5800 7600 8500 9400 10300 11200 13000 14800 16600 18400 20200 22000 23800 �. 4800 7000 9200 10300 11400 12500 13600 15800 18000 20200 22400 24600 26800 29000 9760 5600 1 8200 1 10800 12100 13400 14700 16000 18600 i 21200 1 23800 26400 1 29000 1 31600 1 34200 20 1120 1840 2560 2920 3280 3640 4000 4720 5440 6160 6880 7600 8320 9040 30 2320 3280 4240 4720 5200 5680 6160 7120 8080 9040 10000 10960 11920 12880 40 2800 4000 5200 5800 6400 7000 7600 8800 10000 11200 12400 13600 14800 16000 60 3760 5440 7120 7960 8800 9640 10480 12160 13840 15520 17200 18880 20560 22240 .. 4720 6880 9040 10120 11200 12280 13360 15520 17680 19840 22000 24160 26320 28480 .� 5680 8320 10960 12280 13600 14920 16240 18880 21520 24160 26800 29440 32080 34720 120 6640 9760 12880 14440 16000 17560 F19120 1 22240 1 25360 28480 1 31600 1 34720 37840 1 40960 20 J 1240 2080 2920 3340 1 3760 4180 1 4600 5440 1 6280 7120 1 7960 8800 1 9640 10480 30 2640 3760 4880 5440 6000 6560 7120 8240 9360 10480 11600 12720 13840 14960 40 3200 4600 6000 6700 7400 8100 8800 10200 11600 13000 14400 15800 17200 18600 60 4320 6280 8240 9220 10200 11180 12160 14120 16080 18040 20000 21960 23920 25880 .. 5440 7960 10480 11740 13000 14260 15520 18040 20560 23080 25600 28120 30640 33160 00 6560 9640 12720 14260 15800 17340 18880 1 21960 25040 28120 31200 34280 37360 1 40440 120 7680 11320 14960 16780 1 18600 1 •20420 22240 25880 29520 1 33160 36800 1 40440 44080 47720 _ • AGRIC E ti /����'••• •00109 •• •GS�v\``\ /1111111 \\�\ SS K •r'4.,. Y' L_.e.aA� x+47 7 --:w 1'� JX •} { [�y��t �• � �y�� Y r J.;i •�i`�.A(e�.r ..sem .� `{'- ^1•.7'. �..yL:. DOOR OR OPENING THAN 48 IN. IN WIDTH C II III \ III I II V II II �PL BILESS THAN AT OR WALLI LESS THAN S O IN WIDTH kBEAM' FOOTING FOOTING FOOTING FOOTING' SIZED FOR SIZED FOR SIZED FOR SIZED FOR SPAN C PER SPAN B PER SPAN A+B SPAN A PER TABLE 5 TABLE 5 PER TABLE 5 TABLE 5 CALCULATE LOADS Use Tables 6-6c to determine the loads on frame supports. Find the chart with the ap- propriate sidewall eave overhang. Then, find the column with the appropriate roof load zone and section width. Find the row corresponding to the selected support spacing. The number in the intersecting cell is the load. Loads on all frame supports can be assumed to be equal if support spacing is equal. However, if different support spacings are used then each support with a different spac- ing should be calculated separately. Loads for piers installed at 5, 7 and 9 feet on -center can be estimated by adding the loads for the higher and lower spacing and dividing in half (eg. the load for piers in- stalled at 7 feet on -center for a 16 wide with a 1-1/2" overhang in a 20 psf Roof Load Zone would be: 4510 lbs + 5666 lbs = 10176 lbs / 2 = 5088 lbs). Note the location and load required of each support on the sketch. (Width listed in each column of the following charts is the overall width of the home. Eg. 16 ft is a single section, 32 ft is a double section and 48 ft is a triple section). Figure 8A. Typical marriage line support locations for homes not requiring perime- ter supports C� •`• +#la a AGRlCU 0 � � .•• cera �� /111tt11',1� . .� 2195 2519 2843 3140 3410 2400 2764 3128 3462 3765 2605 3009 3413 3783 4120 3093 3579 4065 4510 4915 3400 3946 4492 4993 5448 3708 4314 4920 5475 5980 .. 3990 4638 5286 5666 6420 4400 5128 5856 6523 7130 4810 5618 6426 7167 7840 . D 4888 5698 6508 7250 7925 5400 6310 7220 8054 8813 5913 6923 7933 8858 9700 24 2 2420. 2744 3068, 3311 2700 3064 3428 3701 2986 3384 3788 4091 3430 3916 4402 4767. 3850 4396 4942 '5352 4270 4876 5482 5937 4440 5088 5736 6222 5000 5728 6456 7002 5560 6368 7176 7782 5450 6260 7070 7678 6150 7060 7970 8653 6850 7860 8870 9628 Calculate Loads Use Table 6d to determine the loads on supports below openings in the sidewall when perimeter blocking is not required. Find the row with the appropriate opening span. Then, find the column with the appropriate floor width. The number in the intersecting cell is the load. 1275 1380 1375 1025 1100 1175 1244 1306 1720 1150 1240 1330 1413 1488 2115 1275 1380 1485 1581 1669 1200 1300 1400 1492 1575 1360 1480 1600 .1710 1810 , 1520 .1660 1800 1928 ' 2045_ 1375 1500 .• ' 1625 1740 ' 1844 1570 1720 1870 2008 -2133 31 765 1940 2115 2275 .2421 1400 1520 1640 1750 1850 1650, 1800 1950 2088, 2213 1900 2080 2260 2425 2575 1680 1840 2000 2147 2280 2000 2320 " 1960 2200 2560. 2160 2400 2800 -2360 2583 2750 3020 13220 2543 2710 2350• 2600 2850 3 3288 2740 3040 ' 3340 , %\�1 BQ►i� N A /. at•. W4RiGV L Te I21 STEP 3. DESIGN FRAME AND PERIMETER SUPPORTS (Homes= With Perimeter Blockirig) .:ftb DETERMINE LOCATIONS Depending on design and location, some homes require regularly spaced perimeter sup-,' moi/ ports along all of the sidewalls-and manage walls in -addition to frame-supports"If required, perimeter support locations will be identified by labels attached along the bottom of the - S�bug rarnE3 lupports.. sidewalls and marriagewalls and noted on the Data Plate. A pier support will be required at There must be a support r 25 S r each of the label locations. Additionally, perimeter support locations may be identified by a pier located near the end white stripe or mark beneath the home on the bottom board material. Perimeter blocking of each I-beam such that supports must be placed no further than 8 feet on -center. there is no more than 24 TABLE 7 TABLE 5 TABLE 7 TABLE 5 PER TABLE 5 TABLE 5 inches measured from If required, perimeter supports are only needed on bearing walls. For 20 psf roof live load, the outside edge the perimeter support is only required at exterior doors and other openings 48" and larger, un- floor to the center of the o less noted otherwise. Supports may be added at each corner of each endwall for leveling purposes, but are not required. Bearing walls are those walls that support the ends of roof Pier. trusses or rafters (typically sidewalls and marriage walls but not end walls of main units or A perimeter support must be sidewalls of tag units). installed within 4 feet of col - To minimize the number of required perimeter supports, space them evenly between point umn supports and the corner load supports as shown in Figure 9 and Figure 10 (but not under open spans). These fig- of the home when the home is ures identify typical support locations for homes requiring perimeter supports. designated for perimeter PERIMETER DOOR PIERS Figure 9. Typical support to BLOCKING PIERS —1 -BEAM cations for homes requiring FRAME perimeter supports MEMBERS -e -e- -e- -43- -9- �- / JMARRIAGE OPTIONAL CORNER $ $ $ B e �- WALL PIERS PIERS $ --8- -6- -e- -B- -9- FRAME PIERS ORC 1 -BEAM FRAME $ —B- $- jjj -e— PERIMETER I -BEAM PORCH POST PIERS FRAME BLOCKING MEMBERS PIERS DOOR PIERS Figure 10. Typical marriage DOOR OR OPENING LESS line support locations for THAN 48 IN. IN WIDTH COMBINED SPAN (A+B) homes requiring perimeter supports RIDGEBEAM 1K 11 1 COLUMN POST OR WALL / LESS THAN 161N. IN WIDTH rSPIANC-N np N B SPAN A I -BEAM FOOTING FOOTING FOOTING FOOTING FOOTING FOOTING SIZED AND SIZED FOR SIZED AND SIZED FOR SIZED FOR SIZED FOR SPACED PER SPAN C'PER SPACED PER SPAN B PER SPAN A+B SPAN A PER TABLE 7 TABLE 5 TABLE 7 TABLE 5 PER TABLE 5 TABLE 5 CALCULATE LOADS ®® Use Tables 7-7c to determine the loads on frame and perimeter supports for homes requir- ing perimeter blocking. Find the chart with the appropriate sidewall eave overhang. Then, find the column with the appropriate roof load and section width. Find the group of rows cor- A perimeter support must be responding to the selected support spacing. The values in the intersecting cells are the installed within 4 feet of col - loads for the frame, perimeter and marriage line supports respectively. umn supports and the corner of the home when the home is Loads on supports of a given type (frame, perimeter or marriage) can be assumed to be designated for perimeter equal if support spacing is equal. However, if different support spacings are used then each blocking. The loads listed in support with a different spacing should be calculated separately. Tables 5 for homes greater Loads for piers installed at 5, 7 and 9 feet on -center can be estimated by adding the loads than 20 psf roof load include 26 for the higher and lower spacing and dividing in half (eg. the load for frame piers installed at 7 feet on -center for a 16 wide with a 1-1/2" overhang in a 20 psf Roof Load Zone would be: 2823 lbs + 3630 lbs = 6453 lbs / 2 = 3227 lbs). Note the location and load required of each support on the sketch. (Width listed in each column of the following charts is the overall width of the home. Eg. 16 ft is a single section, 32 ft is a double section and 48 ft is a triple section). the additional 4 foot span. 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1175 1295 1415 1525 1625 1380 1540 1700 1847 1980 1585 1785 1985 2168 2335 1995 2275 2555 2812 3045 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1563 1743 1923 2088 2238 1870 2110 2350 2570 2770 2178 2478 2778 3053 3303 2793 3213 3633 4018 4368 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 1950 2190 2430 2650 2850 2360 2680 3000 3293 3560 2770 3170 3570 3937 4270 3590 4150 4710 5223 5690 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 2405 2765 3125 3455 3755 2815 3255 3695 4098 4465 3225 3745 4265 4742 5175 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 3408 3948 4488 4983 5433 4023 4683 5343 5948 6498 4638 5418 6198 6913 7563 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 2440 2848 3256 3630 39701 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 4410 5130 5850 6510 7110 5230 6110 6990 7797 8530 6050 7090 8130 9083 9950 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 IN G . •-• Mq :.0 ti �' ••. 010 ••55.`. 27' 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1220 1340 1460 1570 1670 1440 1600 1760 1907 2040 1660 1860 2060 2243 2410 2100 2380 2660 2917 3150 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1930. 2236 2542 2823 3078 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1630 1810 1990 2155 2305 1960 2200 2440 2660 2860 2290 2590 2890 3165 3415 2950 3370 3790 4175 4525 2440 2848 3256 3630 39701 2440 2848 3256 3630 39701 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 1 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 2040 2280 2520 2740 2940 2480 2800 3120 3413 3680 2920 3320 3720 4087 4420 3800 4360 4920 5433 5900 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 1420 1624 1828 2015 2185 2540 2900 3260 3590 3890 2980 3420 3860 4263 4630 3420 3940 4460 4937 5370 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1930 2236 2542 2823 3078 1930 2236 2542 2823. 3078 3610 4150 4690 5185 5635 4270 4930 5590 6195 6745 4930 5710 6490 7205 7855 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 2440 2848 3256 3630 3970 4680 5400 6120 6780 7380 5560 6440 7320 8127 8860 6440 7480 8520 9473 10340 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 2950 3460 3970 4438 4863 �C i TABLE 7b. LOAD . D PERIMETER PIER FOOTINGSFOR HOMES REQUIRING BLOCKING Roof Load Zone and Max. Home Width (12" Max. Sidewall Eave Overhang) South 0p .l - 0 . 4 l . 0l .. ... Up to 4' Frarne1420 1624 1828 1981 1420 1624 1828 1981 1420 1624 1828 1981 1420 1624 1828 1981 Up to 4' Sidewall 1280 1400 1520 1610 1520 1680 1840 1960 1760 1960 2160 2310 2240 2520 2800 3010 1760 2000 2240 2420 2160 2480 2800 3040 2560 2960 3360 3660 3360 3920 4480 I 4900 j to . 1930 2236 2542 2772 1930 2236 2542 2772 1930 2236 2542 2772 1930 2236 2542 2772 Sidewall 1720 1900 2080 2215 2080 2320 2560 2740 2440 2740 3040 3265 3160 3580 4000 4315 ! 2440 2800 3160 3430 3040 3520 4000 4360 3640 4240 4840 5290 4840 5680 6520 7150 .. 2440 2848 3256 3562 2440 2848 3256 3562 2440 2848 3256 3562 2440 2848 3256 3562 I .. .- 2160 2400 2640 2820 2640 2960 3280 3520 1 3120 3520 3920 4220 4080 4640 5200 5620 3120 3600 4080 4440 3920 4560 5200 5680 1 4720 5520 6320 6920 6320 7440 8560 i 9400 . . 2950 3460 3970 4353 2950 3460 3970 4353 2950 3460 3970 4353 2950, 3460 3970 i 4353 :..V UT... �. i . 1420 1624 1828 1981 1420 1624 1828 1981 1420 1624 1828 1981 . . 2720 3080 3440 3710 3200 3640 4080 4410 3680 4200 4720 5110 4160 4880 5600 6140 4960 5840 6720 7380 5760 6800 7840 8620 1930 2236 2542 2772 1930 2236 2542 2772 1930 2236 2542 2772 3880 4420 4960 5365 4600 5260 5920 6415 5320 6100 6880 7465 .. 6040 7120 8200 9010 7240 8560 9880 10870 8440 10000 11560 12730 .. 2440 2848 3256 3562 2440 2848 3256 3562 2440 2848 3256 3562 .. 5040 5760 6480 7020 6000 6880' 7760 8420 6960 8000 9040 9820 .. 7920 9360 10800 11880 9520 11280 13040 14360 11120 13200 15280 16840 lfi7l.71. YrJlll� L7JV awu J7/V YJJJ ' LJJV JYVV 3Jly "aJJ ' 4JJV 340V JJ/V 4313 .%1�jktIIwtI.i ll" 29 TABLE 7c. LOAD ON FRAME AND PERIMTER PIER FOOTINGS FOR HOMES REQUIRING PERIMETER BLOCKING Eave (LBS) Roof South (20 psf) Load Zone and Max. Home Width (24" Max. Sidewall Overhang) Middle (30 psf) North (40 psf) North (60 psf) IIIIIIII Spacing .... up to 4' rrame 1420 1624 1828 1981 1420 1624 1828 1981 1420 1624 1828 1981 1420 1624 1828 1'81 . to 4' Sidewall1400 1520 1640 1730 1680 1840 2000 2120 1960 2160 2360 2510 2520 2800 3080 3:90 1760 2000 2240 2420 2160 2480 2800 3040 2560 2960 3360 3660 3360 3920 4480 400 1930 2236 2542 2772 1930 2236 2542 2772 1930 2236 2542 2772 1930 2236 2542 2772 1900 2080 2260 2395 2320 2560 2800 2980 2740 3040 3340 3565 3580 4000 4420 4735 .. 2440 2800 3160 3430 3040 3520 4000 4360 3640 4240 4840 5290 4840 5680 6520 7250 .. 2440 2848 3256 3562 2440 2848 3256 3562 2440 2848 3256 3562 2440 2848 3256 3562 .: . 2400 2640 2880 3060 2960 3280 3600 3840 3520 3920 4320 4620 4640 5200 5760 6380 .. 3120 3600 4080 4440 3920 4560 5200 5680 4720 5520 6320 6920 6320 7440 8560 9400 2950 3460 3970 4353 2950 3460 3970 4353 2950 3460 3970 4353 2950 3460 3970 433 . ... . ... . . 1420 1624 1828 1981 1420 1624 1828 1981 1420 1624 1828 1981 . . . 3080 3440 3800 4070 3640 4080 4520 4850 4200 4720 5240 5630 4160 4880 5600 6140 4960 5840 6720 7380 5760 6800 7840 8620 1930 2236 2542 2772 1930 2236 2542 2772 1930 2236 2542 2772 .- 4420 4960 5500 5905 5260 5920 6580 7075 6100 6880 7660 8245 .. 6040 7120 8200 9010 7240 8560 9880 10870 8440 10000 11560 12730 .. 2440 2848 3256 3562 2440 2848 3256 3562 2440 2848 3256 3562 5760 6480 7200 7740 6880 7760' 8640 9300 8000 9040 10080 10860 .. 7920 9360 10800 11880 9520 11280 13040 14360 11120 13200 15280 16840 2950 3460 3970 4353 2950 3460 3970 4353 2950 3460 3970 4353 `ti,llllllll0;�� AGRICU� U -AE )' STEP 4. SELECT FOOTING MATERIAL Select one of the products and materials from Table 8 for the footings. T;15��� TABLE 8. FOOTING MATERIALS AppropriateMaterial Minimum 6" thick poured -in-place concrete pads, slabs, or ribbons with at least a 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. Cast -in-place concrete footings may also Poured concrete All soil types require reinforcing steel based on acceptable engineering practice, the design loads, and site specific soil conditions. Minimum 4" thick nominal precast concrete pads meeting or exceeding ASTM C° Pre -cast concrete All soil types ' " 90-02a, Standard Spec cation for Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units; without reinforcement, with at least a 28 day compressive.strength of 1,200 psi Use in accordance with the pad manufacturer's instructions. Must be certified for ABS plastic Stable soils use in the soil classification at the site, listed or labeled for the required load capac- ity. Proprietary systems Consult system manufac- Consult system manufacturer turer I STEP 5. SIZE FOOTINGS ; Once the load on the footing and the'soil bearing capacity are known, calculate the size of each footing as follows: . . . 1. From Table 9 determine if the pier is to be of single stack blocks (8 inch x16 inch) or double stack blocks (16 inch x•16 inch). ; F 2. Locate the group of columns in Table 10 with the soil bearing capacity deter- mined in Prepare the Site, STEP 5. DETERMINE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY AND FROST LINE (p. 17). Use the next lowest value if the exact value does not appear. 3. Find the row corresponding to the pier capacity required by Tables 5, 6 or 7. Then, read across the table to determine the minimum required footing area for the corresponding pier capacity and soil bearing capacity. , 4. f The required footing size and pier capacity may be changed by selecting differ- -ent support spacing. 7 TABLE 9. PIER CONFIGURATION ` Maximum load (Ibs) P er ' n lHeight lConfiguration Mortar, Wortar Single r " . s Single stack blocks with long side _ Stack Le s than 36 in ' `: perpendicular to frame I-beam or 5,760 7,680 I !,'- `: �' parallel to perimeter rail (rim joist) ------------ Double MIs 67- 67" Max. DoubleStack 111111,, interlocked blocks ,11,520 ', 15,360 Triple E 67" Max. ..'Triple, interlocked blocks •_` ,17,280 rK 23,034 108" Max. '" Double, interlocked blocks ' NA ' ` '• 39,500 v ` Single stack piers may be coristructed up to 54" max. height only when installed as pe- rimeter and marriage line support piers. - • "I " Cross reference maximum allowable pier height with maximum floor height listed in frame tiedown charts. If maximum height listed in frame tiedown charts is exceeded then designs must be provided by a registered professional engineer or registered architect. • FiED i= . I AGfiS p • - + , f >� • OF r y r 31 Design footings to comply with the following additional requirements: • To keep footings directly under I -beams and other support points, size them slightly larger than the minimum required area to allow slight adjustment of the pier location during home installation. • Design footings with a footing extension (projection beyond the base of the pier) no greater than the footing thickness (Figure 11). Increase footing thick- ness if necessary. 4" E 16' BLOCK 4" 4= Typ= 24' FOOTING EXTENDS BY 16" 16' NO YES EXTENDS BY ITS NO MORE THAN ITS 24' 16' LESS THICKNESS OR THICKNESS / YES�� 4" B' 4' 4' SPLIT FOOTING SPLIT FOOTING YES EXTENDS LESS NO EXTENDS MORE THAN ONE THIRD THAN ONE THIRD ITS WIDTH ITS WIDTH • The footing sizes shown are for square pads and are based on the surface area (square inches) Design non -square footings such that the area and depth is equal to or greater than the area of the square footing shown in Table 10 and the distance from the edge of the pier to the edge of the footing is not more than the thickness of the footing. TABLE 10A. FOOTER DEPTH STEP 6. INSTALL FOOTINGS Construct the footings as follows: • Maintain the distance between adjacent piers to within 10% of the' tabulated spacing and so the average distance between piers is equal to or less than the tabulated spacing. • Whenever possible, place pier supports directly under the required locations. If plumbing, electrical or mechanical equipment interferes, place supports no more than 6 inches in either direction of the support point. Recess perimeter pier supports no more than 10 inches from the edge of the floor with added support as shown in Figure 12. J.l e ti /r �i .,, 1.1111 0. .On 109 ?O!Ft1 Placing Concrete anchors. If anchors will be placed in concrete follow instructions in Install Stabilizing Sys- tem (p. 74) to determine -anchor Iayout:-Eitherplace- anchors immediately after the concrete has been poured or drill them in after the concrete has set. TABLE 10. FOOTING DIMENSIONS °11 144 128 1 128 128 128 128 �• 173 128 128 128 128 128 .�• 202 134 128 128 128 128 .�� 230 154 128 128 128 128 .�� 259 173 130 128 128 128 .1. 288 192 144 128 128 128 32 Note: To calculate a sauare or rectan- gular footer: Length (in) x Width (in) = Area I Example: j 16 in x 20 in = 320 sq. inches To calculate a round footer: 3.14 x .25 x Diameter (in) x Di- ameter (in) = Area Example: For a 22" diameter footing 3.14 x .25 x 22 in x 22 in = 380 sq. inches 317 211 158 128 128 128 �• 346 230 173 138 128 128 .�• 374 250 187 150 128 128 .�� 403 269 202 161 134 128 too 432 288 216 173 144 128 446 298 223 179 149 128 �• 461 307 230 184 154 128 475 317 238 190 158 128 490 326 245 196 163 128. Be 504 336 252 202 168 128 518 346 259 207 173 130 of 533 355 266 213 178 133 .�� 547 365 274 219 182 137 •°� 562 374 281 225 187 140 Of 576 384 288 230 192 144 i of 590 394 295 236 197 148 of 605 403 302 242 202 151 619 413 310 248 206 155 �• 634 422 317 253 211 158 648 432 324 259 216 162 x.19 662 442 331 265 221 166 677 451 338 271 226 169 is 691 461 346 276 230 173 •�� 706 470 353 282 235 176 too 1 720 480 360 288 240 180 749 499 374 300 250 187 so 778 518 389 311 259 194 .19 806 538 403 323 269 202 of 835 557 418 334 278 209 ��• 864 576 432 346 288 216 893 595 446 357 298 223 .�� 922 950 979 614 634 653 461 475 490 369 380 392 307 317 326 230 238 245 672 504 403 336 252 of 1037 691 518 415 346 259 i° 1066 710 533 426 355 266 1094 730 547 438 365 274 1123 749 562 449 374 281 .--- 1152 768 576 461 384 288 1224 816 612 490 408 306 •186 1296 864 648 518 432 324 • of 1368 912 684 547 456 342 logo 1440 960 720 576 480 360 Ii 1512 1008 756 605 504 378 off 1584 1056 792 634 528 396 Is 1656 1104 828 662 552 414 its 1728 1152 864 691 576 432 to 1800 1200 900 720 600 450 off 1872 1248 936 749 624 468 1944 1296 972 778 648 486 2016 1344 1008 806 672 504 2088 1392 1044 835 696 522 IM 2160 1440 1080 864 720 540 2232 1488 1116 893 744 558 .�11 2304 1536 1152 922 768 576 :j 32 Note: To calculate a sauare or rectan- gular footer: Length (in) x Width (in) = Area I Example: j 16 in x 20 in = 320 sq. inches To calculate a round footer: 3.14 x .25 x Diameter (in) x Di- ameter (in) = Area Example: For a 22" diameter footing 3.14 x .25 x 22 in x 22 in = 380 sq. inches Zoun a ion .Construct Foundation (FOR HOMES WITH LOAD BEARING PERIMETER WALL) This chapter provides guidelines and recommendations for the design and construction of a basement or crawlspace ' foundation using a load bearing perimeter wall. A load bearing perimeter wall foundation system uses a wall along the outer edge of the home to support the home's outside walls. This perimeter support works with interior supports such as piers, columns and cross beams that support the home's frame and, if multi -section, marriage line. f i �;��'�• Z�4'C�8'�'�7✓.iFa'd ern.. .',i`3iiTn{. >?Yr F^ .F[1ie�2 Yli#2YEJiNA'�sYdStS�GII::§'.7f4'.�"iii�`7�"'J'i1L_"tiS'i£'SLLl I{!i^111-. alS3W }.` Ts:Y�!_WL �.Y.4 . STEP 1. OBTAIN A FOUNDATION DESIGN (p:35) ' V,. ` 0 STEP 2. EXCAVATE .(p: 35) *:• . f v STEP 3. CONSTRUCT THE FOOTING OR SLAB (p. 35) .. I. t STEP. 4. CONSTRUCT THE PERIMETER WALL (p. 35) *,. • ,, e. I• • ®RSTEP 5. INSTALL INTERIOR SUPPORTS (p. 37) r' ® STEP 6. WATERPROOF FOUNDATION WALL (p. 37) , _ STEP 7. BACKFILL AND GRADE (p. 37) STEP 1: OBTAIN A FOUNDATION DESIGN If a load bearing perimeter wall foundation design has not been provided by the home ® 0 ®� imanufacturer, it is the responsibility of the retailer and/or home owner to provide a de- sign approved by an engineer or architect, licensed in the state where the home will be Using engineered designs: 4 j installed. The approved design must comply with the LAHJ regulations for foundation , This section is NOT intend- design, waterproofing and drainage, and the following: - ' ed to provide a complete } The foundation perimeter bearing wall must be supported with a concrete slab design for a buildable foun- or continuous strip footing around the perimeter of the home. Interior piers dation. A complete design must be supported by a slab or footings. If footings are used under interior' ` must be obtained that is piers, they may be designed as in Design Frame and Perimeter Supports, suitable for the local area p• 25• _ and sealed by a professional . Slabs must extend to the edges of the home. IMPORTANT: Verify the di- engineer or registered archi- mensions of the actual floor width (eg. a 28' wide home does not meas- tect, licensed in the state. ure 28 feet in width). Alternate foundation designs I •_ Footings and slabs must be protected from the effects of frost heave by ex- must be approved by the manufactururer and DAPIA. tending the footings to or below the frost line or by using a frost protected prior to obtaining an alterna- . ;, -• shallow foundation design. tive design contact the home ,� ' ` I r building facility for available ' STEP 2. EXCAVATE approved alternative de - Excavate for the foundation, properly disposing of the earth that is not needed for • signs or instructions for 1_ backfill or site grading purposes. submitting an alternative de- sign.The manufacturer is STEP 3., CONSTRUCT THE FOOTINGS OR SLAB ' capable of providing limited i Construct the foundation according to the approved design, including the perimeter model specific foundation ' foundation wall, drainage system, footing(s) and/or slab. designs upon request. Foundation ready home. STEP 4. CONSTRUCT THE PERIMETER WALL Unless the approved design requires otherwise, construct the perimeter wall with mor - Make sure that homes to be tared and reinforced concrete blocks or reinforced poured -in-place concrete. Install re installed on a basement or a i iriforcement according to theapproved'design or LAHJ. Install Ventilationandaccess . ' crawlspace have been or- r-' openings according to the approved design, or if not specified, according to the re- deredwith a recessed frame quirements in Complete Under the Home, STEP 3 INSTALL SKIRTING (p. 113). or as or as a basement -ready frame system, where the . TYPICAL FLOOR ` `' Figure 12. Perimeter sup- I JOIST % - �' ports . EXTERIOR F� i i i:'. i WOOD WEDGES ��.!!�/ WALL' , - ! :•��' PRESSURE TREATED OR : t ! : HARDWOOD 4x4 OR TWO CAP BLOCK 20's NAILED TOGETHER - ON EDGE. MUST SPAN A I FLOOR RIM MINIMUM OF TWO FLOOR - JOIST ? JOISTS. 10' MAXIMUM • SETBACK FROM • . EDGE OF FLOOR BLOCKS PARALLEL WITH EDGE OF FLOOR BLOCKS PARALLEL AND RECESSED BACK I FROM EDGE OF FLOOR • If footings are rectangular, orient them so that the long side is perpendicular to ! the home's 1 -beam. ! • Place the bottom of footings on undisturbed soil or fill;compacted to at least i OExcavation. 90% of its maximum relative density.' If • In freezing climates protect footings from the effects of frost heave in*accord- ` ' excavation is required, mark i ance with any LAHJ requirements (see Prepare the Site, p.'15). Place the bot- . the footing locations on the tom of the footings below the frost line. Insulated foundations or other frost'pro- ground with stakes before I tection options are acceptable when designed by a registered engineer. Mono- beginning to dig. lithic slabs are allowed above frost depth when designed by a registered engi- neer to resist the effects of frost heave. Anchorage requirements must be in- cluded with each registered engineer design when the anchorage require- ments listed in this manual cannot be accommodated. t Make sure the top surface of the footing is level, flat and smooth. t aim et C. • r.. .. , .epi. r... , �• _ r,.•-� — .• h `' '• .,, T 34 Where open slatted deck boards are used at recessed entries and porches, provisions must be made to ensure water is not permitted to drain into the area under the condi- tioned portion of the home. Any perimeter type skirting or foundation wall should be in- stalled to follow the exterior of the wall of the home and permit the area beneath the porch to drain water away from the home. When constructing pockets for a cross beam system, measure the beam depth and lo- cate the pockets carefully. It is critical that the home's frame rests on top of the cross beam and the perimeter of the floor rests squarely on the foundation wall sill plate (Figure 13). Leave room for a two-inch nominal, hardwood spacer on top of the wall pockets (to prevent corrosion, the steel beams must not be in direct contact with con- crete). Leave at least one inch for thermal expansion at the ends of the beams and maintain a minimum of two inches of bearing area for the beams in the pockets (yield- ing a minimum pocket depth of three inches). Bolt a pressure. treated wood sill plate (minimum 2 x 6) to the top of the foundation wall. If the home's siding cannot be nailed through, use a 2 x 10 sill plate that extends into the foundation 1-1/4 inches (Figure 14). The home can then be connected to the foundation by fastening the sill plate into the floor joists from below. Connect the home to the foundation according to the approved design (See Step 1). �ER(S) tPOURED IL FLOOR JOIST 2 X 10 SILL PLATE ---------- FASTENER ° ° FOUNDATION . WALL FLOOR MAIN CROSSBEAM frame is designed to avoid interference with the founda- tion wall. Checking the water table. For basements, check for a high water table. The water table may vary seasonally or based on weather condi- tions. A geologist can per- form an algae test to de- termine the water table lev- el. The foundation design must account for a high wa- ter table. Level the wall. Make sure the foundation is level and straight with no more than a 1/4 inch vertical variation over the entire foundation and no more than 1/8 inch vertical variation over any two -foot length. Check for Plates. When us- ing a cross beam system, check and compensate for ` reinforcement plates that add thickness to the chas- sis beam at axle locations. Figure 13. Cross beam in- stallation Figure 14. Connection using 2 x 10 sill plate STEP 5. INSTALL INTERIOR SUPPORTS Install piers, columns and cross beams to support the interior of the home according to the approved design. i STEP 6. DAMP PROOF FOUNDATION WALL Damp or water proof foundation walls as necessary according to local jurisdiction re- quirements. STEP 7. BACKFILL AND GRADE Backfill against the foundation wall to the height of the damp proofing.Take care to not damage the drainage system. Grade the fill as per Prepare the Site (p. 15). Footing heights. Pour foot- I ings to a height that will re- duce the need to cut blocks or shim when building pe- rimeter walls and piers. Backfilling. Backfill against basement walls only after the home is connected to the foundation or the basement walls may deflect inward or collapse. 3i l Footing heights. Pour foot- I ings to a height that will re- duce the need to cut blocks or shim when building pe- rimeter walls and piers. Backfilling. Backfill against basement walls only after the home is connected to the foundation or the basement walls may deflect inward or collapse. Set the, Home t . This chapter describes the process of installing the first section of the home (for single section homes this is the only sec-' , I tion) onto the foundation. i F y=T:T6»a,�:igig�?��iii-�_'���c '3itl! i4:Ci�S_=rbh �!$'�i� ;c -L. i 7�kiu'.i -+i,.. is�iAieTd.� i;t¢[Yfkl:���1C/►tj�3j�LitiN_'ei'Lf&Si�E.�'. ?� a. :x V STEP 1. PREPARE FOR SET (p,t38), �I ,•.' J.. "'.1 ": • y •.'. STEP 2. POSITION HOME SECTION (p. 38) .tom 0 STEP 3. LIFT HOME (p. 38) STEP 4. CONSTRUCT PIERS (p. 40) . , iv STEP 1. PREPARE FOR SET • Before beginning the home set, complete the following: Confirm that the site is properly cleared and graded (see Prepare the Site, p. I 15. Clearances under the • Ensure that the footings are in place and properly located. home. After the home is ' : • •' Install any utilities that will be difficult to install (e.g. those below grade be, leveled, the resulting dis- Heath the home) after the home is in place. tante between the bottomof the entire chassis main • 'Secure or remove from the home and properly store all ship loose items (refer frame beam and the , to shipping documents for items shipped with the home): - ground must be no less j • Inspect the home interior, exterior and all provided materials, appliances and.. ` 12 inches. + s I equipment. Immediately report any damage or shortages to the manufacturer ,than Utilize proper cribbing. 1 ` For�perimeter bearing wall foundations:, 5 Homes weigh severaltons. Check that the actual length and width of the home matches the foundation, No one should be under the home (whether ' walls. "_ it is moving or stationary) • Check that the two main diagonal measurements of the foundation are equal. .unless proper cribbing is ' • �; Check that the foundation walls and other support points are within 1/4 inch of in place (Figure 15). Fail - ure to utilize proper crib- level overall and within 1/8 inch of level within any four foot distance. ', bing may result in serious M •i• For multi -section homes, check that each pair of diagonal measurements for . injury or death. each portion of the foundation corresponding to a home section are equal. - ' For multi -section homes, find the electrical bonding lugs on the front or rear outriggers. Reverse them to the inside of the outrigger so they will be access- • ible after the home is placed on the foundation walls. - m� . - • ' If using a cross beam system, remove the frame's shackle hanger if it will in- , ^" terfere with proper placement of the beam. 1 Leveling During R ' STEP 2. POSITION HOME SECTION. Jacking. Keep the home's ' floor as level as possible Position the home section in its final location (if possible, move the heaviest section of -during jacking: Twisting or • the home into place first). Then place materials needed to construct support piers near . warping the floor can dam - 1 their final locations under the home as determined in Install Footings, (p. 20). ._ age the structure and finish- , v ing. Use as many jacks as ' STEP 3. LIFT HOME = t necessary to keep the floor 'flat - There are three primary methods available to place the home on the foundation: jack-' and level. • ing, rolling and craning. Jacks, often with roller systems, are typically used for pier and ' anchor foundations; roller systems are commonly used for crawlspace foundations with t load bearing perimeter walls; and cranes are most commonly used for basement foun- dations. • i JACKS If jacks are to be used, comply with all jacking safety precautions and the procedure below. Lifting the home with jacks involves potential risks and must be done with ut- ' r� z i most care and caution. Failure to follow jacking warnings and procedures may result in serious injury or death. Please read the Jacking Safety Precautions before lifting the home with jacks. a No one should_be under the home'•s.l-beams while the jacks are being operat- ed or while the home is supported only on the'jacks. • Use jacks only for raising the home. Do not rely on the jacks to support the home. • If possible, raise the home only on one side so that the other side -is in contact with the ground. Leave the hitch connected to the vehicle 6i,other "stabilizing equipment. • Obey all OSHA regulations. • Make sure adequate safety cribbing (Figure 15) is in place whenever the home is placed on jacks. • Use a minimum of two commercial quality jacks, each with a rating of at least 12 tons. • Jack only on the main chassis I-beam, centering jacks directly under the beam.. • , .Do not jack on a seam (joiht'between flanges of twin f beams). • "'To distribuiWthe concentrated loads from jacks to I-beam, place a minimum 3/8=inch"thick steel plate, a C -channel, a 1'/ -inch thick hardwoodblockor a ... commercial jacking plate, between the main chassis I-beam and the jack head. • Locate the jack base on firm ground. Never jack on freshly disturbed soil or where an underground sewer pipe may be located. • Use a firm support under the jack base to prevent tipping or settling of the jack. A minimum 16" x 16" or larger wood or rigid fiberglass pad is recommended.' Never use concrete blocks as a support for a jack. • Never use jacks that are leaking or are in need of repair. Follow the jacking sequence outlined below to avoid overstressing structural members: 1. Block wheels. Block the wheels so the house does not roll. 2. Install cribbing. Install safety cribbing (Figure 15) Figure 15. Stack 4"x 6" by 5' long timbers as shown to form safety timbers. Place safety timbers under home behind axle area and under hitch. 3. Level lengthwise. Locate one jack at the hitch and level the section leng- thwise (such that the front and rear of the section are at the same height). 4. Locate frame jacks. Place a minimum of one jack in front of the first spring hanger and another just behind the last spring hanger of the I-beam on the side of the home that is lowest (making sure not to place jacks where the piers will go). Place jacks no more than 20 feet apart and no more than 20 feet from each end of the I-beam. 5. Lift the home. Operating the jacks simultaneously (or sequentially in very small increments), lift the home section until it is slightly higher than the final desired pier height. 39 f ROLLER SYSTEMS " When using a roller system, comply with the equipment manufacturer's directions and , the following sequence: 1.' Establish staging area. Establish a staging area directly adjacent to one or both sides of the foundation. 2. Setup rollers. Set up the roller system according to the equipment manufac— I ; turer's directions. 3. Fasten bump blocks. Temporarily fasten wooden bump blocks on the sill - plates at the ends of the foundation to stop the home from rolling at the de- r sired location. c . 4. Roll home. Roll the home into place over the foundation. 5. Remove bump blocks. Remove the blocks before, installing the next section. of a multi -section home. CRANES No one should be under the When using a crane, follow these guidelines: r home while it is suspended. Never, put your hands be - Position the home section(s) and crane (taking the boom reach into consider- tween the home and the pe- ation) such that they do not have to be repositioned during the set. rimeter walls. • Use enough properly sized straps to maintain balance of the home and to prevent damage to the structure. • Place straps under walls or posts, including temporary_postsused to support the opening. Do not position lifting straps under marriage wall openings. • Use a properly sized spreader bar to maintain a vertical lift, to avoid placing compression forces on the eaves and to reduce any tendency to slip. • Connect a rope to at least one point on the home so it can be controlled while J aloft. ,• Make provisions to retrieve the straps/cables after the home is set. If using a cradle system, notch the sill plate where the straps will fall. For a sling sys- + . tem, notch and reinforce the home's rim joist to keep the strap from slipping and allow the strap to be removed after the home is set. • Always set the home section farthest from the crane first so that subsequent section(s) need not be lifted over previously set sections. STEP 4. CONSTRUCT PIERS - For the side of the home section that is up on jacks, place piers on footings or pads fol- lowing the home manufacturer's blocking plan (or tags). If no plan was provided, use the support plan developed in Install Footings (p. 20). Start at one end of the home section and work toward the other noting the required pier material specifications and procedure described below. Construct piers so as to provide a stable foundation for the home using materials listed in the specifications box below and based on the location of the pier and its height as measured from the top of the footing, pad or grade to the top of the cap. The pier ' height can be measured from the lowest surrounding grade to the top of the cap when grade level is above the top of the footing. See Table 12 for pier construction require- ments., r 40 , Designing piers. Incorrect size, location or spacing of piers may result in serious structural damage to the home. Install piers at all re- quired locations. Failure to do so may lead to sagging - floors, walls and roofs, and could void the home's war- ranty. i it TABLE 11. PIER MATERIAL MINIMUM SPECIFICATIONS Nominal dimensions of at least 8" x 8" x 16"; confirming to ASTM designation C90, grade N, ;equivalent) ��'d; • � � � rt iL a t'y �r. i t `'� , ��^ ''�.i, •.. ;l � b�, :T� .v„#iS.f� c r •ee .`-:k�,i µ= 7. t t �,�5't- Spacers Nominal 2" thick hardwood boards or nominal 2 or 4" thick concrete blocks N f t �r u i r z. •%.. q ♦ Y ^' . d . t When required nominal 4 inch by 6 inch 6y 1 finch (max vert cal hgeight) wood s hims used Thparrs Some r i states rcounties townships ands t^municipglfies�may�regwreY4he u'se of hardwood�br treated lumber'` shims `Other listed shim s.may,be:uted,lf installed m.accordance witWtthe isting;(max?load�capacity) - - _ _._ I Available in various sizes stamped with maximum load capacity and listed or labeled for the required verti- cal load capacity, and, where required by design, for the appropriate horizontal load capacity. Metal or other manufactured piers must be provided with protection against weather deterioration and corrosion at cast concrete piers least equivalent to that provided by a coating of zinc on steel of .30 oz per sq. ft of surface coated: Manu- facured pier heights must be selected so that the adjustable risers do not extend more than 2 inches. 1Nith a water borne preservative in accordance wdh AWPA Standard U1-04 for Use Category 46 ground_ , treatedPressure • • • contact,a ; llcatiotlS ` ��' , t �' ` PP 3��.1... .?iris psi zit til r'.._ et�rt, i 1 + ; , i'r'{ :41 r, r TABLE 12. PIER CONSTRUCTION Single stack piers may be constructed up to 54" max. height only when installed as perimeter and marriage line support piers ** Cross reference maximum allowable pier height with maximum allowable floor height listed in frame tiedown charts. If maximum height listed in frame tiedown charts is exceeded then designs must be provided by a registered professional en- gineer or registered architect. Maximum horizontal offset of W allowed for pier heights up to 36" and a 1" offset allowed for pier heights between 36" and 67" 'Single stack blocks with long i - I2 I i Less than 36 in " side perpendicular to frame % 5,760 7,680 Between 36 in and 67 in Double, interlocked blocks 1" 11,520 lbs. 15,360 Between 36 in and 67 in Triple, interlocked blocks 1" 17,280 lbs. 23,034 Between 68 in and 108 in Double, interlocked, rein- 1" NA 39,500 forced blocks Single stack blocks with long Perimeter 54 in or less "' -- side parallel to perimeter rail '/" 5,760 7,680 -(rirnjoist)T. Single stack blocks with long 54 in or less" side perpendicular to the % 5,760 7,680 marriage line Single stack piers may be constructed up to 54" max. height only when installed as perimeter and marriage line support piers ** Cross reference maximum allowable pier height with maximum allowable floor height listed in frame tiedown charts. If maximum height listed in frame tiedown charts is exceeded then designs must be provided by a registered professional en- gineer or registered architect. Maximum horizontal offset of W allowed for pier heights up to 36" and a 1" offset allowed for pier heights between 36" and 67" Prepare footing surface. Make sure the footing surface upon which the pier sits is flat and smooth. Before placing the pier on the footing, clean dirt, rocks or other material off the surface of the footing. If the footing surface is uneven, 'create a level, flat surface by placing a treated board on the footing and mor- taring on the first block (or manufactured pier base), or by placing the first block (or manufactured pier base) on a layer of premix dry sand mortar. Stack blocks. Stack concrete blocks with their hollow cells aligned vertically. When piers are constructed of blocks stacked side-by-side, orient each layer at right angles to the previous one (Figure 16) and plan blocks so that split ` caps will be perpendicular to the blocks.they rest on and perpendicular to the = main I-beam. i .10 41 L —till 1111441111. .00109.., SOF TEt 111rr1111111W 1 i - I2 I i Prepare footing surface. Make sure the footing surface upon which the pier sits is flat and smooth. Before placing the pier on the footing, clean dirt, rocks or other material off the surface of the footing. If the footing surface is uneven, 'create a level, flat surface by placing a treated board on the footing and mor- taring on the first block (or manufactured pier base), or by placing the first block (or manufactured pier base) on a layer of premix dry sand mortar. Stack blocks. Stack concrete blocks with their hollow cells aligned vertically. When piers are constructed of blocks stacked side-by-side, orient each layer at right angles to the previous one (Figure 16) and plan blocks so that split ` caps will be perpendicular to the blocks.they rest on and perpendicular to the = main I-beam. i .10 41 L —till 1111441111. .00109.., SOF TEt 111rr1111111W SINGLE STACK DOUBLE STACK PIER PIER TRIPLE STACK PIER REINFORCED DOUBLE STACK PIER 3. Cap piers. Place a cap on hollow block piers to evenly distribute the structural load. Use caps the same length and width as the piers they rest upon. When using split caps on double -stacked block piers, install the caps with the long dimension perpendicular to the joint in the blocks below and perpendicular to the main I-beam. 4. Install shims. Use shims to level the home and fill any gaps between the base of the I-beam and the top of the pier cap. When required, always use shims in pairs (Figure 17). Drive them in tightly so they do not occupy more than one inch of vertical space. When the space to be shimmed is greater than one inch and less than the minimum thickness of available caps or con- crete blocks, use hardwood dimensional lumber (two inches maximum thick- ness) or 4" thick concrete block. For split caps, install shims and dimensional - lumber/blocks over each individual cap. Two cap blocks may be used as the cap on double block piers provided the joint between the cap blocks is per- pendicular to the joint between the open cell concrete blocks and is also per- pendicular to the I-beam supported by the pier. ``,ttt t llflrf f��� WAN UW—111i A 5. •— SHIMS Z. • � SPACER 1= h tY AGItiC E CAP r • < <j •8 s r � :O • ��'•: O �,��.9.•,0 1.0••.5. Set up level. Set up a water level with the fluid level at the desired height of the main piers. Carefully lower the side of the section down onto the leveled piers, adjusting the final height with shims. USING A WATER LEVEL A water level is a standard device for leveling the home. The level consists of the following components: • One container (five gallon bucket or one gallon jug). • 150 feet of 1/2 inch diameter clear plastic tubing. • fittings for container to tubing- • Valve for terminal end of tubing. • Liquid for system: colored water in warm climates, windshield washing fluid in cold climates. 4 MIN. DIAMETER OF BEND SHALL BE Y AS MEASURED FROM INSIDE OF REINFORCING BARS WITH A 6" LONG MIN. LEG. Figure 16. Frame pier con- struction. ' ®/ Curing time of mortar. Where wet mortar is used to construct or level piers, al- lowed it to cure to at least 80% of strength capacity (usually requiring 96 hours) before setting the home. Figure 17. Correct shim placement Dimensions of masonry perimeter walls. If using a masonry perimeter enclosure, calculate pier heights so that the enclo- sure can be built using standard unit dimensions (without cutting). ® ' ®®/ Level the home. The home is adequately leveled if there is no' more than 1/4 inch -differ- ence between adjacent pier supports (frame or perime- ter) and the exterior doors and windows of the home do SHIM \ SPACER CAP REINFORCE W PIER WITH (4) in #4 VERTICAL REBAR. GROUT CELLS SOLID W a TO FOOTING. H = (7 CONCRETE w FOOTING = BELOW FROST LINE. REINFORCED WITH (3) #4 REBAR EACH WAY REINFORCED DOUBLE STACK PIER 3. Cap piers. Place a cap on hollow block piers to evenly distribute the structural load. Use caps the same length and width as the piers they rest upon. When using split caps on double -stacked block piers, install the caps with the long dimension perpendicular to the joint in the blocks below and perpendicular to the main I-beam. 4. Install shims. Use shims to level the home and fill any gaps between the base of the I-beam and the top of the pier cap. When required, always use shims in pairs (Figure 17). Drive them in tightly so they do not occupy more than one inch of vertical space. When the space to be shimmed is greater than one inch and less than the minimum thickness of available caps or con- crete blocks, use hardwood dimensional lumber (two inches maximum thick- ness) or 4" thick concrete block. For split caps, install shims and dimensional - lumber/blocks over each individual cap. Two cap blocks may be used as the cap on double block piers provided the joint between the cap blocks is per- pendicular to the joint between the open cell concrete blocks and is also per- pendicular to the I-beam supported by the pier. ``,ttt t llflrf f��� WAN UW—111i A 5. •— SHIMS Z. • � SPACER 1= h tY AGItiC E CAP r • < <j •8 s r � :O • ��'•: O �,��.9.•,0 1.0••.5. Set up level. Set up a water level with the fluid level at the desired height of the main piers. Carefully lower the side of the section down onto the leveled piers, adjusting the final height with shims. USING A WATER LEVEL A water level is a standard device for leveling the home. The level consists of the following components: • One container (five gallon bucket or one gallon jug). • 150 feet of 1/2 inch diameter clear plastic tubing. • fittings for container to tubing- • Valve for terminal end of tubing. • Liquid for system: colored water in warm climates, windshield washing fluid in cold climates. 4 MIN. DIAMETER OF BEND SHALL BE Y AS MEASURED FROM INSIDE OF REINFORCING BARS WITH A 6" LONG MIN. LEG. Figure 16. Frame pier con- struction. ' ®/ Curing time of mortar. Where wet mortar is used to construct or level piers, al- lowed it to cure to at least 80% of strength capacity (usually requiring 96 hours) before setting the home. Figure 17. Correct shim placement Dimensions of masonry perimeter walls. If using a masonry perimeter enclosure, calculate pier heights so that the enclo- sure can be built using standard unit dimensions (without cutting). ® ' ®®/ Level the home. The home is adequately leveled if there is no' more than 1/4 inch -differ- ence between adjacent pier supports (frame or perime- ter) and the exterior doors and windows of the home do •' I OR °•� • Cbnb not bind and can be properly operated. If differences in W b• ---------- — — — pier heights occur, drain .•oh., a' lines should be inspected to Poi correct reverse slope situa- tions. ' Water level operation. To = operate the water level properly, both ends of the system must be open to the ' atmosphere and there must ' be approximately the same }How to use a water level.. amount of fluid in the tubing �: •- , : •; .> , b v. fy. - , a. Position level.�Position the level such that it can reach all piers. at all times (within a few inches). ' b. Plaee container. Place the container so that the fluid in the con- t ., tainer is of l:Ke same level as the desired level �of the top of the supports under the home, allowing for any, bracing below the lev- el of the I -beams. C. Uncoil tubing Uncoil the tubing and fill with fluid,, taking care not 4 to introduce bubbles into the hose' Never allow anything to crimp or crush the tubmg so as to impede the free flow of flguid d. Bleed air. Hold the valve below the level of the water container; open the valve, to bleed out any air and close the valve. "a e.Establish height. Locate the tubing adjacent topier,that is set to the 'desined final height. Position the valve'above the pier.and , open.the valve. Move the water container up or down to'where the water level is at the desired final height of the'pier. Maintain the water container in that position close the valve. rand f. Level piers. Move the tubing jo the next pier -Hold the valve above the•pier and openit: -Set the pier'heightto..the level of the-, - water in the tubing and close the.valve. Repeatthis step until all's ► , � piersa`re at the same level �. .a: •• -.. "`� • �:��.: . g. Note: If water leaks out of the system while in use; you must've= - - ' • ' position the reservoir and begin tFie'process again:" 6. ` Complete the opposite side. Jack the other side of the section up and install piers following the instructions above. At the completion of this step; the sec- tion should be level from front to rear and from side to side. 7. Install perimeter and marriage line piers. Install perimeter, piers and for multi -section homes, marriage line piers. Position marriage line piers to pro- vide equal bearing for both mating sections. , 8. , Remove running gear. Remove and store, recycle or properly dispose of the _ hitch, axles and wheels. These items are the property of the homeowner un- less other contractual arrangements have been made. is M. t P • � 1 c K-�-'s�_a`-_.'�'�a°€�'"� A iS�a+',irt�:rrxsF9Q.��ss':!id .i�€!^•dr I . iFt" li iiE/ hilkI A - Y 4 r I Complete Multi -Section Set ' This chapter covers the preparation and installation of additional home sections, including the structural connections be- tween units, raising and fastening hinged roofs and fastening the home to a load bearing perimeter wall foundation. 3=0 Wldt 049M,211310 1 %1I ' wSTEP.1: INSTALL MARRIAGE.LINE ANCHORS (p:44) a r, STEP 2= REMOVE PROTECTIVE SHIPPING MATERIALS(p 44) STEP 3. COMPLETE HINGED ROOF_ (0.,44) STEP 4. REPAIR OR INSTALL MARRIAGE LINE GASKET (p. 45) � + , '• . •'. i. ., 1, •. ..�a .. ® STEP. 5. POSITION ADDITIONAL HOME SECTIONS I , STEP 6 CONNECT FLOORS STEP 7 CONNECT ROOF STEP 8 CONNECT WALLS Y y STEP 9. ATTACH TAG UNITS_(p. 54) Y I STEPrIol REMOVE TEMPORARY ITEMS (p. 55) STEP 11. FASTEN HOME TO,FOUNQATION (p. 55) r "ov ► t ,V, VSTEPA 2 BACKFILL AND GRADE (p. 55) ` ' `STEP 13 BUILD STAIRS ( 55)' ' ' r . • ' STEP 1 INSTALL MARRIAGE LINE ANCHORS ' If the home is in Wind Zone II or III, install ground anchors along the marriage line now; before mating sections are joined see Install Stabilizing System (p.,74).. After instal- ling marriage line anchors return to this point in Complete Multi -Section Set. STEP'2..REMOVE PROTECTIVE SHIPPING MATERIALS Remove all shipping protection and associated fasteners from both home sections to Checklists for alternate ' be joined,' including plastic used to close up the open sides during transportation. Do construction. If the serial not remove the temporary supports holding up the ceilings at major openings. Wind • .. number (see the data plate wrap (such•as Tyvek or other similar product) will be installed over the exterior wall or the chassis front cross OSB sheathing and under the shipping plastic. Be careful not to damage the wind wrap member) has the letters when removing the shipping plastic. f "AC° before or after it, then the Alternate Construction STEP 3. COMPLETE HINGED ROOF on-site check list supplied with the home must be If the home has a hinged roof that has been folded down for shipping, refer to Appen- ''' completed and returned to " dix D for hinged truss installation information. the home manufacturer in a ' timely manner. If the AC t - checklist relates to the roof, then failure to do so may require future disassembly ' of .the roof and•further in- spections. 44 STEP 4. REPAIR OR INSTALL MARRIAGE LINE GASKET A continuous, non -porous gasket creating a permanent air barrier will be installed on at least one side of the marriage line; along the floor, end walls and ceiling (and marriage lines for any tag units). The manufacturer has provided a marriage line gasket either installed on the home or shipped loose. If installed, inspect the gasket and repair any gaps or tears. If not installed at the factory, install a continuous gasket between the home sections along the floor, end walls and ceiling. For homes with through -the -rim crossover ducts (see Connect Crossovers, p.61) in- spect and if necessary, repair gaskets around the rim joist duct openings using 3/4 inch thick fiberglass duct board or other material acceptable to the manufacturer. Ensure that duct openings are unobstructed. STEP 5. POSITION ADDITIONAL HOME SECTIONS' Follow this procedure to install additional home sections: 1. Remove obstructions. Remove protruding nails and staples or anything else that will keep the home sections from fitting together snugly. If present, cut the temporary ceiling and floor plates at the edges of marriage line openings tak- ing care not to damage ceiling or floor coverings or displace temporary mar- riage line support posts (these supports and the plates will be removed after the home sections have been structurally connected). 2. Complete crossovers. Before moving the two sections together, complete any crossover connections that require access from the open marriage line, including the attic duct connection (if present) and marriage wall interior elec- trical connections (see Connect Crossovers, p.61). 3. Position section. Position the section as closely as possible (ideally within six inches) and line up with the previously set section. If using a mechanical positioning system or crane, follow the system manufacturer's instructions or the crane operator's directions. 4. Construct piers. With the outside walls of the home aligned, construct the piers for the home section according to the instructions in Set the Home (p.38) before continuing to the steps below. 5. Level section. Lower the section onto the outside piers first, inside piers last. Before releasing the mechanical positioning system, check interior doorways and other openings for misalignments that may cause problems during trim - out. The floors should be flush, level and tight and the roof section should have little, if any, gap at the top of the marriage line. Use at least two come -a - longs to pull the sections snugly together and use the water level or other leveling device to set all piers and shims. 6. Shim gaps. Shim any gaps up to one inch between structural elements with dimensional lumber. If any gaps exceed one inch, re -position the home to eliminate such gaps. STEP 6. CONNECT FLOORS Make floor structural connections according to the appropriate method described below A sealing gasket shall be present between marriage line rim joists. Alternate 1: Toed fasteners through bottom board Make connections according to the fastener specifications in Table 13 and Figure 18. Spacing indicated in Table 13 is on -center, both sides of marriage line. Fasten- ers on each side of marriage line shall be staggered and offset by twice the spacing distance (Figure 18A). Repair any tears or holes in the bottom board after installa- tion of fasteners. �5 I �� Checking through -the -rim - ducts. Ensure that through - the -rim -duct connections are secure and tight after the home sections are to- gether. Mechanical posi- tioning system. For a pier - set home, a mechanical positioning system (such as a roller system) will make the process easier and sa- fer and be less likely to damage the home. V&IrZZA Safety. Remember to place safety timbers under home behind axle area and under hitch. V&FIOZZA Sealing gaps. Prior to com- pletion of the exterior close- up, gaps that do not exceed one inch are permitted be- tween structural elements provided that the gaps are closed before completion of close-up, the home sec- tions are in contact with each other; and the mar- riage gasket provides a proper seal. I; TABLE 13. FLOOR CONNECTION FASTENING SPECIFICATIONS ^ Lag Screw 3/8" x 5" 16 in. o.c. MARRIAGE LINE L r + Figure 18. Floor connection FLOOR DECKING through bottom board 2 x 6 RIM JOIST , FLOOR SEALER TO PREVENT r • F \� +INFILTRATION � - ' Y BOTTOM BOARD,- PATCH W/' VINYL TAPE AT LAG SCREWS *• ! 13/8"x 5" MIN. LAG SCREWS @ 16"O/C " - *I (ALTERNATE SIDES AS SHOWN) TYPICAL OUTRIGGER (MATING ANGLES NOT REQUIRED). ' .I . FASTENER LOCATION c` `: Figure 18A.•Stag9ered off- N t , MARRIAGE LINE } �, - _ set fastening along marriage 3: . ;. '. line T i ��. • ., ,' w1 �i . :1 SPACING ' • " fir" n -r Y + �a` I 2x SPACING FROM TABLE < <' FROM TABLE 2x SPACING. ' .,1 . r FROM TABLE ;± 2x SPACING. . .. , FROM TABLE 2x SPACING SPACING x FROM TABLES i..; FROM TABLE i • ; .,` t. t f L •, N Ao -$• ,• � '. ` ( _ ' - AL: iLiCt�•.T,;,LR:i���'�+a�{ " I��_y Alternate 2: Bolts through brackets at ends of frame outriggers This alternate is available only if the brackets have been provided by the manufacturer. SEAL JOINT FOR ENTIRE LENGTH — AT FLOOR TO FLOOR CONNECTION WITH EXTERIOR GRADE CAULKING OR EQUAL TO PROHIBIT AIR AND d WATER INFILTRATION OUTRIGGERS STEP 7. CONNECT WALLS DECKING FLOOR 1/2"- BOLTS THROUGH MATING ANGLES AT ENDS OF OUTRIGGERS W/ WASHERS. Make wall connections according to the appropriate method described below. FIELD INSTALL MINIMU 2" WIDE BATTEN CUT FROM SAME MATERIAL AS SIDING. ATTACH WITH 6d NAILS AT 6" O/C EACH SIDE OF CL. FACTORY INSTALLED HARDBOARD OR PLYWOOD DX SIDING ENDWALL CLOSE-UP DETAIL - HARDBOARD HORIZONTAL LAP SIDING (FACTORY INSTALLED) FIELD INSTALL 12" LENGTH OF LAP SIDING OVER CL INTER- LOCKING WITH SIDING UNDER- NEATH. SIDE OF SEAM ENDWALL CLOSE-UP DETAIL - LAP SIDING FACTORY INSTALLED HARDBOARD OR PLYWOOD SIDING BELT RAIL—� REMOVE FACTORY —FIELD INSTALLED INSTALLED POLY - \WOOD BATTEN ETHYLENE WITH 8d NAILS SHEATHING AT 12' O/C _CAULKORSEALAT EDGES (TYPICAL) INSTALLED FLOOR JOISTS HARDBOARD OR PLYWOOD SIDING INSIDE CORNER CLOSE-UP EXTERIOR WALL FRAMING FACTORY INSTALLED HARDBOARD SIDING CAULKING FIELD INSTALLED HARDBOARD BATT "Z" OR "H' FLASHING FIELD INSTALLED HARDBOARD SIDING W/ 6d CORROSIVE RE- SISTANT NAILS AT 6" O/C EDGES AND FIELD. — FIELD INSTALLED SKIRTING (MAY BE ONE PIECE) WALL CLOSE - UP s Figure 18B. Bolts through frame outrigger brackets s Figure 19. Endwall close-up Figure 19A. Wall and corner ;lose -up 194rr�„ rR 1s1; < v �} • ' `,j r/,, FACTORY INSTALLED EXTERIOR SIDING EXTERIOR TYP. STUDS ENDWALL AT 16" O/C / CLOSE-UP 1 CAULKING FIELD INSTALL FACTORY FIELD INSTALLED GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLED (MATCH EXISTING) GYPSUM HARDBOARD SIDING W/ 8d BOARD CORROSIVE RESISTANT NAILS AT 6" O/C EDGES AND FIELD. TYP. STUDS �L TYP. TOP PLATE AT 16" O/C TYP. BLOCKING AT ALL GYPSUM BOARD JOINTS FIELD INSTALL 5/16" GYP. BD. W/ CONT. BEAD OF P.VA. GLUE AT ALL FRAM- ING MEMBERS & ATTACH W/ 3/16"x1 "x19 GA STAPLES AT 6" O/C EDGES & FIELD AND NOT LESS THAN 1/4" FROM SIDES & ENDS OR 1/2' GYP. BD. W/ #6 x 1-1/2" SCREWS OR 5d COOLER NAILS OR .098 - SHANK x 1-1/2' LONG x 19/64" HEAD RING SHANK NAILS AT T O/C EDGES AND FIELD AND TYP. BOTTOM NOT LESS THAN 3/8' FROM EDGES & ENDS. PLATE INTERIOR ENDWALL CLOSE-UP TYPICAL TOP PLATE [INSTALLATION PENING IN TYP. STUDS AT 16' O/C ALL FOR FIELD ENTIRE VOID AREAS OF TO BE FILLED W/ MIN. ECTRICAL R-19 INSULATION. ETER BASE, ETC. ENTIRE OPENING SHALL BE COVERED W/ POLY- ETHYLENE SHEATHING DURING TRANSIT AND REMOVED PRIOR TO TYPICAL WALL FRAMING W/ STUDS AT 16" O/C FIELD - INSTALL HARDBOARD BATTS Figure 19B. Endwa/l close-up Figure 19C. Interior endwall close-up ATTACHMENT OF TYP. BOTTOM HARDBOARD. PLATE WALL OPENING All fasteners manufactured from steel wire exposed to weather shall be zinc coated with hot -dipped galvanized zinc, mechanically deposited zinc or electrodeposited Zinc. Fasteners manufactured from aluminum alloy wire or other non-ferrous alloys exposed ° to the weather do not require protective coatings. �- STEP 8. CONNECT ROOF _ AcrIc.U;tna� a If the marriage line along the roof is not snug, position jacks every 20 feet or less along %. i the outside.Irbeam.and_uniformly,hft the section. until the. roof area is,.tight.,Check to - w ��fn��8 make sure the ceiling joint is flush before installing the connections. If not, use a jack J a and tee to raise whichever ceiling is low, starting at the front and working to the rear of !�'Slj�'• . • �F�j��� j the home. Fasten the roof along the marriage line using one of the methods below for iili oF Ttti�� either double or triple section homes. /// b" (2) LAYERS TYPE 15 FELT OR APPROVED EQUAL FIELD INSTALLED, EXTENDING 6" MINIMUM ON EACH SIDE OF UNIT CL. (NOT INSTALLED WITH RIDGE VENT APPLICATION) FACTORY INSTALLED SHINGLES ASPHALT RIDGE SHINGLES FIELD INSTALLED W/ (2)12 GA. x 1 1/4" ROOFING NAILS AT EACH SHINGLE (NOT INSTALLED WITH RIDGE VENT APPLICATION) LAST COURSE OF SHINGLES FIELD INSTALLED W/ (4)12 GA x 1 1/4" ROOF NAILS AT EA. SHINGLE. (2) LAYERS 15# FELT OR AFTER RIDGE BEAM BOLTING, APPROVED EQUAL FACTORY ATTACH 3/8"x 6' (MIN) PLYWOOD INSTALLED CLOSURE STRIP WITH 6d NAILS 1/2' - BOLTS W/ WASHERS 2"7�� AT 6' O/C TO RIDGE BEAM AND (2) MIN. FROM TOP OF RIDGE �L 6d NAILS TO EACH RAFTER, OR BEAM. FOR SPACING AND BOLT COVER 5"- ACCESS HOLES WITH CLUSTER REQUIRED OVER 30 GA. GALVANIZED METAL. SUPPORT POSTS SEE TABLE RIDGE CLOSE - UP DETAIL - 3:12 ROOF (2) LAYERS TYPE 15 FELT OR APPROVED EQUAL FIELD INSTALLED, EXTENDING 6" MINIMUM ON EACH SIDE OF UNIT CL. (NOT INSTALLED WITH RIDGE VENT APPLICATION) FACTORY INSTALLED SHINGLES (2) LAYERS 15# FELT OR- APPROVED R APPROVED EQUAL FACTORY INSTALLED 8d NAILS AT 6" O/C (2) 2x3 RAFTER RAILS 1/2" - BOLTS W/ WASHERS 2' MIN. FROM TOP OR BOTTOM OF RIDGE BEAM OR a LAG SCREWS. FOR SPACING AND BOLT CLUSTERS REQUIRED OVER SUPPORT POSTS SEE TABLE ASPHALT RIDGE SHINGLES FIELD INSTALLED W/ (2) 12 GA x 1 1/4' ROOFING NAILS AT EACH SHINGLE (NOT INSTALLED WITH RIDGE VENT APPLICATION) LAST COURSE OF SHINGLES FIELD INSTALLED W/ (4)12 GA. x 1 1/4' ROOF NAILS AT EA SHINGLE. AFTER RIDGE BEAM BOLTING, ATTACH 3/8'x 12" (MIN) PLYWOOD CLOSURE STRIP WITH 6d NAILS AT 6"0/C TO 2x3 RAFTER RAIL AND (2) 6d NAILS TO EACH RAFTER. RIDGE CLOSE - UP DETAIL - 4:12 ROOF Figure 20. Roof connection AGRICTJ ALTERNATE RIDGE BEAM LAG CLUSTER BOLTING AT RIDGE SCREW DETAIL 20 P.S.F. AND 30 P.S.F. BEAM TRANSITION DETAIL ROOF LIVE LOAD ONLY TABLE 15. ROOF CONNECTION — LAG SCREW CLUSTER MAX. SPAM OR ADJXUNT SPAN ; CITY (W #ASTfNER8 20 PSF '30 PSF ' 40 PSP (1) 3/8"x 5" Lag Screw FIELD INSTALL 01/2' BOLTS WITH 3'-6" 2'-6" WASHERS AT 48' O/C @ 20 PSF T-10" RIDGE RIDGROOF OR 32'0/C @ 30 PSF ROOF RIDGE r9 11 BEAM OR 24' O/C ® 40 PSF ROOF OR g 20'-0" 14'-0" 10'-10" 16' O/C @ 60/80 PSF ROOFS �L }4 38'-3" • C ,-%pqTq WHEN RIDGE BEAM NA NA (8) 3/8" x 5" Lag Screws 40'-0" LtTOTO SUPPORT POSTS ARE ON 21'-9" (10);3/8 iv ONE SIDE OF CL ONLY, A (6) 1/2" Bofts NA NA 29'-8" BOLT CLUSTER IS REQUIRED 23'-3" (8)1&—B o -i6 NA NA AS SHOWN. FOR QUANTITY 39 -T ' OF BOLTS. SEE TABLE LONGITUDINAL OR _= TRANSVERSE RIDGE BEAM SUPPORT POSTS TYPICAL WALL STUDS f—TYPICAL FLOOR—to=[::' RIDGE BEAM BOLTING DETAIL / 3' MIN. LAG SCREW Nz SPACINGS: CLUSTER BOLTS OR 30' O/C - 20 P.S.F. LAG SCREWS MUST BE 20' O/C - 30 P.S.F. SECURED THROUGH N RIDGE BEAMS THAT SPAN OPENINGS. CLUSTER TO BE LOCATED OVER 3/8' DIA x 5' LAG SCREW SUPPORT POSTS ALTERNATE RIDGE BEAM LAG CLUSTER BOLTING AT RIDGE SCREW DETAIL 20 P.S.F. AND 30 P.S.F. BEAM TRANSITION DETAIL ROOF LIVE LOAD ONLY TABLE 15. ROOF CONNECTION — LAG SCREW CLUSTER MAX. SPAM OR ADJXUNT SPAN ; CITY (W #ASTfNER8 20 PSF '30 PSF ' 40 PSP (1) 3/8"x 5" Lag Screw 5'-0" 3'-6" 2'-6" rf (2Q/8 k 5 Lag Si 10 T-10" (2j,°1/2 Bofts -, '25-6 �,. r9 11 9 (4) 3/8" x 5" Lag Screws 20'-0" 14'-0" 10'-10" (6j3/85" Lag Screws �t }4 38'-3" 26'-7" NA NA (8) 3/8" x 5" Lag Screws 40'-0" 28'-0" 21'-9" (10);3/8 ( (6) 1/2" Bofts NA NA TABLE 15A. ROOF CONNECTION — BOLT CLUSTER MAX SPAN OR JACE'NT SPAN CITY OF 20,PSF 30 PSF 410 PSF 40 PSF #0' PSF ,,FASTENERS, (1) 1/2" Bolt 12'-9" 8'-10" 5'-0" 5'-0" T-10" (2j,°1/2 Bofts -, '25-6 .` 17-8 r9 11 9 :;x (3) 1/2" Bolts 38'-3" 26'-7" NA NA NA (.4)"1 B (6) 1/2" Bofts NA NA 29'-8" 29'-8" 23'-3" (8)1&—B o -i6 NA NA 39.7" 39 -T 31'-0" . Lag screw and bolt cluster only required when ridge beam support posts are on one side of centerline. Spacing in cluster to be 2" — 4" on -center. Bolts shall be 1/2" mini- mum with washers at each end. 50 Figure 20A. Roof connection 13 Alternate Roof Connection When using 3/8" x 5" lag screws to connect the ridge beams together it is not necessary to remove the factory -installed roof sheathing prior to installing the lag screws. It is acceptable for the setup contractor to install the lags through the roof sheathing. This alternate applies only to 3/12 roof pitches where the ridge beams are up tight against the peak of the roof. On 4/12 and higher roof pitches, where the ridge beams are down below the peak, it is necessary to remove the roof sheathing in order to gain access for connecting the ridge beams together. I h'1 s i ALTERNATE STEP 8. CONNECT ROOF DOUBLE SECTION HOME RIDGE LINE Make roof structural connections according to the appropriate method described below. If the home has a hinged roof, see also the section on hinge roof raising and fastening. i Make the roof connection by fastening through the roof deck into the continuous roof edgrerail or ridgebeam (Figure 20) according to the fastener spacing and specifications i in Table 15 and the following requirements: t Metal straps must meet the following requirements (must be used on homes i with continuous ridge vent application): • Made' of 1" wide x 24ga galvanized steel. • Spaced a min of 48 inches o.c. i Fastened to each side of the truss with ten_ (10) 7/16" x 16ga. galvanized staples or eight (8) 0.099" x 1-1/2" nails. i RIDGE STRAPPING SHINGLE RIDGE CAP Figure 20B. Roof connection, I —ROOFING NAIL � ABR SOHINGLE OPPOSITE SIDES .PVIN•�••• fe�� • AGi{I #10x4-1/2" WOOD SCREWS (TOE 'j 17– SCREWED) INTO ROOF EDGE RAILS 2x CONT. ROOF i OR RIDGE BEAMS PER CHART EDGE RAIL OR �� •. /�, ' t ryry.• + RIDGE BEAM. �i��(�•••O A•••• t�� 10 TABLE 15. ROOF EDGE RAIL CONNECTIONS SPECIFICATIONS F��teci�r • MMA pa:cing •, VWA Zone, Zone 2 VWnd Zone`.3. Wood screws #10 x 4-1/2" 8 in. o.c. NAf NA o c�. � ws�NA NA4 i �: screws .� � a 9 P � .� ' ,.., ;,�. r; �'. 34� ,.:, • �,�� 1 �. :•. rt4. ,�w •..y.n .;,i..Xy ..�. F�wbt ri+}'Svs?.'p:.a •,fit:-;Y:,�`2-AG4.i•.:•+1.Y', ,•a . 'k'-k.q'tit y+ ........:ri 1-1/4" MIN. r Z30° MAX. Figure 20C. Gap between roof edge rail or ridgebeam SHIM Max. gap between edge rails or ridge beams is 1-1/2". Exception: for marriage wall taller than 108" with 24" o.c. studs, max. gap between roof edge rails or ridge beams is 1/4". Gaps must be shimmed at each connection with dimensional lumber. Fastener length i must be increased if necessary so that -1-1/2" of penetration into main member is main- tained. Specified screw spacing must be reduced by half in locations where gap occurs. 'L 53 STEP 9. ATTACH TAG UNITS After the main unit has been set on its foundation, install all tag units according to the following procedure: , 1. Position and block the tag. Position the tag unit as close to the main unit as possible at its intended location. Use a hitch jack to obtain approximate leve- ling and install pier supports according to Set the Home, STEP 2. POSITION HOME SECTION (p. 38). Determine whether the tag and main unit floors are designed to line up flush or are offset by a step and adjust the tag pier heights accordingly. 2. Level the unit. Using a water level (p.42), verify that the piers are level. The elevation of all points along the lower flange of the I-beam should be a no more than 3/8 inches from the desired height and should not deviate more than 3/4 inches overall. 3. Connect floors. If the floor of the tag unit is level with main unit floor, connect the floors together as described in STEP 6. CONNECT FLOORS (p. 45). If the floors are offset, use the connection detail shown in Figure 21. 4. Connect walls. Secure the tag unit walls to the main unit sidewall using #10 x 4" screws at 24 inches o.c. If pre -drilled holes are provided secure the tag unit walls to the main unit with 5/16" x 6° lag screws (see Figure 22). The sheath- ing shown in the detail may not be included by the manufacturer. If included, the sheathing over the last stud bay was tacked in place at the factory for , easy removal at the site. Once the wall connections are complete, re -install the sheathing and complete the siding installation. FLOOR MATING LINE SIDEWALL STUDS FASTENER DECKING ' (MAIN UNIT) SHEATHING Dc6 SPF #2 _J (FIELD INSTALLED) JOIST OOR LT BLOCKING < WALL .14 1N (TAG UN IT) STUDS LAG SCREW EDGE RAIL TO— FLUOR BLOCKING PER STANDARD DECKING MAIN FLOOR CONNECTION UNIT REQUIREMENTS R-11 MIN. INSULATION 2z FLOOR IN KNEEWALL JOIST DECKING ER VERT. FLOOR TAG SIDING COVERED WITH EITHER BOTTOM UNIT BOARD OR ALUMINUM FLASHING . Connect roofs. Connect the tag unit roof to the main unit roof using #10 x 4" screws at 12" on -center (8" on -center in Wind Zone 3) or #8 x 4° screws at 8" on -center (5" on -center in Wind Zone 3) toe screwed through tag unit end truss top chord into each main unit dormer vertical structural member location (stud or truss). If full depth ridgebeam headers must be connected refer to Connect Roofs. See Figure 23 for flush roof connections and Figure 24 for roof connections with an offset greater than two inches. Roof connections with an offset less than two inches do not require screws. 54 Piers under tag units. Some tag units have spe- cial piering needs due to the roof and/or floor con- struction. These will be de- tailed in supplemental pier- ing plans supplied with the home. Note that tag unit end walls are typically load bearing rather than side walls. Figure 21. Tag unit offset floor connection Figure 22. Tag unit wall connection z } SHINGLE , INSTALL FLASHING MAIN UNDERLAYMENT (OR ADDITIONAL UNIT _ _ i,SHINGLES YER OF FASTENER UNDERLAYMENT) ETAL FASCIA FLAT OVER JOINT ROOF DECKING METAL FLASHING - SHINGLES TAGTAG MAIN ' UNIT UNIT (OR TOP COURSE ROOF OF VINYL SIDING) DECKING TAG FASTENER UNIT ❑ STEP 10. REMOVE TEMPORARY ITEMS Once the home is properly supported and the marriage line connections are completed, remove the temporary ridge beam supports and wall/ceiling plates used to brace the ridge beam during shipment. Take care not to damage the ceiling. a Figure 23. Tag unit flush roof connection Figure 24.'Tag unit offset roof connection STEP 11. FASTEN HOME TO FOUNDATION - Fasten the home to the foundation according to the fastening schedule provided in Construct Foundation, STEP I. -OBTAIN A FOUNDATION DESIGN (p.35). STEP 12. BACKFILL AND GRADE Backfill against the foundation wall to the height of the waterproofing, taking care to not damage the drainage system. ° , Grade the site as described in Prepare the Site, STEP 3. CLEAR AND GRADE THE SITE (p.16). STEP 13. BUILD STAIRS F i Construct the basement stairs in compliance with the local building code. Take care that adequate headroom is maintained under beams and that there is sufficient landing space at the bottom of the stairs. { ® 0 ®� When to backfill. Backfill against basement walls on- ly after the home is con- nected to the foundation or the basement walls may deflect inward or collapse. Cutting the chassis. Do not cut, notch, bend or alter in any manner beams, cross - members and other parts of the steel chassis. ' Z . S i 0,Wa'I IsE 0 - - - ' Com:plete Roof and ,Exteftr•Wallsr t '� This chapter covers closing up and weatherproofing the home by completing the roofing and sid�ng: .• • . , t . €4101 ^ V STEP 1. COMPLETE ROOF (p.'56) r� ; STEP 2. COMPLETE TAG UNIT ROOF (p. 58) • V STEP 3. COMPLETE SIDE WALLS (p. 60) { r t STEP 1..COMPLETE ROOF ' RIDGE CLOSEUP �. •, .t . • . L. For multi -section homes, the first step in completing the exterior is sealing the roof along the ridge line (Figure 25). For. homes with asphalt shingles, follow the procedure below. " For homes with metal or other roofing materials, follow the instructions that come with the roofing materials or provided as a supplement to this manual. '- CAP SHINGLE I UNDERLAYMENT Figure 25. Shingle installa- tion at ridge SHINGLE AND r , rr' �. / UNDERLAYMENT 1 (i • ' ` � ` � . ! I I 11 Y ' .Weatherproofing. It is vital- + ly important to close up the -! i ,r •, ,, home quickly to protect the interior from damage due • SHEATHING , - to inclement weather.' 1. Install underlayment. Sheathing must be fastened with an 8d nail at 6 inches -Removing shipping protec t ' on -center along the edges and 12 inches on -center in the field. Seams of field in- tion. Remove shipping pro- stalled sheathing must be offset 16 inches from the seams on factory installed 'tection from the roof prior to sheathing. Install 15# felt or equivalent continuously along the length of the ridge, completing roofing.Seal all ' I A covering all exposed sheathing and overlapping sheathing joints by at least five holes in shingles resulting inches'on each side. Fasten using 1" x 1" x 16 ga galvanized staples. For Wind from shipping protection re- ' ' Zones II and III, also apply a six inch wide strip of roofing cement along each side moval. It is also recom- ' I `' of ridge under the underlayment. mended that the top layer of : 2. Install shingles. If shingles have been left off at the ridge line for site installation, shingles be lifted and the F _ i , .•. - , install them now using 12 ga x 1-1/4" long, 3/8" diameter head roof nails or 16 ga sealant applied to any holes .1" crown x 1" length staples. For Wind Zone I, fasten at 5/8 inch above each tab in the second layer of shin cutout slot and one of each end of the shingle one inch in from the edge (four gles. Refer to Warning on fasteners for a three -tab shingle) (Figure 26). For Wind Zones Hand.11l, use two following page for accept- - i fasteners 5/8 inch above and on either -side of the tab slots and one at each end 'able types of sealants. ; of the shin le one inch in from the ed `e six fasteners for a three=tab shingle): Do y - not fasten through the shingle tar line. 36" SHINGLE . �- ,.36" SHINGLE --i ` a _t • Figure 26. Shingle fastener ' .locations for. wnd Zone I ,• i ', y' (left) and W1nd Zones 11 and i rrht x • � . ^ x .12" x � � x x.• x x ,i •+ x 12",; t. (right). � x FASTENER.LOCATIONS . ,. K, _ . .. .,+. .. .«, --- y.. ,r;-* •,. - w n . ^.� , .., ,r,` _ .. " •3. Install underlayment. Install 15# felt or equivalent underlayment that is at least 10 ••wa .. I i inches wide continuously along the ridge. Fasten with 1" x 1" x 16 ga galvanized I ; • staples. For Wind Zones 11 and III, also apply a six inch wide strip of roofing'ce-. , i , ` ment on both sides of the ridge under the underlayment. 4. Install shingle cap. Starting at the opposite end of the home from the prevailing wind, install ridge cap shingles provided by the manufacturer or use 12" x 12" shingles (36" shingles cut into three equal pieces) (Figure 27). Install using 12 ga x 1-1/4" long, 3/8" diameter head roofing nails spaced 5-5/8 inches from bottom edge and 1/2 inch to 1-1/2 inches in from both edges. Cover the exposed fasten- ers with tar or cement. CUT SHINGLE INTO Figure 27. Shingle cut into THREE PIECES AS thirds SHOWN BY DOTTED LINE 1 �L3 Ridge Vent. For proper alignment — prenail through ridge vent holes at ends of Installing a ridge vent. If a each section. The felt paper underlayment should be folded back onto the roof ridge vent is to be installed, decking and trimmed along the edge of the roof decking at the peak so that it follow the ridge vent manu- does not obstruct the opening at the mate line. When using standard flat 3 -tab facturer's instructions pro - shingles, caulking is not required under the flange of the ridge vent. Prior to ap- vided with the material or as plying vent to dimensional or architectural shingles on new construction, caulk an addendum to this manual between low areas of shingle and flange of vent. Before fastening vent, make in lieu of underlayment over sure filter is secured between shingles and vent. When installing vent in cold ridge line and shingle cap. weather, leave an 1/8" gap between sections to allow for warm weather expan- CONES ARE NOT TO BE sion. USED. This type of silicone Figure 28. Ridge vent instal - STOP ROOF SHEATHING SHORT OF EDGE lation RAIL FOR VENTILATION. ALT: SHEATHING TO EXTEND TO EDGE OF TOP CHORD FILTER AREA WHEN EDGE RAIL IS LOWERED 2' CAP SHINGLES NAIL ® EACH TRUSS ®® WITH 2' GALVANIZED LOW PROFILE • ROOFING NAILS. RIDGE VENT ACETOXY TYPE SILI= CONES ARE NOT TO BE USED. This type of silicone will weaken or melt asphalt shingles. The Alcoxy or Neu- tral Cure type silicones will not melt asphalt and are the proper silicones to be used in roof applications. All sea - HINGE ROOF CLOSE-UP lants used in shingle and For homes with hinged roofs, complete roofing underlayment and shingles along the roof applications, excluding hinge line per the requirements listed in Appendix D. underlayment securement, must be an Alcoxy or Neu- tral Cure type silicone OR meet the ASTM D 4586 COMPLETE TRIPLE SECTION ROOFS standard. Asphalt/Asbestos Complete roofing along triple section home marriage lines according to one of the fol- based sealants, such as lowing methods based on the construction of the home. Black Tar, must meet the ASTM D 4586 standard. a beams Method 1: Dual ridge Shingle underlayment sea - 1 . Install underlayment. Fold down the underlayment of the outer section roof lants are required in Wind and apply a minimum six inch wide strip of roofing cement to the sheathing. Zone II and III applications Lay the underlayment of the outer section on top of the cement (see Best Prac- and must meet the ASTM tice tip for optional metal flashing). Then apply a minimum six inch wide strip of 3019 standard. roofing cement to the outer section underlayment and fold down the center section roof underlayment over this cement. 2. Install shingles. Install missing irow(s) of shingles, securing them pet the shingle manufacturer's installation instructions (refer to the shingle wrapper). 57 CENTER SECTION OUTER SECTION FACTORY -INSTALLED UNDERLAYMENT FACTORY -INSTALLED SHINGLES FIELD -INSTALLED SHINGLES J FACTORY -INSTALLED SHINGLES ASPHALT ROOFING CEMENT BETWEEN LAYERS OF UNDERLAYMENT MIN 6' WIDE D ago C METAL FASTENER (OPTIONAL) Method 2: Field installed sheathing 1. Install underlayment. Fold down the underlayment of the outer section roof and fold up the underlayment on the center section roof. Apply to the lower roof underlayment a minimum six inch wide strip of roofing cement centered on the sheathing joint. Cover with the shipped loose underlayment. Apply another minimum six inch wide strip of roofing cement to the ship loose underlayment centered on the upper roof sheathing joint. 2. Install shingles. Install missing row(s) of shingles per the shingle manufactur- er's installation instructions (refer to the shingle wrapper). FACTORY INSTALLED SHINGLES FIELD INSTALLED SHINGLES FIELD INSTALLED SHEATHING FIELD INSTALLED UNDERLAYMENT ASPHALT ROOFING CEMENT BETWEEN FACTORY LAYERS OF UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLED MIN. 6" WIDE UNDERLAYMENT FACTORY INSTALLED SHINGLES N FACTORY INSTALLED FACTORY SHEATHING INSTALLED NAILER STEP 2. COMPLETE TAG UNIT ROOF If the home has a tag unit, complete roofing for this unit now. The process for complet- ing the roof is different for flush and offset roofs. Follow the instructions in the appropri- ate section below. FLUSH ROOFS For flush roofs, complete roofing along the marriage line and at the valley line as follows (see Figure 31): 5O Figure 29. Triple section roof connection Method 1 Installing metal flashing. Install optional metal flashing over the roof decking before applying roofing cement. Fold back the underlayment and fas- ten 30 ga x 6" wide mini- mum galvanized metal with roofing nails or 16 ga x 1" crown staples of sufficient length to penetrate the roof sheathing. Space fasteners four inches o.c. or less near the edge of the metal. Overlap the metal by at least two inches at joints. Figure 30.Triple section roof connection Method 2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALL FLASHING (OR ADDITIONAL LAYER OF UNDERLAYMENT) FLAT OVER JOINT TAG IN UNIT III I UNIT —�—_ _;.?;.:....... Marriage line Method 1: Install metal flashing (minimum 30 ga x minimum 6" wide) over the joint between the main roof dormer and tag unit roof. Secure the flashing to the roof decks on both dormer and tag unit roofs with roofing nails or 16 ga staples with a one inch crown and long enough to fully penetrate the roof decks. Space fasteners maximum two inches o.c. near the edge of the flashing. Overlap seams in the metal by at least two inches. After flashing is complete, install shingles per shingle manu- facturer instructions and ridge cap/vent according to STEP 1. COMPLETE ROOF (p. 56). Method 2: Install two layers of roofing underlayment or equivalent over the joint be- tween the main roof dormer and tag unit roof lapping the factory installed under- layment a minimum of six inches on each side and fully cemented at the laps. In- stall shingles per shingle manufacturer instructions and ridge cap/vent according to STEP 1. COMPLETE ROOF (p. 56). Valley line Along the bottom of the valley, shingles and one or more layers of roll roofing may need to be installed. If fastened to the roof at the factory, unroll the roofing, overlap the tag roof and trim the roofing to the roof edge. If shipped loose, install the roll roof- ing at the valley, lapping it under the factory installed roll roofing a minimum of 12 inches and fully cement the roofing at the lap. Complete shingles at the valley either by interweaving them or by trimming back approximately four inches from the valley line and fully cementing the exposed shingle edges. Fasteners must not be installed within 6" of the centerline of the valley. OFFSET ROOFS If there is a gap between the main unit dormer overhang and the tag unit roof of less than two inches, fold up the main unit dormer fascia, slide the underlayment and flash- ing from the tag unit roof behind the fascia, and bend the fascia back down and secure into sub fascia with metal screws (Figure 32). MAIN UNIT ROOF FACTORY UNDERLAYMENT (SHINGLES NOT SHOWN ON INSTALLED CARRIED UP INTO MAIN UNIT FOR CLARITY) DORMER DRIP EDGE FLASHING MAIN UNIT FASCIA SUB -FASCIA DORMER FACTORY FASCIA INSTALLED SHINGLES SF(INCzLE$ FLASHING —UNDERLAYMENT DISTANCE BETWEEN MAIN UNIT_ DORMER AND TAG UNIT ROOF MAY VARY (MIN. 4" TO MAX OF 2") TAG UNIT TRUSS - MAIN UNIT DORMER TRUSS- UNDERLAYMENT OVER -'- ROLLED ROOFING CARRIED UP INTO DORMER SUB -FASCIA MIN. 3" 59 TAG UNIT ROOF Figure 31. Tag unit flush roof connection Figure 32. Tag unit roofing connection with less than two inch height difference A s - If the gap between the main unit dormer overhang and the tag unit roof is two'inches or more, bend up the inside corner trim at the dormer overhang and main unit sidewall, fold up the factory installed flashing. on the tag'unit roof, fold the inside corner trim back down and secure into dormer wall ith metal screws (Figur'e 33). ' MAIN UNIT y SHINGLES [ ETAL FASCIA ROOF DECKING - i SHINGLES r • , a i .METAL FLASHING ,. � -.�+ �. (OR TOP COURSE ROOFa ' OF VINYL SIDING) DECKING FASTENER TAG UNIT ' r. Li z _ STEP 3. COMPLETE SIDE WALLS ' Siding necessary to complete the exterior has been provided with the home: Follow the I - siding manufacturer's instructions (found on or with the packaging or as an addendum 3 i;. to this manual) and to complete -the exterior siding as follows: •! 1. Remove shipping protection. Remove temporary shipping protection from ' walls. I' 2, Complete crossovers. Complete any crossover connections in the walls, in-- �- • cluding: electrical, stereo speaker, doorbell, telephone and intercom wires. 3' Installsiding. Fasten siding only at stud locations, avoiding electrical wires + " k that are present in the walls. ` a - 4. Fasteners. Fasteners must be installed as described in the manufacturer's in-, stallation instructions or DAPIA approved test reports for the siding.-' . 5. Install close-up strips. If siding has been installed on the end walls at the fac` - ,. tory, fasten close-up strips securely along both edges and seal the edges with'. a waterproof sealant. M { Install trim. Install any matching trim required to complete the installation. Seal penetrations. With a waterproof sealant, seal any penetrations in the sid-, Ing that may, have been caused by temporary shipping protection. r , j - 4 Figure 33. Tag unit offset roof connection i 1 �dovkrig the HUD label. Do not cover the HUD la-', 'bel on the exterior of the home. Removing shipping pro- tection: Remove tempo- rary shipping protection from walls before installing siding or serious moisture ., damage may result. Wind wrap (such as Tyvek or other similar product) will " be installed over the exte- rior wall OSB sheathing and under the shipping plastic. Be careful not to, damage the wind wrap when removing the ship- ping plastic. -t, + ; t, ' 1. + Q'r.,�� i, •y x'" `{ 4 ' r W i Connect Crossovers. This chapter covers crossover connections between units of multi -section homes, including ducts and'electrical, water, waste, gas, telephone and cable TV connections. ` O STEP 1. CONNECT DUCTS (p. 61) 0 STEP 2. CONNECT ELECTRICAL CROSSOVERS (p. 64) ' • STEP 3. INSTALL ELECTRICAL BONDING (p.67) ` V STEP 4: CONNECT WATER LINES'(p.' 67) - 0 STEP 5. CONNECT DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT LINES (p. 69) V STEP S. CONNECT GAS LINES (p. 70) r r 0 STEP 7. CONNECT TELEPHONE AND CABLE TV WIRING (p. 71) r -1. STEP CONNECT DUCTS There are three main types of duct crossover connections. Based on the location_ of the V&* duct, follow the installation steps on the page indicated, below: • 'Under the floor (p. 61). Qualified personnel. Use • In the roof cavity (p. 62). only qualified personnel to • In floor, through -the -rim joist (p. 63) r make crossover connec- tions. Consult the LAHJ for To prevent air leakage, seal all ductwork connections, including duct collars using one or� licensing or any additional more of the following materials: crossover connection re- • Galvaniied metal straps in combination with galvanized sheet metal screws. quirements. I For rigid air ducts and. connectors, tape and mastics listed to UL 181 A. Access for service. When- ever possible maintain ac - For flexible air ducts and connectors', tape and mastics listed to UL 181 B.I cess to connection areas for future maintenance. UNDER FLOOR FLEXIBLE CROSSOVER DUCT , When heating 'or cooling equipment is installed in the home, the flexible crossover duct Make tight connections. • is provided by_the manufacturer. In all cases the crossover duct must tie listed for exte- Permanent, durable and rior use and should be wrapped with insulation of at least R-8 under a•vapor barrier with tight crossover duct con- i a perm rating of not greater than one. nections are critical to the proper performance of the jThere are four common configurations of under floor crossover ducts depending on the home. Leaky ducts can re- number of home sections and the furnace/air handler location. See Table 16 to locate sult in severe moisture the appropriate figure. _ :. problems in the home, dis- • � � �comfort from rooms not re - TABLE 16. UNDER FLOOR DUCT CONFIGURATIONS ceiving the proper amount • - of conditioned air and high I Furnace over trunk duct See Figure 34 See Figure 34B utility bills from wasted ., w: �:: .•. r .., ,_ heating and/or cooling en - Furnace offset from trunk dud'' . SeeiFigure 34A- .See Figure 34C¢.,; • :, .,ti ergy. Figure 34. Furnace over FURNACE/AIR trunk duct, two home sec- A SECTION ®R B SECTION tions FLOOR HEAT DUCT i - - TAP-0UTOOLLAR - FLEX DUCT SUPPORT STRAPS FIELD4NSTAl1FD- i FLDCDUCT 61 • � 8 FURNACE/AIR Figure 34A. Furnace offset A SECTION ®R B SECTION from trunk duct, two home I` FLOOR sections HEAT DUCT TAP-0UT COLLAR FLEX DUCT SUPPORT FIELD•INSTALLED FLEX STRAPS DUCT Y -80X UNDER FURNACE FIELD -INSTALLED FLD( ' DUCE SUPPORT FLEDUCT Y.BOX UNDER IN-LINE Y $OX FURNACE/AIR STRAPS FURNACE Figure 346. Furnace over ASECTION �R BSECTION W CSECTION U trunk duct, three home sec - main trunk duct (or furnace) under the home and remove temporary shipping FLOOR tions HEAT DUCT crossover. Between Step Slide the crossover duct inner liner over the crossover collarN-box as far as it 5 and Step 6, drill three or TAP -OUT COLLAR more 1/16 inch holes an around the crossover collarN-box. Apply mastic completely over inner liner and equal distance around and FIELD41STALLED FLEX Y$OX UNDER FLD( DUCT SUPPORT of the nylon zip -tie. Install DUCT FURNACE STRAPS these holes, through the FURNACE AIR 4. V -box Insulation. Verify that the V -box has been insulated with R-8 minimum. Figure 34C. Furnace offset WA SECnON H®ER B SECTION C SECTION from trunk duct, three home N PR I P9 Place another nylon zip tie just under the first one to permanently secure the section FIELD -INSTALLED FLD( ' DUCE SUPPORT FLEDUCT Y.BOX UNDER IN-LINE Y $OX STRAPS FURNACE For under floor flexible crossover ducts follow the steps below: 1. Locate collars. Locate the metal crossover collars (or V -box) connected to the main trunk duct (or furnace) under the home and remove temporary shipping protection. Securing the 2. Install inner duct. Apply mastic completely over inner liner and collarN-box. crossover. Between Step Slide the crossover duct inner liner over the crossover collarN-box as far as it 5 and Step 6, drill three or will go. Install a large nylon zip tie over the inner liner just above the "ridge" more 1/16 inch holes an around the crossover collarN-box. Apply mastic completely over inner liner and equal distance around and collar/V-box. just below the bottom edge 3. Connect duct insulation. Bring the duct insulation up over the zip tie and of the nylon zip -tie. Install above the home's bottom board into the floor cavity. Temporarily duct tape it #12 pan head screws in against the base of the trunk ducal these holes, through the flexible duct and into the 4. V -box Insulation. Verify that the V -box has been insulated with R-8 minimum. metal crossover collar/V- 5. Pull duct wrap. Pull the crossover duct outer wrap over the top of the insula- box. The screw heads tion and temporarily secure it to the trunk ducal -box with duct tape. should be against the zip - 6. Install zip tie. Feel for the nylon zip tie that was installed over the inner liner. tie. Place another nylon zip tie just under the first one to permanently secure the crossover duct insulation and outer wrap, making sure all of the insulation is in- side the outer wrap. ®® 7. Trim duct. Trim the crossover duct to length such that the installed duct will be Cover exposed metal. straight with no kinks or unnecessary bends. Completely cover all ex - 8. Connect other end. Follow the same procedure (steps 1 through 5) to connect posed metal connectors the opposite end of the crossover duct and any other crossover ducts. with insulation. Apply seal - 9. Seal joints. Seal the joints between the bottom board and the crossover duct ants and tapes only to sur - with bottom board repair tape. faces that are dry and free 10. Support duct. Support the crossover duct(s) above the ground using nylon or of dust, dirt, and grease. galvanized metal straps and saddles spaced every 48 inches o.c. or less. Avoid ground contact. in - Choose straps at least 1/2 inch wider than the spacing of the metal spirals en- stalled crossover ducts casing the crossover duct. Install the straps so they cannot slip between spi- must not be in contact with rals. Secure metal straps with galvanized screws. the ground. ROOF CAVITY CROSSOVER DUCT Unobstructed airflow. Ex- For ducts installed in the roof cavity, follow the steps below: cess length, kinks and bends in the crossover 1. Access the duct. Access the crossover location through an access panel in duct will restrict airflow and the ceiling or the open sides of the home before the sections are joined and degrade the home's HVAC remove any temporary shipping protection. system performance. 2. Join ducts. Using the provided flexible duct, join the distribution boxes in each Compressed Duct. Support section of the home as shown in Figure 35, cutting off any extra duct length to the duct without compress - keep the duct as straight as possible. The duct must be joined in the center ing the insulation and re - 62 with the provided connecter. 3. Fasten ducts. At each connection point between ducts and distribution boxes or connectors, secure the inner duct liner with a nylon strap, apply mastic com- pletely over the connection area, pull the duct insulation and outer liner over the connection area and secure them with a second nylon'strap. 4. Reinstall panel. Reinstall and secure the access panel, if applicable. FLEX DUCT DISTRIBUTION DISTRIBUTION BOX BOX CEILING IN THE FLOOR CROSSOVER DUCT Where one or more crossover ducts are built into the home's floor system, connect them either through or under the rim joist depending on the design of the home. Through the rim joist With a through the rim joist design, the duct in each floor section terminates at an open- ing in the marriage line rim joist. Fixed through -the -rim crossovers employing a marriage line gasket such as in Figure 36 were completed in Complete Multi -Section Set, STEP 4. REPAIR OR INSTALL MARRIAGE LINE GASKET (p. 45) and require no additional work here. Connect other through -the -rim joist ducts using one of the following methods based on the design of the home. Method 1: Metal or Duct board through rim joist without sleeve Connect ducts that pass through the rim joist (Figure 36) as follows: 1. Align Crossover duct locations. Verify that when both halves of the home are installed that the crossover duct locations will align properly. 2. Air tight Seal. Verify that the gasket or duct board used to seal between both halves of the home is in good condition and will properly seal the duct system. 3. Connect the Units. Connect the floors using the procedure for connecting the floors (p. 45). DUCT 4x4 TREATED LUMBER TO DISTRIBUTE LOAD TO PIER. PIER SUPPORT REQUIRED BELOW DUCT OPENING IN RIM JOIST. FINISH GRADE 63 stricting airflow. Figure 35. Duct crossover located in the roof cavity ® ' zz . Additional marriage line support. If the duct runs through the marriage line rim joist, a single block pe- rimeter pier is required un- der the marriage wall at the crossover location unless otherwise noted on the manufacturer's blocking plan or other supplemental documents, or unless the home is constructed with a perimeter support system. Figure 36. In -floor duct con- nection through the 'rim joist without metal sleeve Method 2: Duct board with sleeve Join duct board ducts with a metal sleeve as follows (Figure 37): 1. Open bottom board. On the section of the home with the furnace, cut the bot- tom board along the center line of the two floor joists on either side of the cross over duct starting at the marriage line and extending approximately three feet toward the center of the section. 2. Open duct. Create an opening in the duct by cutting the duct board as shown 'in Figure 37. 3. Insert sleeve. Insert the provided metal sleeve, centering it on the marriage line joint. 4. Seal duct. Close the bottom of the duct and seal it with tape specially made for that purpose (may be provided). 5. Seal floor. Replace the floor insulation to its original position and seal the bot- tom board tightly with tape specially made for that purpose. WALL MARRIAGE WALL OPEN STEP 2. CONNECT ELECTRICAL CROSSOVERS Multi -section homes may have one or more electrical crossovers located in the wall(s) and/or floor(s) along the marriage line(s). JOINING WIRES Two types of connections may be present at these locations—snap connectors and junction boxes. Identify matching circuits if multiple circuits exist at a single crossover lo- cation. These will be coded for identification. Connect snap connectors according to the connector manufacturer's installation instructions, including fastener requirements. Connect wires in junction boxes as follows (Figure 38): Pull wires. Pull circuit wires into the junction box, sliding them through a romex connec- tor and secure snugly. (Figure 38) Do not over -tighten. 1. Strip wires. Remove the outer jacket that holds the circuit wires together pro- viding a minimum of four inches of free wire in the box. 2. Connect wires. Connect wires together matching like colors, using appro- priately sized wire nuts. Use the ground wire to ground the junction box and/or cover plate(s), if metal. Junction boxes may contain single or multiple 15 or 20 amp circuits, or a single 240 volt appliance circuit. 3. , Replace cover. Reposition the junction box cover and secure using machine (not sheet metal) screws. 64 Figure 37. In -floor duct with crossover using metal sleeve FF iZ Use qualified electricians. All electrical work must be performed by a qualified electrician and comply with the 2005 NEC. Disconnect power. Turn off power to the home before making connections. Proper use of GFCI cir- cuits. Ensure Ground Fault Circuit Interrupted (GFCI) circuits are con- nected to the proper GFCI protected circuits from the. power supply. APPROVED CONNECTORS SINGLE 15 OR 20 AMP CIRCUIT APPROVED PLASTIC OR METAL BOX (TYPICAL) CLAMPS •^"�'/J �WMITE PER TYPE ® BIA K ° BOX USED (TYPICAL) GROUND LUG (METAL BOXES ONLY) DOUBLE 15 OR 20 AMP CIRCUITS FLOOR CROSSOVER When making electrical connection(s) in the floor, use one of the wiring options de- scribed below: Method 1: Access panel Figure 38. Types of junction box wiring connections CONNECTORS--\ 1. Access wires. Find the crossover location(s) and remove the access panel(s) if attached. If access panel openings are not provided, cut through bottom board to expose the wiring (Figure 39). 2. Route wires. Pass the wires through predrilled holes or notches in the rim joist or if there is a single bumped -out access panel as in Figure 40, then connect under the rim joists. 3. Connect wires. Connect wires via a junction box or snap-connector(s) as de- scribed above. 4. Secure wires. Secure wires with staples to adjacent joists or studs within eight inches of junction box or snap-connector(s). 5. Install smash plates. For notched perimeter joists, install steel wire protectors (smash plates). 6. Seal bottom board. Replace insulation and re -install access panels and/or seal the bottom board with tape specially made for that purpose (may be pro- vided). The access panel(s) may be temporarily installed near the crossover lo- cation or shipped loose with the home. \ �--�r— HOLE THROUGH RIM JOIST i IF JUISTS ARE NUTCHEU , JUNCTION STEEL PROTECTORS MAY BE BOX OR SNAP PROVIDED WITH THE HOME CONNECTOR ACCESS PANEL MAY BE PROVIDED SNAP CONNECTOR rr%u 1 ca.I ivc %.wcr% (IF NOT PROVIDED, PATCH BOTTOM BOARD) (c 'GROUND LUG (METAL BOXES ONLY) 240V APPLIANCE CIRCUIT ®Z Using snap connectors. Do not use oversized nails or drive nail heads into snap connectors..Some connectors are designed for one-time use only — a new connector must be used if they become sepa- rated. Protect cables. Cover all cables with conduit or oth- er suitable weather - resistant and protective material. Figure 39. Electrical cros- sover floor wires with flush access panels Figure 40. Floor electrical crossover wires with bumped -out access panel Method 2: Junction box with conduit 1. Access boxes. If junction boxes are not exposed, access them inside the floor by cutting the bottom board or by removing the access panel(s). Remove the junction box covers. 2. Connect wires. If wire is coiled inside one junction box, insert it into flexible conduit and pass it under the rim joists to the opposing box and make the con- nection as described above. If no coiled wire is provided, install conduit with wire making connections in both boxes (Figure 40). 3. Cover boxes. Replace and secure covers on junction boxes. 4. Seal floor. Replace any displaced insulation and replace access panel or seal the bottom board with tape specially made for that purpose (may be provided). Variation to Method 2: A junction box may be installed only on one side with the other side containing conduit behind an access panel. Bring the conduit to other side and make one connection in the junction box. v JUNCTION BOX (MAY BE UNDER OR ALONGSIDE FLOOR JOIST) WIRE FOR CROSSOVER MAY BE COILED INSIDE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT- JUNCTION BOX WALL CROSSOVERS Connect electrical, phone, cable television and stereo speaker wires in marriage walls and/or partition and end walls. If access panels into the marriage walls are not provided, then the connection should have been made prior to bringing the home sections together. If access panels are provided in marriage, end or partition walls, remove the panels, join the wires as described above using the provided snap -connector, junction box or at a receptacle, and re -attach the access panel (Figure 42 for marriage walls and Figure 43 for partitions and end walls). ENDWALL SIDE 'A' FLOOR OPTIONAL ACCESS PANEL ACCESS TIO JUNCTION BOX INSIDE HOME CONNECT WIRES AT JUNCTION BOX, RECEPTACLE OR SNAP -CONNECTOR ENDWALL SIDE'B' FACTORY -INSTALLED WIRE PROTECTORS MARRIAGE 66 Figure 41. Under the rim joist electrical crossover connection with conduit / ' z, Avoid damaging crossov- er wires. Carefully fold marriage wall crossover wires so they stay within a single bay and are not sandwiched between studs when the sections are pulled together. Figure 42. Inside marriage wall crossover connection - Figure 43. Inside partition or end wall electrical crossover connection STEP 3. INSTALL ELECTRICAL BONDING To ensure all metal parts are effectively grounded, electrically bond all chassis together as follows (Figure 44): 1. Find lugs. Determine if solderless ground lugs are provided on the front or rear frame outriggers or headers. 2. Attach wire. If lugs are provided, uncoil the bonding wire (#8 minimum bare copper wire) from one side of the home and connect it to the lug provided on the opposing side using a paint penetrating star washer, tighten the set screw firmly on the wire and repeat for any additional home sections. Torque the set screw per the manufacturer's requirements. MARRIAGE LINE FLOOR SOLDERLESS LUG EACH HALF OF HOME REAR OUTRIGGER qg MIN. COPPER AT MARRIAGE LINE GROUND WIRE 3. Attach strap. If ground lugs and copper wire are not provided, attach the pro- vided four inch bonding strap to each pair of adjacent chasses with two #8 x 3/4" self -tapping metal screws (one screw each side). STEP 4. CONNECT WATER LINES Connect water lines inside the floor through access panels or below the bottom board as follows: WATER LINES ACCESSED THROUGH PANELS 1. Remove panels. Remove access panels from each home section. 2. Remove caps. Remove shipping caps from ends of water lines, if present. 3. Pull lines. Pull water lines through holes in rim joist or attach shipped loose flex connectors, if applicable (Figure 45). 4. Connect pipes. Connect threaded water lines using flexible pipe or a rigid connector line (if provided) and connector fittings (do not use lubricants or sea- lants). 5. Test. Test connections for leaks. 6. Seal floor. Securely replace insulation and access panels. 6i Figure 44. Electrical bond- ing of multi -section homes V ®z Applying cement. Follow cement manufacturer's in- structions with respect to application and drying time. Allow cement to fully cure before filling pipes with water. Figure 45. Waterline cros- sover with access panels Choosing cement type. Use the proper cement for water lines as it may differ from the cement used for the DWV system. WATER LINES DROPPED BELOW BOTTOM BOARD 1. Remove caps. Remove protective shipping caps from ends of pipes and make sure pipe ends are clean and smooth. 2. Connect pipes. Connect threaded water lines using flexible pipe or a rigid connector line (if provided) and connector fittings (do not use lubricants or sealants) (Figure 46). 3. Test. Test connections for leaks. 4. Protect pipes. Wrap water lines with insulation and bottom board shipped loose with home or otherwise protect to prevent freezing. Tape bottom board using tape specially made for that purpose (may be provided) and staple with 7/16" x 1/2" staples at four inches o,c. around bottom board using a divergent (stitch) stapler or equivalent. Generally, only insulation is necessary to protect water supply lines from freezing when the home is skirted. Some homeowners may desire to protect their water supply lines with a heat tape. This tape must be approved for manufactured home use by a nationally recognized testing agency and be installed in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. An electrical outlet has been provided under the home for the heat tape. This out- let is protected by a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter and should not be used for any other purpose. SUPPLY SIDE (SIDE I /- MARRIAGE LINE WITH WATER HEATER) i RECEIVING SIDE WATER LINES ,/- WATER LINE CAP TO BE -\d KPROTECTIVE REMOVED CAP ON-SITE DIRECTION OF FLOW WATER LINE AND ELBOWS SHIPPED LOOSE TO BE ADDED ON SITE 68 Figure 46. Waterline cross- over through bottom board STEP 5. CONNECT DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT LINES Complete portions of the drain, waste and vent (DWV) system that are below the floor as follows: 1. Remove caps. Remove shipping covers from pipes extending through the bot- tom board; inspect pipes and fittings and clean them of dirt, obstructions and burrs. 2. Assemble pipes. Using the drain schematic drawing provided with the home, begin assembling the DWV system starting at the location farthest from the sewer/septic connection and working towards the outlet, fastening the pipe with cement or adjustable screw -clamp connectors, if provided (Figure 47). As the system is assembled, support the piping with temporary blocking. Unless oth- erwise noted on the schematic diagram, provide a minimum 1/4 inch per foot slope towards the sewer/septic using a plumber's level. Where a slope of 1/4 inch per foot cannot be maintained, use a minimum slope of 1/8 inch per foot and install of a full-size clean-out at the uppermost point of the run (Figure 48). CEMENT COUPLING (PROVIDED) TO END OF PIPES DRAIN DROPOUT 11 FLOOR PIPE SUPPORTS DRAIN PIPE FASTEN COUPLING \ (PROVIDED) TO PIPING WITH \ DIRECTION CLAMPS OF FLOW DRAIN DROPOUT DUST COVER FLOOR SUPPORT STRAPS DIRECTIONI OF FLOW COUPLING CONNECTION PIPE .-COUPLER FLOOR ' / A Providing required clear- ances. Provide the drain outlet with a minimum clearance of three inches in any direction from all parts of the structure or any appurtenances and with not less than 18 inch- es unrestricted clearance directly in front of the drain outlet. Provide any clea- nouts with'a minimum clearance of 12 inches di- rectly in front of its open- ing. Figure 47. Drain crossover connection Figure 48. DWV system LONG TURN DOUBLE ELL ELL TO SEWER / SEPTIC AND PROVIDE A FULL SIZE SANITARY CLEAN OUT WHEN TEE REQUIRED) WYE LONG TURN ELL 3. Test. After all drain lines have been connected, conduct a two-part leakage test on the completed drainage system as follows: • Part 1. With all fixtures connected, and all tub and shower drains plugged, fill the system with water to the rim of the toilet bowl through a higher fix- ture. Release all trapped air, replace tub and shower plugs, backfill fix- tures, and allow the system to stand at least 15 minutes. Check for leaks. Drain the system. If leaks are found, repair and retest. • Part 2. Plug all fixtures, sinks, showers, and tubs and fill with water. Re- lease the water in all fixtures simultaneously to obtain the maximum possi- ble drain piping flow. As water is draining, check for leaks. If any are found, repair and retest. 4. Connect to outlet. Connect the main drain line to the site sewer/septic hook- up, using an approved elastomer coupling (Figure 49). 69 DRAIN DROPOUT DUST COVER LONG TURN ELL CLEAN-OUT PLUG Choosing glues. Use only solvents and glues com- patible with the pipe (ABS or PVC). Follow manufac- turer's instructions. DRAIN DROPOUT 11 PIPE SUPPORTS DUST COVER SLOPE LONG TURN TEE WYE (SUBSTITUTE FOR ELBOW' SLOPE SLOPE LONG TURN DOUBLE ELL ELL TO SEWER / SEPTIC AND PROVIDE A FULL SIZE SANITARY CLEAN OUT WHEN TEE REQUIRED) WYE LONG TURN ELL 3. Test. After all drain lines have been connected, conduct a two-part leakage test on the completed drainage system as follows: • Part 1. With all fixtures connected, and all tub and shower drains plugged, fill the system with water to the rim of the toilet bowl through a higher fix- ture. Release all trapped air, replace tub and shower plugs, backfill fix- tures, and allow the system to stand at least 15 minutes. Check for leaks. Drain the system. If leaks are found, repair and retest. • Part 2. Plug all fixtures, sinks, showers, and tubs and fill with water. Re- lease the water in all fixtures simultaneously to obtain the maximum possi- ble drain piping flow. As water is draining, check for leaks. If any are found, repair and retest. 4. Connect to outlet. Connect the main drain line to the site sewer/septic hook- up, using an approved elastomer coupling (Figure 49). 69 DRAIN DROPOUT DUST COVER LONG TURN ELL CLEAN-OUT PLUG Choosing glues. Use only solvents and glues com- patible with the pipe (ABS or PVC). Follow manufac- turer's instructions. STEP 6. CONNECT GAS LINES _ r - i The gas crossover connection may use quick disconnect fittings or threaded connectors. Find the connection location below the floor at the marriage line and gather the connec- tors (they may be shipped loose if not present under the home). e For quick disconnect fittings (Figure 51), remove any dust caps and then with one Band, pull back on the quick disconnect device, snap it over the quick disconnect adaptor and release it to complete the connection. +, - For threaded connectors, remove the black cap and nipple (or any other plugs, such as a black iron plug) from both the supply and receiving sides and screw the connector . ! onto the supply and return pipes as necessary. A- Check for leaks before connecting to gas service (see Connect' Utilities, STEP 3. ry I CONNECT GAS SERVICE, p. 100). c Y SHUT-OFF VALVE Figure 51. Gas crossover ' INSTALLED ON connection J FLEX INLET SIDE . CONNECTOR `! FACTORY ' INSTALLED • - _ is - - � ! ��. } + Gas Crossover: A quick y - OR disconnect may, be installed. FEMALE CAP - on the gas line crossover, .' - - but it may not replace the shut-off valve. A shut-off,, valve is required on the inlet side of the gas line crossov- er. MALE CAP ',. . • ",r DIRECTION OF GAS FLOW ' STEP 7. cCONNECT-TELEPHONE AND CABLE TV WIRING. B �� ! Install telephone and cable television wiring in accordance with the requirements of the ! . LAHJ, the NEC and NFPA No.70-2005. When making crossover connections'or instal- • Installing wiring. When in- , telephone ling telephone,or cable television wires, do not run them in the same raceway as, or in - stalling and ca- ble television wires, do not close proximity to, high voltage electrical conductors or cables. , I damage. electrical wires, i Wires should only be installed by trained professionals:= plumbing lines or'ducts. • - a + Serious personal injury or .: ;,death could result from damage to electrical wires. EXAMPLES OF CONNECTION PIPE AND Z FITTINGS (NOT SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER) I W FLOOR FLOW SUPPORT STRAP AT A MAX. OF 4 FEET ON CENTER CAP AND CHAIN APPROVED COUPLER SITE SEWER HOOKUP 5. Install supports. Install permanent drain line supports at a distance of four feet o.c. or less (see Figure 50). Alternate DWV pipe support may be used if ap- proved by the local authority having jurisdiction. DRAIN PIPING SUPPORTS DRAIN PIPING SUPPORTS INSIDE OF MAIN BEAM OUTSIDE OF MAIN BEAM 1 CROSSMEMBER FLOOR RIM RAIL 1 TYPICAL 1 FLOOR JOIST (TYP) BOTTO9, M BOTTOM BOARD PLUMBERS TAPE , � BOARD PLUMBERS DRAIN PIPE WITH MINIMUM 1/4'SLOPE PLASTIC STRAPPINi :f4 TAPE, PLASTIC OR OTHER SUITABL STRAPPING OR OTHER MAIN BEAM MATERIAL) MINIMUM 1x3 SUITABLE MATERIAL SEATED OR FASTENED TO FLOOR DRAIN PIPE WEATHER- JOIST THROUGH BOTTOM WITH MAX. SEALED BOARD (TYPICAL) 1/4" SLOPE LUMBER PROCEDURE: 1) ADD MINIMUM 1x3 LUMBER BETWEEN FRAME CROSSMEMBERS DIRECTLY ABOVE DRAIN PIPING BY PUSHING UP ON THE BOTTOM BOARD AND RESTING THE LUMBER ON TOP OR INSIDE OF THE CROSSMEMBER LEG AS SHOWN. 2) WRAP SUPPORT STRAPPING AROUND PIPING AND 1x FRAMING MATERIAL. FASTEN STRAPPING TO SUPPORT AS SHOWN BELOW. 3) OTHER METHODS TO PROVIDE SUPPORT MAY BE USED TO MAINTAIN MIN. PIPE SLOPE REQUIREMENTS WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 4) LUMBER MATERIAL TO BE PROTECTED FROM MOISTURE. CAUTION ELECTRICAL WIRING MAY BE SECURED TO WIDE FACE OF FLOOR JOISTS THAT ARE OUTSIDE OF THE MAIN BEAM. MAKE SURE FASTENERS SECURING STRAPPING PENETRATE BOTTOM EDGE OF JOISTS TO ELIMINATE POSSIBLE ELECTRICAL SHORTS. STRAPPING MAY ALSO BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO THE STEEL CHASSIS WITH SELF -TAPPING SCREWS. FLOOR DECKING '- 2 x 6 FLOOR JOIST (TYP.) (2) 7/1W x 1 1/4"x 16 GA. STAPLES OR (2) .131 x 3' NAILS AT EACH END OF STRAP STEEL STRAPS AT 48' O/C MAX ADD ADDTIONAL STRAP WITHIN 12' OF WHERE PIPE TURNS VERTICAL. FLOOR DECKING 2 x 6 FLOOR JOIST �- WHEN PIPE RUNS BETWEEN JOISTS ADD 1 x 3 W/ (2) 7/16'x 2-10 x 16 GA STAPLES OR (2) .131 x 3' NAILS EACH END (MAY BE TOE -NAILED) 2x3OR2x4W/(2)7/16'x 2-1/2" x 16 GA. STAPLES OR (2) .131 x 3' NAILS SUPPORT STRAPS ® 48' O/C MAX ATTACHED W/ (2) 7/16- x 1-1/4" x 16 GA. STAPLES OR .1 31 x 3' NAILS AT EACH END ALTERNATE OF STRAP ADD ADDTIONAL BLOCK WITHIN 24" OF WHERE PIPE TURNS VERTICAL. 6. Insulate. Replace all insulation and repair any tears or openings in bottom board. r0 Figure 49. DWV connection to sewer/septic Figure 50. DWV pipe sup- port options PF I V&*Z Protect pipes from freez- ing. If the home is to be left unheated in cold weather, pour antifreeze solution into all drain traps, including sinks, tubs and toilets. Be sure that the an- tifreeze is safe for the fix- tures and P -traps. Installing quick discon- nect fittings. Do not use tools, lubricants or sealants with quick disconnect fit- tings. Gas test precautions. Do not connect to gas service until tests described in Connect Utilities have been successfully com- pleted. i f f ' Complete the Interior This chapter covers the completion of the home's interior finishes including finishing walls, ceilings, flooring, trim and mis- cellaneous items. ,V' -STEP 1. ALIGN MARRIAGE WALLS (p; 72) . io l ' STEP 2. FINISH GYPSUM BOARD (p. 72) V, TEP 3. COMPLETE CARPET (p. 72) V STEP 4. COMPLETE -TRIM (p. 73). V. STEP. 5. INSTALL SHIP LOOSE ITEMS (p. 73) STEP 1. ALIGN MARRIAGE WALLS , Align and secure walls at marriage line openings as follows: 1. Align walls. Align walls and clamp in place. i 2. Fasten walls. Secure clamped walls together with metal straps or long screws so they do not move when the clamps are removed.Insert wood wedges in gaps between walls, and glue and screw to create a tight connec- tion. 3. Fill gaps. Fill any remaining gaps with wood or sheathing material. STEP 2. FINISH GYPSUM 'BOARD Finish all unfinished gypsum board walls and ceilings as follows: _ 1. Install panels. Install ship loose gypsum panels using a 1/4 inch diameter ' bead of polyvinyl acetate (PVA) adhesive on all framing members and mini- mum 1-1/2 inch long drywall screws, nails or staples at six inches o.c. along panel edges and 12 inches o.c. in the field into framing members. 2. Mud seams. Mud and tape all seams and comers, filling all fastener depres- sions. Follow mud manufacturer's directions. 3. Paint. When the final coat of mud is dry, sand, prime and paint all unfinished' ' gypsum board to match existing paint color and finish texture. STEP 3. COMPLETE CARPET Install and seam ship loose or rolled carpet as follows: 1. Prepare floor. Clean the floor of all dirt and debris and smooth the floor deck at the marriage line seams as necessary to ensure a level and smooth sur- face. _ _ *6 2. Lay pad. Lay down the carpet pad, if provided. Seal seams with pad tape. Staple pad to floor about 6 inches from the seam. 3. Preparing carpet for cutting. Do not release stay nails. Let the carpet sec-' Fastening gypsum. When attaching gypsum board, depress, but do not break the paper face with the fas- I tener. Breaking the paper will weaken the connection. Using alternative materials. Obtain the home manufac- turer's approval before us- ing interior finish materials other than those provided with the home. j Installing carpet. Only ex- perienced carpet installers should install carpet. Fail- ure to follow the carpet I manufacturer's directions I , N. . tions overlap. Using NON STAINING CHALK, snap aline on the top edge across the length of the seam. Make sure the line overlaps both sides of the carpet. 4. Making the guide cuts. Make 1 inch long cuts through BOTH pieces of car- pet every 2 feet. 5. Making the seam cut. Flip the carpet edges face down. Place a straight edge on the backing lined up with.the guide cuts. Cut the carpet along this line. Re- peat for each piece of carpet. y 6. Sealing the seam. Using liquid latex carpet sealer or specifically designed hot ' glue sticks (for carpet sealing) apply a thin bead of the sealer to the raw edges of both sides of the carpet. Carpet seam sealers contain an ultraviolet marker that glows when exposed to a blacklight. 7. Starting the seam. Set the seaming iron to 2 or 3. Center the seaming tape under the pieces of carpet. Place the iron on the seaming tape. Leave it in place until the adhesive softens. When the adhesive has softened the iron will slide easily, but there will be no smoke. 8. Completing the seam. Slide the iron until its back edge slightly overlaps the place where its front edge was. Press the edges of the carpet together in the softened adhesive. Roll the Seam Tractor over the section to further press the backing into the adhesive. The Seam Tractor should be of the solid roller type, as a Star Wheeled Tractor can damage the hot carpet fibers. Place the NON - HEAT -CONDUCTIVE (plastic or wood) weight over the completed. seam. Check the next section of the seaming tape to see that it has softened. If so, - repeat this step until all seams have been completed. Continue moving the weight as you move. 9. Blending the seam. Roll the seam tractor slightly across the seam to blend the carpet fibers. Carpet should be cool before tractoring. , 10. Keep scraps. Retain reasonable size carpet scraps to protect carpet and flooring during move -in. 1 . STEP 4. COMPLETE TRIM Using fine gauge wire staples or pin nails install ship loose molding and wainscot pane- ling to finish trimming out ceilings, marriage line walls, front and rear end walls and passageway doors where necessary. STEP 5. INSTALL SHIP LOOSE ITEMS Remove all strapping, blocking and packaging from appliances, windows and doors. Install any drapes, mini -blinds, mirrors, door stops, closet shelves and hardware per the product manufacturer's installation instructions. r r3 may void the carpet war- ranty. Stagger seams. Stager all seams. For ex- ample, locate the carpet pad seam three inches to left of marriage line and the carpet seam three inches to right of marriage line. Carpet Manufacturers will not warranty their product if carpet seam sealer is not used at the seam. Install. Stabilizing Systems. ` • This chapter covers the design and installation of the stabilizing system which secures the home against lateral and up- ward forces caused by wind. The system covered here uses earth (or ground) anchors and steel straps connected to the home's longitudinal steel beams and/or exterior walls. Stabilizer plates may also be used to prevent the anchor head from moving laterally in the ground. An anchor, strap and stabilizer plate (if used) together are referred to as a tie down. lill 11111 Jill1 i 0• STEP 1. DETERMINE ANCHOR LOCATIONS (p. 74) V STEP 2. DETERMINE TIEDOWN CONFIGURATION (p. 89), i i STEP 3. SELECT ANCHORS (p; r c 1 r•a' J V STEP 4: INSTALL ANCHORS (p. 90) i' V STEP 5. INSTALL STRAPS (p. 91) ,t ® STEP 6. TIGHTEN AND ADJUST STRAPS (p. 94) STEP 1. DETERMINE ANCHOR LOCATIONS - Create a sketch of the home plan showing the exterior walls, marriage line(s) (if any) �® and frame 1 -beams (this will be similar to the base sketch created in Install Footings, page 20). Need for a stabilizing sys- - See Table 17 for a list of anchor locations, types and where they are required. Page tem. The home must be se- numbers where the requirements are provided are noted in the last column. cured against the wind by the use of an anchor as - As each anchor location is determined, mark it on the sketch, noting important dimen-. sembly or an alternative ve z ' sions such as spacing between anchors. When complete, this will be the home's tie, % • ,, foundation system. Where,site down plan Figure 52 and Figure 53. a or other conditions pro - TABLE 17. ANCHOR LOCATION TYPES hibit the use of the manufac- ' turer's instructions, a regis- tered engineer or registered ' Frame Yes Yes 75 architect must design the Vert al»r.. ; nf{ WIYes '``Y 'r�87i;'�% stabilizing system. Alternate ' . �yNo'` r� +`` foundation designs must be i Frame Yes •Yes 87 approved by the manufac- • I . . ,..1-, t .T it .. ��e;. v^3 .N s Vertical, No,�-3 ., « �t:%, t , tururer and DAPIA. Refer toMarriage yNo( Vertical page 8 for directions for ob-' line No Yes 89 ,�,t ,, ;�.} T„. ».�„ r F,„.° ° ��• �...rFramex,Y 895f�,rr.t taining available approved I r,.Y,es .._.:.s• ;.�;,:Ysµ�.�v}5. r Unit desgns. Vertical No Yes y r at 'z2i�ia r -. } R 'Ls � �” •'� fwF - t F rNY'+?�. T` t +a e+� ii ; Porch Post . Vertical , i ,Yes R • Yes �•si ti X89 ' ,+. it vi.,_ tq.¢u..[. y. ., •eS :..Y'; Ki, n3l...v,..i_ wt'.11 .A f�V. S.I':':.t:to- (. A ._}i'« Ar.+-IY'.. r Offset Unit Yes Yes 89 ,• ' Install marriage line anchors prior to moving the home over the top of the anchor locations and then return to Set the Home or Complete Multi Section Set respectively. 74 Figure 52 and Figure 53 illustrate typical anchor locations for a double section home in Wind Zone I and Wind Zones 11 and III respectively. Flood and seismic forces. NEAR BEAM TIEDOWN AREA The stabilizing system re- quirements in this chapter do not consider flood or seismic loads and are not G=4- intended for use in flood or seismic hazard areas. In those areas a registered MULTI -SECTION engineer or registered archi- FLOOR SHOWN tect must design the stabiliz- _ SEPARATED ing system. Alternate foun- FOR CLARITY dation designs must be ap- -— proved by the manufac- I I I I I tururer and DAPIA. Figure 52. Typical anchor lo- NEAR AND FAR BEAM TIEDOWN AREA cations for a double section home in Wind Zone 1 FRAME TIEDOWNS MAY BE SECURED TO BOTH NEAR AND FAR BEAMS (WIND ZONE 1 ONLY) OR EITHER NEAR OR FAR BEAMS (WIND ZONE 2 AND 3) AS REQUIRED BY TABLES 18,19 AND 20. NEAR BEAM TIEDOWN AREA LARGE OPENING 48" OR MOREIns 10 - Figure 53. Typical anchor lo- cations for a double section r home in Wind Zones 11 or 111 I -BEAM LARGE OPENING LARGE OPENING �— DOUBLE WIDE V V COLUMN VERTICAL V, v _FLOOR SHOWN TIEDOWN SEPARATED TI-BEAM OR CLARITY SMALL OPENING —7—7� �— TIEDOWN AREA 'TIEDOWN AREA' SYMBOL LEGEND A = STANDARD SIDEWALL "Q = MARRIAGEWALL FRAME VERTICAL TIEDOWN TIEDOWN =LONGITUDINAL TIEDOWN 8&= SIDEWALL FRAME TIEDOWN SIDEWALL FRAME ANCHORS Use Tables 18, 19 and 20 to determine the spacing between anchors for Wind Zones I, r �®I II and III, respectively. Spacing requirements will vary depending on the type of home (single or multi -section), the slope of the roof, the width of the floor for each section, the sidewall height, I-beam spacing and the height from the ground to the strap attachment Maximum spacing require. point. Determine the values.for the home. Using the table for.the appropriate wind zone, ments. The LAHJ may have determine the column and row that corresponds to the characteristics of the home. The anchor spacing requirements value on the tables is the maximum distance between anchors. Keep in mind that that supercede the values sidewall frame tie downs must be located no more than two feet from each end of provided in this manual. home. i? FRAME TIEDOWN SPACING TIEDOWN LIMITATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS • Anchors shall be certified for site conditions including soil type for design capacity of 3150 lbs. with resistant pull load ap- plied at a minimum 30 degree angle from horizontal. • Anchors may be inset from the edge of the sidewall 6" maximum for a near beam set and 10" minimum for a far beam set. • The floor widths listed in the following charts include the following ranges of widths: • 10 Wide = 120" 12 Wide = 136" — 144" 14 Wide = 156" — 168" 16 Wide = 180"— 190" 18 Wide = 204" — 210" 20 Wide = 120" • 24 Wide = 136" — 144" 28 Wide = 156" — 168" • 32 Wide = 178" — 186" • The maximum overhang allowed for a single section is 6" and the maximum overhang allowed for a multi section is 24". • The following frame tiedown charts list the maximum floor height measured from the top of the grade to the connection point of the tiedown strap to the I-beam. Cross reference the maximum allowable pier height (Table 9 and Table 12) with maximum allowable floor height listed in the frame tiedown charts. If maximum height listed in frame tiedown charts is ex- ceeded then designs must be provided by a registered professional engineer or registered architect. • Contact the manufacturer if the home you are attempting to set has a floor width, I-beam spacing, wall height or roof pitch that is not shown in any of the following charts (or listed as NA). • The "' " listed, after any tiedown spacing signifies that.a 60 degree angle has been exceeded and an additional strap must be added to the far beam. • Verify that the anchor spacing required in the following charts is greater than the minimum allowable spacing of the type of anchor installed. Verify that sidewall vertical tiedown bracket spacing meets the requirements for Wind Zone 2'& 3 homes. Bracket spacing may be increased or additional brackets may be added as required. 1 Figures 54 I i 1 FLOOR i { Tiedown: When the angle of the near beam frame tiedown strap exceeds 60 degrees the far beam frame tie - NEAR I -BEAM --FAR I -BEAM i w 6" MAX INSET ' = FOR NEAR NEAR BEAM ��FAR BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN i 0 BEAM TIEDOWN FRAME INSTALLED WHEN NEAR BEAM O 10" MIN INSET TIEDOWN TIEDOWN EXCEEDS 60° LL FOR FAR BEAM 60, 6" MAX INSET TIEDOWN MAX. GROUND LEVEL O STABILIZER PLATE _ GROUND ANCHOR i 1 �C • . ' i Wind Zone 1 Frame { Tiedown: When the angle of the near beam frame tiedown strap exceeds 60 degrees the far beam frame tie - down strap is installed in addition to the near beam strap. SIDEWALL VERTICAL TIEDOWN–,,FLOOR =NEAR O w 6" MAX INSET I -BEAM AFAR I -BEAM w 6" MAX INSET BEAM TIEDOWN O 10" MIN�INSET = FOR NEAR NEAR BEAM /—FRAME BEAM TIEDOWN TIEDOWN O LL 10" MIN INSET 60° TIEDOWN Wind Zone 2 & 3 Far Beam Frame Tiedown FOR FAR BEAM TIEDOWN MAX' GROUND LEVEL — STABILIZER PLATE GROUND ANCHOR I Wind Zone 2 & 3 Near Beam Frame Tiedown When the angle of the near beam frame tiedown strap exceeds 60 degrees the tiedown strap must be installed to the far beam frame as shown below. __NEAR I -BEAM J FAR I -BEAM w FAR BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN INSTALLED WHEN NEAR BEAM TIEDOWN EXCEEDS 60° /—GROUND LEVEL STABILIZER PLATE GROUND ANCHOR 0 SIDEWALL VERTICAL TIEDOWN w 6" MAX INSET = FOR NEAR j 0 BEAM TIEDOWN O 10" MIN�INSET LL FOR FAR BEAM TIEDOWN M 4 i 1 Wind Zone 2 & 3 Far Beam Frame Tiedown __NEAR I -BEAM J FAR I -BEAM w FAR BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN INSTALLED WHEN NEAR BEAM TIEDOWN EXCEEDS 60° /—GROUND LEVEL STABILIZER PLATE GROUND ANCHOR 0 Max. Max. Wall Floor TABLE 10 it Max. I -Beam 18. SINGLE Width Spacing SECTION - 12 it Max. I -Beam WIND ZONE Width Spacing 1 FRAME 14 I -Beam TIEDOWN SPACING it Max. Width Spacing (FT) - MAX. ROOF 16 it I -Beam PITCH 4.36/12 Max. Width Spacing 18 it Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 8 ft = ' 1200" ' 1200" The listed after any fiedown spacing signifies that a 60 degree angle has been exceeded and an additional strap mus- ° be added to the far beam. 7G TABLE 18b. MULTI Max. Max. Wall Floor Height Height 25" SECTION - WIND ZONE 1 FRAME 36 It Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 95.5"-99.5" TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) 42 It Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 95.5" - MAX. ROOF PITCH 4.36/12 49 ft Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 95.511-99.S" 48" 10'-4" 01, 81 0-1, 11'-8" 7 ft 67" 101-0.1* 11'-6"* 80" 2S" 10'-8"* ll' -8"* 48" 12'-0"' 5,-0.,* 8 ft 67" 5'-8"* 5'-6"* 6'-4"* 80" 25- 6'-6"* 6'-6"* 48" 5'-6"* 101-01, 11'-0"' 4'-8"* 12'-0"' 9 ft 67" 5'-6'7'* 7'-4" 6'-0"* 10'-6" 5'-8"' 101-01, 80" 25- 91-0..* 10'-4"' 10.-0." 49" 10.-8..* 10'-6"* 7'-6" 10 ft 67" 4'-8"* 5'-8"' 80.1 5'-0" 5'-8"* 51-811* 12'-0"* 12'-0"* ill -01, ivtMW;[019 iiELVAMMIRR 12'-0"* 12'-0"* 10'-4" 01, 81 0-1, 11'-8" 11-- 4 101-0.1* 11'-6"* 11'-0"* 10'-8"* ll' -8"* V-41" 12'-0"' 5,-0.,* 6'-0"* 5'-8"* 5'-6"* 6'-4"* 6'-0"* 6'-6"* 6'-6"* 4'-6"* 12'-0"* 5'-6"* 101-01, 11'-0"' 4'-8"* 12'-0"' 51-811* 91-0.1 5'-6'7'* 7'-4" 6'-0"* 10'-6" 5'-8"' 101-01, 91-0..* 10'-4"' 10.-0." 9._811* 10.-8..* 10'-6"* 7'-6" 10'-8"* 4'-8"* 5'-8"' 5'-6"* 5'-0" 5'-8"* 51-811* 6'-0"' 6'-0"* 4--8" 2S" 4'-0"* 111-01.* 5.-01.* 9.41 4'-8"* g. -O.., 4'-6"* 9._8.1 * 5'-4"' 8'-4" 5'-0"* 6'-8" 5.-8.., 9.41 5'-6"' 9'-4" 481, 8'-4"* 9'-6"* 91-011* 8'-8"* 9'-4"* 9'-6"* 6-8" 10.-0", 10 ft 67 " 4 :'-:6 5'-4"' 5'-0"* 4'-8"* 5'-6"* 5'-4"•5'-8"' 5'-8"* 801, ��j:4'-0"' 4'-8"* 4'-6"* 4'-4"' ' " 5-0* ' " 4-8* 5-4* ' " 5 C) ..0010%b, .. t4 The " * " listed after any fiedown spacing signifies that a 60 degree angle has been exceeded and an additional strap must be added to the far beam. TABLE 18d. MULTI Max. Max. Wall Floor Height Height 25" SECTION - WIND ZONE 1 FRAME 36 It Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 95.5"-99.5" TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) 42 It Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 95.5"-99.51, - MAX. ROOF PITCH 5/12 48 ft Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 95.5"-99.5" 48" 6'-8" 5'-0"* 4'-4"* 4'-6"* T-8" 67" 9'-4"* 9'-6"* 6'-4" 80" 25- 4'-8"* 4'-8"* 4'-0"* 49" 4'-6"* 10'-4"* 7'-0" 9 ft 67" 8'-6"* 8'-8"* 5'-8" 80" 25" 48" 10 ft 67" 80" 12'-0"* 8'-4" 9* -8" 10._0.,* 4'-8"* 10'-0.,* 5'-0"' 6'-8" 5'-0"* 4'-4"* 4'-6"* T-8" 4'-8"* 8'-8" 9'-4"* 9'-6"* 6'-4" 4'-8"* 4'-8"* 4'-8"* 4'-0"* 4'-4"* 4'-6"* 10'-4"* 7'-0" 8'-0" 8'-6"* 8'-8"* 5'-8" 10 P, .0010%... The " * " listed after any tiedown spacing signifies that a 60 degree angle has been exceeded and an additional strap must be added to the far beam. I 80 TABLE 18g. MULTI SECTION Max. Max. 20 ft Max. Wall Floor I -Beam Height Height 79.5" 2S" - WIND Width Spacing ZONE 1 FRAME 24 It Max. I -Beam 79.5" TIEDOWN SPACING Width28 Spacing 95.511-99. S., (FT) - MAX. ROOF PITCH ft Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 9S.5"-99.5" 7/12 32 ft Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 95.S"-99:5" 48" 801. 8 ft 67" 48" 80" 80" 25- 25- 48" 10 ft 67" 801. ft 67" 80" 25- 48" 10 ft 67" TABLE 18h. MULTI SECTION - WIND ZONE 1 FRAME Max. Max. 36 ft Max. Width Wall Floor I -Beam Spacing Height Height 95.5"-995" 25" TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) - MAX. ROOF 42 ft Max. Width 48 I -Beam Spacing I 95.5"-99.51, PITCH 7/12 1`1 Max. Width -Beam Spacing 9S.S"-99.5" 48" 8 ft 67" 801. 25- 48" 9 ft 67" 80" 25- 48" 10 ft 67" 801. •:r fAAIG' C Hilt The " * " listed after any fiedown spacing sig6ifies that a 60 degree angle has been exceeded and an additional strap must be added to the far beam. 81 TABLE 19. Max. Max. Wall Floor Height Height 25"7 SINGLE SECTION 10 It Max. I -Beam Spacing 79.5" 9S.S"-99.5" - WIND ZONE Width 2 NEAR I 12 ft Max. I -Beam 95.5" -BEAM FRAME Width Spacing 99.5" TIEDOWN 14 It Max. I -Beam 9S.S" SPACING Width SpacingI-Beam 99.5" (FT) - MAX. 16 ft Max. 95.5" ROOF PITCH Width Spacing 99.5" 4.36/12 18 ft Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 99.5" 7 ft 67" ft 67" � 80" 80" 25" 25" 48" 48 8 rt 67" 8 ft 67" 80" 80" 25" 2S" 48 48" 9 ft 67' 9 ft 67" 25 80" 25" 48" 48" 10 ft 67" 10 rt 67" 801, � 80" TABLE 19a, MULTI SECTION Max. Max. 20 ft Wall Floor I -Beam Height Height 7® 25" � - WIND ZONE Max. Width Spacing 95� 2 NEAR I -BEAM 24 ft I -Beam 7� FRAME Max. Width28 Spacing 9� TIEDOWN SPACING 9� (FT) - ft Max. I -Beam 9� MAX. ROOF PITCH Width I Spacing 9� 4.36/12 32 ft Max. 1 -Beam 9� Width Spacing 9� 48" 7 ft 67" � 80" 25" 48 8 ft 67" 80" 25" 48 9 ft 67' Sol, 25 48" 10 ft 67" 801, AGRICU 12 TABLE L TABLE 19b. Max.I A Max.\A' ' a x Wall Floor Wall Floor h Height Height Height Height 2S" 2 S SINGLE SECTION 10 ft .B I- earn 79.5" - WIND ZONE Max. Width Spacing 95.511-99 2 FAR I -BEAM FRAME 12 ft Max. Width I -Bean) Spacing 95.5"-99.5" TIEDOWN SPACING 14 It Max. Width I -Bean) Spacing 9S.S"-99.51, (FT) - MAX. ROOF PITCH 16 ft Max. Width I -Bean) Spacing 95.5"-99 4.36/12 18 ft Max. Width I -Bearn Spacing 99.51, 48.1 48 7'-8" 7'-8" 7'-13" 6'-8" 7'-6" 7'.6" 67" 7 -6" 7'-6" 7'-4" 7'-4" 7'-4" 7'-4" 80" 7'-4" 7'-0" 7-6" 7-A" 7'-0" 6'-6" 25" 5'-15" 7'-0" T -C)" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" ft 48" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8", 81 67" 6'-6" 6'-15" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-6" 6'-8" 80" 6'-6" 6'-0" 5'-15" S. -O., 6'-4" • 6'-4" 25" 6'-4" 6'-4" 6'-4 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 48" ft 6'-0" 6'-0" 5'-8" 5'-8" 6'-0" 6'-0" 9 67" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 51-81, 5.4. 80" 5'-8" 5'-8" 5'-8" 5'-8" 5'-6" 5'-8" 25" 5'-6o' 5'-6" 5'-8" SA" 5'-8" 5'-4" lo ft 5'-4" 5'-6" 5'-6" 576_� 67" 801. 0-4 a _V I _t) i --u-- t) _V 5 _b" 7'-8" 7'-8" 7'-8" 7'-8" 7'-13" 6'-8" 7'-6" 7'.6" 7'-6" 7 -6" 7'-6" 7'-4" 7'-4" 7'-4" 7'-4" 7'-4o' 7'-4" 7'-0" 7-6" 7-A" 7'-0" 6'-6" 5'-8" 5'-15" 7'-0" T -C)" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-8", 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-15" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-6" 6'-8" 6'-8" 6'-6" 6'-0" 5'-15" S. -O., 6'-4" • 6'-4" 6'-4" 6'-4" 6'-4" 6'-4 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 5'-8" 5'-8" 6'-0" 6'-0" W -C)" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 51-81, 5.4. 5'-0" 5'-8" 5'-8" 5'-8" 5'-8" 5'-6" 5'-8" 5'-6" 5'-6o' 5'-6" 5'-8" SA" 5'-8" 5'-4" 5'-4" 5'-4" 5'-6" 5'-6" 576_� y r AG PJC u 0 0 TABLE 19f. MULTI SECTION WIND ZONE'2 FAR I -BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) - MAX."ROOF PITCH 6/12 Max. TABLE 19d. MULTI SECTION - WIND ZONE 2 NEAR I -BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) - MAX. ROOF PITCH 5/12 Max. Max. 20 ft Max. Width 24 It Max. Width 28 ft Max. Width 32 It Max. Width Wall Floor I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I Beam Spacing Height Height 79.5" 95.5"-99.5" 95.51, 99.5" 95.5" 99.5" 95.5"I 99.5" 25"8 ft 67" 80" 48" 25" 67" 48" 9 ft 67" 80" 67" 25" 48" 80" 10 k 67" 80" 25" TABLE 19f. MULTI SECTION WIND ZONE'2 FAR I -BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) - MAX."ROOF PITCH 6/12 Max. TABLE 19e. MULTI SECTION - WIND ZONE 2 FAR I -BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) - MAX. ROOF PITCH 5/12 Max. Max. 20 ft Max. Width 24 ft Max. Width 28 ft Max. Width 32 ft M,ax. Width Wall Floor I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing Height Height 79.5"-99.5" 95.5"-99.5" 95.511-99.5" 95.511-99.5" 2S" 48" 8 ft 48" 67" s ft SO" � 25- 67" , 8" 80" 9 ft 25" 67" 80" 48" 9 ft 67" 80" 25" 48" 10 ft 67" so" TABLE 19f. MULTI SECTION WIND ZONE'2 FAR I -BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) - MAX."ROOF PITCH 6/12 Max. Max. 20 k Max. Width 24 ft Max. Width 28 ft Max. Width 32 ft Max. Width Wall Floor I -Beam Spacing A -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing Height Height 79.5"-99.5" • "95.5"-99.5" 95.5"-99.5" 95.5"-99.5"I 25" 48" 8 ft 67" SO" � 25- 8" 9 ft 67" 80" bystems; TABLE 19g. MULTI SECTION - WIND ZONE 2 FAR I -BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) - MAX. ROOF PITCH 7/12 Max.. Max. 20 It Max. Width 24 It Max. Width 28 ft Max. Width 32 ft Max. Width Wall Floor I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing Height Height 79.5"-99.5" 95.511-99.5" 95.5"-99.5" 95.5"-99.5" 25" 95.5" 99.5" 95.5" 99.5" 95.5" 99.5" 99.5" 4" 8 8 ft 67" 67" 25" 80" 8 ft TABLE 20. SINGLE SECTION - WIND ZONE 3 NEAR I -BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) - MAX. ROOF PITCH 4.36/12 Max. Max. 10 It Max. Width12 ft Max. Width 14 ft Max. Width 16 ft Max. Width 18 ft Max. Width Wall Floor I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing Height Height 79.5" 95.5"-99.5" 95.5" 99.5" 95.5" 99.5" 95.5" 99.5" 99.5" 25" 7 ft 67" 80" 25" 8 ft 67" 80" 25" 48 9 ft 67" 80" 25" 10 ft 68' 80" TABLE 20a. MULTI SECTION - WIND ZONE 3 NEAR I -BEAM FRAME TIEDOWN SPACING (FT) - MAX. ROOF PITCH 4.36/12 Max. Max. 20 ft Max. Width 24 ft Max. Width28 ft Max. Width 32 h Max. Width Wall Floor I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing I -Beam Spacing . Height Height 79.5" 95'.5"-99.5" 79:5" 95.5" 99.5" 95.5" 99.5" 95.5" 99.5" 25" 48" 7 ft 67' 80" 25" 48" 8 ft 67" 80" 48" 9 ft 67" 80" 25" 48" 10 h 67" TABLE 20c. MULTI SECTION - Max. Max. 20 ft Max. Wall Floor I,Beam Height Height 79.5°' • 25" WIND ZONE.3 FAR Width Spacing 95.5"-.99.5'; I -BEAM FRAME 24 ft I -Beam 79.5", TIEDOWN SPACING Max. Width Spacing 95.5"-99.5" (FT) - MAX. ROOF PITCH 28 ft Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 95.5"-99.5" 4.36/12 32 ft Max. lNidth I -Beam Spacing 1 95.5"-99.5" �- TABLE 20b. SINGLE SECTION Max. Max. 10 ft Max. Wall Floor I -Beam Spacing Height Height 79.5" 95.5"-99.5" 25" - WIND ZONE Width 3 FAR I -BEAM FRAME 12 (t Max. \Nidtlt I -Beam Spacing 95.5"-99.5" TIEDOWN SPACING 14 R Max.. \Nid[h I -Beam Spacing 95.5"-99.5" a (FT) - MAX. ROOF PITCH 16 (t Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 95.5"-99.5" 4.36/12 18 ft Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 99.5" 48" ft 7 67" 80" 25" 48" 8 R 80" 25" f 8" 4 9R 67" 80" m� 25" 10 ft 48" i 67" ' 80" TABLE 20c. MULTI SECTION - Max. Max. 20 ft Max. Wall Floor I,Beam Height Height 79.5°' • 25" WIND ZONE.3 FAR Width Spacing 95.5"-.99.5'; I -BEAM FRAME 24 ft I -Beam 79.5", TIEDOWN SPACING Max. Width Spacing 95.5"-99.5" (FT) - MAX. ROOF PITCH 28 ft Max. Width I -Beam Spacing 95.5"-99.5" 4.36/12 32 ft Max. lNidth I -Beam Spacing 1 95.5"-99.5" �- 48" 7 ft 80" 25" ' 8 ft 67' 67 80" 25" f 48" '9 ft 67" 80" 25" i 4 loft 8" ' 67" _:n r !i/2idori SIDEWALL VERTICAL ANCHORS Homes designed for Wind Zones II and III also require vertical tie downs along the si- dewalls (Figure 63). The vertical tie down brackets will be factory installed. Vertical and frame sidewall tie downs may connect to one double -headed anchor or each to its own dedicated anchor per the spacing requirements listed in Tables 19 and 20. If additional brackets are required to be added or existing brackets are required to be relocated due to interferences or site conditions, install Mastercraft #5705 or steel angle brackets and straps as shown in Figure 63. LONGITUDINAL FRAME ANCHORS Use Table 21 to determine the number of longitudinal frame anchors required at each end of the home. The longitudinal frame anchors may be factory installed, site installed or connected to a crossmember within 3° of the main I-beam. NOTE: Friction is assumed to contribute to the resistance in the longitudinal direction when piers are no more than 64" high. Friction from a single block pier is assumed for piers less than 44" high. Friction from a double block pier is assumed for piers between 44" and 64" high. AGP.ICU t'fJI, I • i�eKms- •f �i;/ OFT4i�`;'��� Max.. Max. Pier Roof Height Pitch 36' 42' TABLE (18 ft Minimum 48' 21. WIND Single Max. 54' ZONE Section Floor Width) Unit Lengths 60' 1 66' LONGITUDINAL 72' 80' FRAME 36' TIEDOWN 42' (32 ft Minimum 48' QUANTITIES Multi Max. Unit 54' Section Floor Lengths 60' ( QUANTITY Width) 66' 72' EACH 80' END OF 36' HOME) (48 42' Triple ft Max. Minimum 48' S4' Section Floor Unit Lengths 60' Width) 66' 72' 80' 36" S ft 6 44" 4.36 aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa©aaaaaaa 7 4.36 ©©©©©®©0©©0 52" 64" aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa 9 f[ 6 24" 36" 44"7 52" aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa 10 ft 6 aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa ©aaaaaaa©©©aaaaa PIER Max. Wall Height Pitch 7 ft 4.36 7.S ft 4.36 HEIGHT GREATER Max. Roof 10 ft THAN 64" - .12 ft - - WIND ZONE Single Section g 14 ft 1 LONGITUDINAL 16 ft FRAME Max. 18 ft TIEDOWN Home Width I 20 ft QUANTITIES Multi 24 ft ( QUANTITY Section 28 ft EACH 32 ft END OF HOME) Tri 36 ft p le 48 ft 4.36 ©©©©©©©00©0 S ft 6 7 4.36 ©©©©©®©0©©0 9 f[ 6 10 ft 6 7 87 Mar.. Wall Height Max. Roof Pitch 3 TABLE 10 ft 22. WIND 12 ft ZONE 2 LONGITUDINAL Sin g le Section 14 ft 16 ft FRAME TIEDOWN 18 ft Max. I QUANTITIES Home Width 20 ft (EACH Multi 24 ft END OF HOME) Section 28 ft 32 ft Tri 36 ft A le 48 ft Triple I 36 ft 7 ft 4.36 7 ft 4.36 3 ©©©00©000® 3 ©®©©©0©000 7.5 ft 4.36 3 7.5 ft 4.36 4.36 3 ©©©©00©000 8 ft 5 4.36 8 ft 5 7 6 3 4.36 3 9 ft S 4.36 6 9 fL 5 7 7 3 4.36 ©©000®000® 4.36 10 ft S loft 5 6 6 7 w Max. Wall Height Max. Roof Pitch TABLE 10 ft 23. WIND 12 ft ZONE 3 LONGITUDINAL Single Section 14 ft 16 ft FRAME TIEDOWN 18 ft Max. I QUANTITIES Home Width 20 ft (EACH Multi 24 ft END OF Section 28 ft HOME) 32 ft Triple I 36 ft 48 ft 7 ft 4.36 3 ©©©00©000® 7.5 ft 4.36 3 4.36 8 ft 5 7 3 4.36 9 ft S 6 7 3 4.36 loft 5 6 7 w MARRIAGE LINE VERTICAL ANCHORS (WIND ZONES 11 AND III ONLY) In Wind Zones II and III, marriage line anchors are required at each column along the marriage wall. There may be manufacturer -installed brackets indicating required tie down locations (may be identified by tags or paint). If brackets are not present, then an alternative ac- ceptable connection method, such as steel angles (provided by the manufacturer) must be used (Figure 63). If necessary to avoid interference with piers, the tie down location may be offset horizontally from the column by a maximum of 12 inches. TAG UNIT FRAME AND VERTICAL ANCHORS Tag unit anchoring is not covered in this manual. The required anchoring details will accompany homes with tag units. PORCH POST ANCHORS Each post that requires an anchor,will have a tiedown bracket attached from the factory or be designated by a pier label. OFFSET UNIT ANCHORS Anchors installed on offset units will be installed per the standard tiedown charts unless otherwise instructed by details that accompany the home. STEP 2. DETERMINE TIEDOWN CONFIGURATION Tiedown spacings have been provided when the tie down strap is connected to the near I-beam and/or when the strap is connected to the far I-beam. STEP 3. SELECT ANCHORS Use the torque probe results from Prepare the Site, STEP 6. DETERMINE GROUND ANCHOR HOLDING CAPACITY (p. 19) and the anchor manufacturer instructions se- lect the type and length of anchor to use. The installed ground anchor size (length) must be listed (i.e. approved) for the soil class. Make sure the anchor is of sufficient length such that the top of the helix is below the frost line. Select a shaft diameter sufficient to resist excessive torsion, "ring -off' (when the helix or anchor head separates from shaft) or shaft splitting. Consult the anchor supplier for guidance. Review all of STEP 4. INSTALL ANCHORS (p. 90) and STEP 5. INSTALL STRAPS (p. 91) before making final anchor selections to determine when single headed vs. double headed anchors should be used. Follow the specifications in Table 24 when se- lecting stabilizing system components. TABLE 24. ANCHOR TYPES Anchor Anchor soil) dose• Helix soil anchor 2, 3, 4A Rock anchor 1 (for use in solid rock only) Concrete anchor Concrete ONLY 8c /// When to install marriage line anchors. Anchors along the marriage line must be installed prior to the second half of a multi - section home being set. �i.�a N■y,��� L TABLE 25.'ANCHOR SYSTEM MATERIA44S SPECIFICATIONS r of zmc'on steelrof not less thari 03U oz per sG ftiof surface coateii��� _ �.... k ... �.. _ . -. _A Straps must be minimum 1-1/4" x 0.035" zinc -coated (0.30 oz per sq ft) steel strapping conforming to ASTM D3953-97, Type 1, Grade 1, Finish B with a minimum allowable working load capacity of 3,150 lbs and a minimum ultimate load of 4,725 lbs. Slit or cut edges of zinc -coated strapping do not need to be zinc coated. �• +� . .. t r^ „ � ...+ aX ,r ti - a t ,. r4{ Y3 -d!W i'? > k-! r... x+1 ..r.•.. The sae and type of stabilizer plate f required by the ground anchor manufacturer will be spedified in the; anchor manufacturer s mstriid ons Stab�l¢e� plates must be prowtled wrth�protection against weather, L �•, ' iietenoration and corrosion at least equnialent to that provided by a coating,of1incori•steel of not'less than,• S0.,30 oz per sq ftof'surface coated ARematively ABS stabilizer piates may be used when fisted and certi; fled for such use .N,.# _ I'.J'4\ ;.. u•\ '? _ -.. L fd':l ..l. ♦; _ 'fit -� 1. ,/. �. 'i.S 1••.R.. 3 i • ' . '. y STEP 4. INSTALL ANCHORS Before beginning anchor installation, check for obstructions under the home such as, piers and frame members that may interfere with the tie down strapping. Check with. utility companies to determine the location of underground utilities, such as electrical and phone lines, and water, sewer and gas pipes, that may be buried in potential anc- hor locations. Also check for homeowner -installed wires and pipes, such as those con- 'necting exterior lighting or sheds to the home. These must also be avoided. FRAME ANCHORS Frame anchors can be installed in two ways in-line and against a stabilizer plate. The; two methods are discussed below: ' In -Line Configuration The in-line configuration (Figure 55) for homes can be used in Wind Zone I only. Typi- cally, in-line anchors are used under high homes where the anchors can be installed' -from under the home after the home is set. In-line anchors can also be installed before the home is set, however precisely aligning the anchor with the home both vertically and horizontally is difficult.- Using swivel connectors for the strap to beam connection . can provide some horizontal flexibility: • i To install in-line frame anchors, drive the anchor into the ground at an angle and loca- tion such that a straight line can be drawn from the tip of the anchor through the anchor head and to the connection point on the I-beam (Figure 55). _ .t. I FRAME FRAME TIEDOWN TIEDOWN STRAP MAIN BEAM • STRAP MAIN BEAM 1 PIER GROUND ANCHOR PIER iGROUND W/ STABILIZER ANCHOR PLATE Stabilizer Plate Configuration Stabilizer plate configurations (Figure 57) are suitable for homes in all wind zones. Anchors may be installed after the home is set. A stabilizer device, typically an ABS or metal plate -,4 used to prevent the top of the anchor from slicing through'the soil when .. the load is applied. Stabilizer plates are available in a variety of widths. Choose the widest plate that can be driven into the soil to maximize resistance to movement. The LAHJ may have stabilizer plate requirements' i ' f Grading area , around anchors. Anchor heads should not rest in l sunken spots. Grade the . ground so that water does not collect around anchor .t ` heads, but runs away from the anchor and out from un-' . der the home. Do not bury anchor heads. Figure 55. In-line anchor con- figuration Figure 56. Stabilizer plate configuration ` Anchor alignment. Properly aligning the anchor is critical to performance. t Install anchors with stabilizer plates as follows: 1. Measure. To determine the stabilizer. plate location, measure from the top of the I-beam to the.ground directly under it and then use the same measure- ment directly away from that point under the beam (Figure 57). The anchor and plate must be under the home, but within six inches of the exterior wall for a near beam set and ten inches minimum from the exterior wall for a far beam set. Be careful not to place in a location that will interfere with skirting. Figure 57. Determining anc- hor and stabilizer plate loca- tion (LOOSE) STRAP (PROPERLY TENSIONED) STABILIZER PLATE Ili STABILIZER PLATE GROUND ANCHOR I! - ~GROUND ANCHOR 10° 2. Install anchor. To assure that the anchor attachment point will end up at the stabilizer plate, start the anchor insertion approximately 12 inches back from from the desired location if using a 48 inch long anchor, or approximately 16 inches if using a 60 inch long anchor. Install the anchor at about 10 degrees off vertical, with the head tilted away from the home. Install the anchor to a depth of approximately one half its length. 3. Drive stabilizer plate. Drive the stabilizer plate into the ground to its full depth at the point determined in Step 1. 4. Complete anchor installation. Screw the anchor the rest of the way into the ground. The finished anchor must be installed to its full depth. When the anc- hor strap is properly tensioned it will pull the anchor head and shaft into the stabilizer plate. VERTICAL ANCHORS To install vertical anchors, screw the anchor into the ground directly under the strap at- tachment point on the home until the bottom of the anchor head is flush with the ground or no more than one inch above grade. STEP 5. INSTALL STRAPS Follow the instructions below to connect straps from the home to sidewall frame, end wall frame and vertical anchors. Always protect straps at sharp corners including around I -beams with radius clips or other methods (Figure 58). Radius clips may be fabricated from galvanized steel strap formed to fit around corners. 91 LONGITUDINAL 1,11A BRACKET PROTECT TOP AND BOTTOM OF BEAM IF I -BEAM N STRAP IS WRAPPED AROUND BEAM r � SPLICING STRAPS Splicing may be required when a pre-cut strap is of insufficient length. Splices must be made by overlapping the straps by 12 inches, applying one splice clip from above and the other from below; use a crimping tool to tightly seal the splice clips (Figure 59). Do not run any portion of the splice through an anchor head bolt. APPLY SPLICE CLIPS IN DIRECTION OF ARROWS -tz� STRAP APPROX. 12' FRAME ANCHORS Install straps to frame anchors as follows: 1. Connect strap to home. Connect one end of the strap to the top of the I- beam using approved buckles or clips (swivel or hook clip preferred). When frame ties are connected to the bottom of the beam it must be within 3" of a crossmember. Ab hem WRAP STRAP AROUND 0 CONNECT HOOK TO TOP OF MAIN MAIN BEAM BEAM AND CONNECT OTHER END OF STRAP TO ANCHOR HEAD. 2; Connect strap to anchor. Connect the other end of the strap to the split bolt in the anchor. Leave enough strap length to be able to make three complete turns,or minimum required per manufacturer's installation instructions, around the bolt before it becomes tight (approximately 2-1/2 inches per turn or 13 inches total). Fewer than three turns, or required per manufacturer's installa- tion instructions, and the strap may not hold onto the; bolt when force is ap- plied. Conversely, too many turns may not fit within the U -channel of the anc- hor head. Follow the procedure outlined in Figure 61. g-) Figure 58. Radius clips Figure 59. Tie down strap splice Figure 60. Strap to beam connection (� USING A i5mr SOCKET OR OPEN END WRENCH, ROTATE CLOCKWISE, WRAPPING THE STRAP AROUND THE TENSION BOLT. O2 CONNECT HOOK TO TOP OF MAIN BEAM AND CONNECT OTHER END OF STRAP TO ANCHOR HEAD. Q ONCE TENSIONED TO THE POINT THAT COUNTER -CLOCKWISE RESISTANCE APPEARS, USE A 5W OPEN END WRENCH TO HOLD THE SQUARE NECK WHILE REPOSITIONING THE 1fi116• TENSIONING WRENCH TO CONTINUE TENSIONING. REPEAT AS REQUIRED. O INSERT THE TENSION BOLT INTO THE ANCHOR HEAD AND LOOSELY ATTACH THE HEX NUT. O7 ONCE FULLY TENSIONED, ALIGN THE SQUARE NECK OF THE BOLT WITH THE SQUARE RECESS IN THE ANCHOR HEAD AND TIGHTEN THE HEX NUT. THIS WILL DRAW THE TWO TOGETHER AND LOCK THE SYSTEM INTO FINAL POSITION. 3. Pretension anchor. For anchors with stabilizer plates, pretension the anchor by, pulling it up to the stabilizer plate using the strap and take-up bolt to move the anchor head. Continue pulling the strap until the plate moves a small amount (about 1/2 inch). This is called packing the plate and it will yield the strongest resistance (the bottom of the anchor head should be a maximum one inch above the top of the stabilizer plate). LONGITUDINAL FRAME ANCHORS Attach straps to the bracket welded by the manufacturer to the frame (Figure 62). If no brackets have been installed, use approved beam clamps designed specifically for this purpose, available from anchor suppliers or connect the strap to a spring hanger or a crossmember (within 3" of the main I-beam). Connect straps to anchors following same procedure as for sidewall frame anchors. Protection of the strap at sharp corners must be provided (p.91). MAIN BEAM PIER BRACKET 45° ANCHOR WITH STABILIZER PLATE LONGITUDINAL TIEDOWN STRAP 93 ® PLACE THE STRAP THROUGH THE SLOTTED SHANK OF THE TENSION BOLT AND SEND UP TO W. IF APPROVED BY THE MANUFACTURER, DOUBLE HEAD ANCHORS MAY BE USED FOR BOTH DIAGONAL AND VERTICAL TIE -DOWN STRAP TENSIONING. TENSION THE DIAGONAL TIE DOWN STRAP FIRST. FOLLOW STEPS 9 THROUGH 7 TO INSTALL STRAPS TO ANCHOR HEAD. Figure 61. Procedure for connecting the strap to frame and anchor Anchor head location. As the anchor is pulled up to meet the stabilizer plate, the head of the anchor will rise. In its final position, the bot- tom of the anchor head should be no more than 1/4 inch above the top of the stabilizer plate. Figure 62. Longitudinal frame anchor attachment method MARRIAGE WALL COLUMN i 1/8" THICK x 1" DIAMETER i WASHERS FOR SPACER BETWEEN BRACKET & PERIMETER i RIM JOIST AT MATING LINEARRIAGE WALL M 9MM x 3' COLUMN TIEDOWNS ANGLE BRACKET OR 55/16'x INSTALLED WITH 'L' 3' FULL ANGLE BRACKET INSTALLED WITH FACING AWAY FROM THREAD 'L' FACING TOWARDS OUTSIDE OUTSIDE EDGE OF LAGS. EDGE OF FLOOR SYSTEM FLOOR SYSTEM i MARRIAGE WALL LOCATION 4" SIDEWALL 1/2 3" 112" r_ 2' i 2" j 0 7/16" 1-3/8" HOLE SIDEWALL TIEDOWN i STRAPS 1_ 1/4' 1-1/2".-1/4"1 AT MARRIAGE LINE: PMMxR 5116" x 3' FULL f ANGLE BRACKET TTHREAD LAGS THRU BRACKET 2" x 2"ANGLE MEMBER. 11 (MIN.) STEEL x INTO OUTER MOST RIM JOIST 2" N AT SIDEWALL: AT EXTERIOR WALLS. 112' ANGLE BRACKET TO BE SIDEWALL LOCATION OF 12 GA. (MIN.) STEEL x 2" x 2' ANGLE MEMBER. i SLOT NOT REQUIRED. TIEDOWN STRAP MAY BE i INSTALLED BETWEEN HORIZONTAL FLANGE OF ANGLE BRACKET AND FLOOR JOIST PERIMETER RAIL. BRACKET WILL BE ANGLE BRACKET TIEDOWN INSTALLED FACTORY. IN THE i j ,��E►' VERTICAL TIEDOWN i IUs ANCHOR ° CLIP BP -10 VERTICAL TIEDOWN ' BRACKET i INSTALLER TO FABRICATE RADIUS CLIP BY PLACING o STRAIGHT W LENGTH OF 1-1/4' x .035' TIE -DOWN o 0 o BRACKET STRAP IN ANCHOR SLOT AND PHYSICALLY BEND THE o INSTALLED WITH STRAP TO CONFIGURATION SHOWN ABOVE. (8) .131 x 1-112' NAILS. RADIUS CLIP MUST BE INSTALLED ON ALL LONGITUDAL FRAME TIE -DOWN ANCHORS, MASTERCRAFT #5705 TIEDOWN MARRIAGEWALL VERTICAL TIE -DOWN ANCHORS AND BRACKET (SIDEWALL TIEDOWN SIDEWALL VERTICAL TIE -DOWN ANCHORS BRACKET ONLY) STEP 6. TIGHTEN AND ADJUST STRAPS After all anchors have been installed and pre -tensioned, recheck all anchor straps to assure that they are tight and that the anchor shafts have remained in contact with the stabilizer plates. Do not over tension straps. Figure 63. Sidewall and mar- riage line vertical tie down connections. Connect Utilities This chapter contains procedures and requirements for the connection and testing of utility hook-ups. Responsibility for making utility connections varies by location. Consult the LAHJ and the utility before connecting the home to any utilities. V STEP 1. CONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE(p: 95) ♦ STEP 2. CONNECT WATER -SERVICE (p. 98) t V STEP 3. CONNECT GAS SERVICE (p. 100) - STEP 4. CONNECT OIL SERVICE (p. 102) ' I STEP 'I. CONNECT ELECTRICAL SERVICE The home is designed for connection to an electrical wiring system rated at 120/240 volt AC. Service connection requirements depend on whether the meter will be in- stalled on a post or pole or mounted on the home more than 6 feet from the circuit j breaker panel. It is recommended that this connection be performed by a licensed elec- trician. METER MOUNTED ON POST OR POLE (OR MOUNTED ON THE HOME MORE THAN 6 FEET FROM THE CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL) Feeder Wire and Equipment Sizes The feeder must contain four continuous insulated, color -coded, feeder conductors, with one used as the equipment grounding conductor (Figure 64). The current rating (in amperes) of the home can be found on the tag located on the outside next to the feeder or service entrance, and on the electrical distribution panel. Using this infor- mation, determine the required feeder wire size from Table 26. These sizes are based on an ambient temperature of 86 degrees Fahrenheit and do not take voltage drop into consideration. Acceptable conductor types are: RHH, RHW, RHW-2, THHN, THHW, THW, THW2, THWN, THWN-2, XHHW, XHHW-2, SE, USE, and USE -2. . 95 Special precautions when installing electrical ser- vice. Installation of the electric power to the home can cause exposure to live electrical circuits. The neu- tral conductor must not be grounded in the distribution panel board. Exposure to live electrical circuits or im- proper grounding of the conductor in the panel' board may result in severe shock or possible electro- cution. A qualified installer, must make the connections for the electric power. . Figure 64. Electrical feeder connection when meter is on a post or pole or mounted on the home more than 6 feet from the circuit breaker pan- _ ' e/. ® ®Z Power supply. A large enough power supply must be available at the site. An inadequate power supply may result in improper op- eration of and possible damage to motors and ap- pliances. It may also in- crease electricity costs. h- PANEL OVERHEAD SERVICE ENTRY EQUIPMEANAIN ' GROUNDNCLOSURE 2' CONDUIT TO ' 1 BUS BAREUTRAL - SERVICE HEAD US BAR METER BY UTILITY COMPANY ONDING STRAP 2"CONDUITOT INSTALLED DISCONNECT' CONDUIT INSTALLED .(FUSED) TFACTORY TOOGGROUNDING ROD CHASSIS LACK -"HOT TO A OR B TO MAIN GROUNDING SCREW � PANEL RED =HOT" TO A ORB TO CONNECT NEUTRAL j EXTERIOR WHITE TO NEUTRAL BUS BAR TO GROUND T WALL GRND TO EQUIPMENT GRND METER BY •. UTILITY COMPANY METER METER ENCLOSURE 2' CO_N_ DUET i 1/4" AIR SPACE BETWEEN DISCONNECT METER ENCLOSURE AND (FUSED) 2" N.M. CONDUIT I EXTERIOR WALL UNDERGROUND SIDE VIEW SERVICE ENTRY —PT NMAIN (IYF. ALL APPLIGATIOi4) EL i . TO GROUNDING ROD 95 Special precautions when installing electrical ser- vice. Installation of the electric power to the home can cause exposure to live electrical circuits. The neu- tral conductor must not be grounded in the distribution panel board. Exposure to live electrical circuits or im- proper grounding of the conductor in the panel' board may result in severe shock or possible electro- cution. A qualified installer, must make the connections for the electric power. . Figure 64. Electrical feeder connection when meter is on a post or pole or mounted on the home more than 6 feet from the circuit breaker pan- _ ' e/. ® ®Z Power supply. A large enough power supply must be available at the site. An inadequate power supply may result in improper op- eration of and possible damage to motors and ap- pliances. It may also in- crease electricity costs. TABLE 26. ELECTRICAL FEEDER WIRE AND EQUIPMENT SIZES FOR COP- PER CONDUCTORS 100 70 10 x10 x 4 1-1/ 200 . 140 10 x16'x 4 `2 225 158 10 x16 x 4 2 r �� Grounding the electrical system. Do not provide electrical power until the grounding electrode is in- stalled and connected. When the meter base is not on the house never use the neutral conductor of the 4 #4 AWG #4 AWG #8 AWG #8 (Cu) feeder cable as a ground (Cu) (Cu) (Cu) wire. Do not ground the 2/6 A`1NG 1L0 AWG : #6 AWG neutral bar in the electrical distribution panel. 3/0 AWG 2/0 AWG #4 AWG #4 (Cu) (Cu) (Cu) (Cu) 400 280 10 x24 x 4 3' - r' .400 kcmil 3 ::300 #3 AWG •:: 1/0 (Eu) (Cu) kcmil(Cu) 9y ! /, Grounding The home must be properly grounded to protect the occupants. The only safe and ap- proved method of grounding the home is through an electrically -isolated grounding bar in the home's distribution panel board. This grounds all non -current -carrying metal parts to the electrical system in the home at a single point. The ground conductor of the power supply feeder cable in turn connects the grounding bar to a good electrical ground back through the power supply system. Therefore, for 120/240 volt service a four wire power supply feeder cable is required. It is important to: • Isolate (insulate) grounded circuit conductor (neutral or white wire) from the grounding conductors (green wires) and from equipment enclosures and oth- er grounded parts. • Isolate (insulate) the neutral circuit terminals in the distribution panel board and in ranges, clothes dryers, and counter -mounted cooking units from the equipment enclosure. Feeder Connections Feeder connections are made from above or from below the home as follows.- From ollows:From above—mast weatherhead feeder. The routing, connection, and sup- port of the service drop must meet local codes. Homes equipped this way contain all necessary conduits to the electrical distribution panel. However, the four feeder conductors (not provided with the home) are installed on site. If the masthead is located above the roof overhang, allow a minimum clear- ance of eight feet above all roof points that the conductors pass over. There are two exceptions to this rule: (1) The vertical clearance may be reduced to three feet if the roof has a minimum slope of 4 in 12; and (2) The vertical clearance may be reduced to 18 inches if no more than four feet of service - drop conductors pass above the roof overhang, and if they terminate at a through -the -roof raceway or approved support. A minimum clearance must also be provided from the final grade to the service -drop conductors. This measurement may vary from 10 feet to 18 feet, depending on the types of traffic anticipated below the service drop (refer to the NEC). Unless impractic- al, locate service heads above the point of attachment of the service -drop. conductors and make them rain -tight. If individual conductors do not extend downward, form drip loops. • From below—underside junction box feeder. A section of conduit is factory in- stalled through the floor cavity. Connect to that conduit with approved fittings and conduit (not provided with the home) to the point where the service en- trance cable enters the crawl space. Install properly -sized service entrance conductors from the main power supply to the panel board. Depending on the location of the main panelboard inside the home, or the point at which the 96 Prior to energizing the home, turn off the water heater un- til it is completely filled with water. 400 280 10 x24 x 4 3' - r' .400 kcmil 3 ::300 #3 AWG •:: 1/0 (Eu) (Cu) kcmil(Cu) 9y ! /, Grounding The home must be properly grounded to protect the occupants. The only safe and ap- proved method of grounding the home is through an electrically -isolated grounding bar in the home's distribution panel board. This grounds all non -current -carrying metal parts to the electrical system in the home at a single point. The ground conductor of the power supply feeder cable in turn connects the grounding bar to a good electrical ground back through the power supply system. Therefore, for 120/240 volt service a four wire power supply feeder cable is required. It is important to: • Isolate (insulate) grounded circuit conductor (neutral or white wire) from the grounding conductors (green wires) and from equipment enclosures and oth- er grounded parts. • Isolate (insulate) the neutral circuit terminals in the distribution panel board and in ranges, clothes dryers, and counter -mounted cooking units from the equipment enclosure. Feeder Connections Feeder connections are made from above or from below the home as follows.- From ollows:From above—mast weatherhead feeder. The routing, connection, and sup- port of the service drop must meet local codes. Homes equipped this way contain all necessary conduits to the electrical distribution panel. However, the four feeder conductors (not provided with the home) are installed on site. If the masthead is located above the roof overhang, allow a minimum clear- ance of eight feet above all roof points that the conductors pass over. There are two exceptions to this rule: (1) The vertical clearance may be reduced to three feet if the roof has a minimum slope of 4 in 12; and (2) The vertical clearance may be reduced to 18 inches if no more than four feet of service - drop conductors pass above the roof overhang, and if they terminate at a through -the -roof raceway or approved support. A minimum clearance must also be provided from the final grade to the service -drop conductors. This measurement may vary from 10 feet to 18 feet, depending on the types of traffic anticipated below the service drop (refer to the NEC). Unless impractic- al, locate service heads above the point of attachment of the service -drop. conductors and make them rain -tight. If individual conductors do not extend downward, form drip loops. • From below—underside junction box feeder. A section of conduit is factory in- stalled through the floor cavity. Connect to that conduit with approved fittings and conduit (not provided with the home) to the point where the service en- trance cable enters the crawl space. Install properly -sized service entrance conductors from the main power supply to the panel board. Depending on the location of the main panelboard inside the home, or the point at which the 96 Prior to energizing the home, turn off the water heater un- til it is completely filled with water. service entrance conductors enter the crawl space, a separate service dis- connect may be required. Refer to Table 26 for the conductor and junction box requirements. The installer must provide the supply connection including the four feeder conductors, junction box and conduit connectors. Protect con- ductors emerging from the ground from a minimum of 18 inches below grade to eight feet above grade, or to the point of entrance to the home. The dis- tance measured from the top surface of a buried cable, conduit, or raceway to the finished grade must meet the minimum burial requirements outlined in the NEC. Use a moisture -proof bushing at the end of the conduit from which the buried cable emerges. METER MOUNTED ON HOME WITHIN 6 FEET OF CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL If the meter is mounted on the home, the following requirements apply (refer to Figure 65): • Use straps to support any conduit. Do not use the meter base equipment for support. • Use exterior equipment and enclosures listed as weatherproof and entrance conductors listed for wet locations. • The grounding bar may be installed separate from the neutral bar for purpos- es of testing the electrical system. • The grounding bar may be isolated during the electrical check and re- attached, after the tests are completed. • Check with the local electrical utility to verify meter base requirements and lo- cations and distances for the main panel and meter box. • The field installed meter base enclosure must be installed in accordance with its listing. Fasten securely to exterior wall studs and provide for a weather tight seal. • All field work must be done by a licensed electrician or other person approved by the LAHJ. • Check the local code for any requirements regarding the location of the meter base. Note that bonding, screws, straps, or buses in the distribution panel board or in appli- ances have been removed and discarded at the manufacturing facility. I EQUIPMENT MAIN PANEL OVERHEAD SERVICE ENTRY-, !GROUND ENCLOSURE 2" CONDUIT TO 1 BUS BAR SERVICE HEAD NEUTRAL METER BY BUS BAR UTILITY COMPANY BONDING STRAP —2' CONDUIT NOT INSTALLED 2" CONDUIT INSTALLED 2' N.M. CONDUIT GROUNDING AT FACTORY UNDERGROUND LUG TO SERVICE ENTRY CHASSIS --TO MAIN --TO MAIN TO GROUNDING BLACK -"HOT" TO A OR B PANEL PANEL ROD RED 'HOT" TO A ORB WHITE TO NEUTRAL BUS BAR EXTERIOR WALL METER METER ENCLOSURE 1/4" AIR SPACE BETWEEN METERENCLOSURE AND EXTERIOR WALL SIDE VIEW OW. Au APPWATMW 9_1 Figure 65. Meter base wiring when the meter is on the home within 6 feet of Circuit Breaker PaneL twm When a factory installed service meter base is provided on a home, a grounding elec- trode conductor and 'a ground wire must be installed according to the following specifi- cations: 1. Grounding wire to be #6 minimum bare copper provided by the manufacturer. If manufacturer provides a minimum 1/2 inch EMT or conduit raceway, the #6 minimum bare copper wire is provided by the retailer for installation. 2. The clamp connecting the grounding wire to the electrode shall be suitable for direct burial and located flush or below ground level. 3. Use a 5/8 inch diameter by eight foot long iron electrode for grounding. Larger sizes may be required by LAHJ. 4. Drive the electrode to a depth of not less than eight feet so that at least eight feet of the electrode is in contact with the soil. 5. When rock is encountered, the electrode may be driven at an angle not to ex- ceed 45 degrees from vertical or buried in a trench that is at least 2-1/2 feet deep. TESTING After your home has been completely assembled and all accessories installed, it should be tested to ensure that no damage occurred during transit and that all electrical connections were properly performed (TEST ELECTRICAL SYSTEM pg: -111). These tests should be performed by qualified personnel familiar with the local codes and required test procedures. STEP 2. CONNECT WATER SERVICE CONNECTION To connect the home's water system to the water source, identify the water inlet lo- cated under the home (usually below the water heater compartment or utility room) and follow the procedure described below (refer to Figure 66): 1. Flush pipe. Flush field installed water piping free of all debris prior to connec- tion to the home's water inlet. 2. Clean threads. Ensure that pipe threads are clean. 3. Install pressure -reducing valve. If the local water supply exceeds 80 psi in- stall a pressure -reducing valve. 4. Connect valve. Install a main shut-off valve between the water supply and the home. Locate the riser for the shutoff valve underneath or adjacent to the home. Select a full flow gate or ball shutoff valve, or equivalent valve. To pre- vent the possibility of fresh water contamination install an anti -siphon valve on all field installed exterior faucets. FACTORY INSTALLED WATER PIPE — I111 OPTIONAL HOSE BIB (NOT SUPPLIED) u�__________ r -SERVICE CONNECTION LOCATE WATER RISER ,yam (NOT SUPPLIED) UNDERNEATH OR� ADJACENT TO HOME MANDATORY SHUT-OFF VALVE (NOT SUPPLIED) 98 Maximum water pressure. The water system for the home was designed for a maximum inlet pressure of 80 psi. Figure 66. Water system connection 5. Install water heater discharge drain. Inspect the drain opening on the water heater to ensure that it is clear of any obstruction. Install drain pipe connecting the discharge from the water heater temperature and pressure relief valve to the exterior of the home. Drain pipe cannot connect with the DWV line. Install water heater drip pan and drain. Assure that the drain for the water heater drip pan does not terminate under the home. Using the materials provided and the ac- companying instructions run a drain line from the water heater drip pan through the wall or floor to the exterior of the crawl space. Terminate the line between six and 24 inches above grade. (Figure 67). Make the termination point rodent proof. SITE INSTALLED ELBOW FITTING $ PIPE. SLOPE AT 1 CACT I JA- DFD WATER HEATER DRAIN PAN AND T/P DRAIN LINES MUST TERMINATE OUTSIDE THE HOME. THE TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF LINE SHALL NOT BE — CONNECTED TO THE DRAIN PAN DRAIN LINE. RODENT SCREEN MUST BE INSTALLED AT THE END OF THE DRAIN PAN DRAIN LINE. 6" MIN. & 24" MAX. FROM FINISH GRADE (TYPICAL) Insulate. In areas subject to freezing temperatures, protect with insulation or heat tape pipes, valves and pressure reducers that are exposed to the out- doors; and pipes in water heater compartments with non -insulated doors. Connect heat tape to the electrical outlet under the home near the water sup- ply inlet. Heat tape must not be installed on the DWV pipe. Electrical outlet provided under the home must only be used for the heat tape connection be- cause it is GFCI protected. TESTING After connecting the water lines check the water system for leaks using one of the pro- cedures described below. Before testing, close all water faucets, spigots, and toilet - tank float valves. Hydrostatic (preferred): 1. Bypass water heater. Bypass the water heater by disconnecting the hot out- let and cold inlet water lines from the water heater and joining them together. This will protect the hot water tank from damage and protect those involved in the test from possible injury. 2. Pressurize system. Connect a hydrostatic pump, valve and gauge. Pressur- 99 Using check valves. Verify that a check valve has been installed on the water inlet to prevent, water system drainage in the event of a loss of water pressure from the source. Such pressure loss could cause the water heater to drain, exposing the heating elements of electric water heaters causing them to fail. Figure 67. Water heater drip pan and drain ' ®Z Selecting heat tape. Use only pipe heating cable (tape) listed for manufac- tured homes, and install it in accordance with the ca- ble (tape) manufacturer in- stallation instructions. Testing water lines. Only use pneumatic (air) testing when hydrostatic testing is not practical. Air under pressure is explosive. Ex- ercise extreme caution and notify all site personnel of the test. Wear protective eyewear and take precau- ize the system with water at 100 psi, and then isolate it from the pressure source. Bleed all air from the highest and farthest points in the system. 3. Hold pressure. Monitor the pressure for at least 15 minutes. 4. Fix leaks. If the pressure drops below 100 psi, locate and correct any leaks by cutting out and discarding bad pipe sections or joints and installing new pipe or joints with couplings. 5. Repeat. Repeat the test until all leaks have been eliminated. Pneumatic: i 1. Bypass water heater. Bypass the water heater by disconnecting the hot out- let and cold inlet water lines from the water heater and joining them together. This will protect the hot water tank from damage and protect those involved in the test from possible injury. 2. Pressurize system. Connect an air pump and pressure gauge to the water inlet, pressurize the system to 100 psi and isolate the pressure source from the system. 3. Hold pressure. Monitor the pressure for least 15 minutes. If the pressure drops below 1100 psi, locate any leaks by applying soapy water to the connec- tions and looking for bubbles. 4. Fix leaks. Correct any leaks by cutting out and discarding bad pipe sections or joints and installing new pipe or joints with couplings. 5. Retest. Repeat the procedure until all leaks have been eliminated. 6. Restore connections. Reconnect the water heater and the water supply. FREEZE PROTECTION FOR UNOCCUPIED HOMES If the home is to. be left unheated in cold weather. Protect water lines from freezing as follows: 1. Disconnect supply. Turn off the water supply and disconnect the water sup- ply inlet. ' 2. Drain water heater. Turn off the water heater; if necessary, attach a hose to the valve to direct water away from under the home, open the drain valve and drain the tank completely 3. Drain faucets. Open all faucets throughout the home (including the laundry 'area if plumbed, and any exterior faucets) and let them drain completely. 4. Drain toilets. Flush toilets and drain water tanks completely. 5. Close faucets. Close all water faucets with the exception of one. 6. Connect compressor. Connect a maximum of 30 psi air supply to the water inlet connection using a low pressure compressor. 7. Open faucets. With the air supply on the system, open one faucet at a time throughout the home. 8. Disconnect compressor. After the entire system has been drained of all wa- ter, disconnect the air supply and close the water inlet valve. 9. Pour anti -freeze. Pour an RV antifreeze solution into all drain traps, including sinks, tubs and toilets. Be sure that the antifreeze is safe for the fixtures and P -traps. STEP 3. CONNECT GAS SERVICE CONNECTION If the home uses natural or liquid petroleum gas (LPG, also known as propane) for wa- ter or space heating, cooking or other appliances, follow the procedure described be- low: 1. Inspect vents. Assure that all exhaust vents, on gas-fired equipment are se- curely connected and that roof jacks and stacks have not come loose during transit and they are properly installed, 2. Review appliance instructions. Review each appliance manufacturer's in- structions before the home is connected to the gas supply. Most gas appli- ances are typically configured to operate on natural gas. If the gas supply will be LPG, consult the appliance manufacturer's instructions to determine what 100 tions to prevent impact damage to the system while the test is in progress. Do not pneumatically test CPVC systems. Pneumati- cally test Flow Guard Gold systems only at low pres- sure levels (20 psi or less). Pressurizing water lines. When pressurizing the wa- ter system, connect the pump to a location above a closed shut-off valve so as not to introduce pressure into the municipal water supply. 1 /Z Anti -Scald Valves. Anti Scald valves have been in- stalled on all tubs, tub/showers and showers in the home. The valves are preset by the valve manufac- turer to about 105°F (41 °C). After the water lines have been flushed, the outlet tem- perature at each tub, tub/shower and shower must be tested to ensure that it does not exceed 120°F (49°C). Water should run for at least one minute on the hottest setting before taking the temperature reading. Some customer's may desire temperatures higher than 105°F (41 °C). Temperature may be adjusted using the instructions provided with the valve. In no case should the temperature exceed 120°F (49°C) as this may result in serious bodily harm and/or death. Installing gas lines. Only qualified professionals may connect and test gas ser- vice. what changes need to be made. For homes located above 3,000 feet, ap- pliances may require a different orifice. 3. Remove cap. Remove the protective cap from home inlet pipe and install a full flow shut-off valve at the supply inlet (Figure 68). 4. Install regulator. The gas piping system is designed for a pressure that is at least seven inches of water column (4 oz. per sq in or 0.25 psi) but not more than 14 inches of water column (8 oz. per sq in or 0.5 psi). If gas from any supply source exceeds, or could exceed this pressure, install a regulator if re- quired by the LAHJ. 5. Connect supply. Using matching threaded fittings connect the gas supply to the inlet side of the shut-off valve. 6. Close valves. Close all valves at appliances prior to opening the main supply valve. Figure 68. Gas service con - FULL FLOW SHUTOFF vection VALVE REQUIRED FLOOR (SUPPLIED BY OTHERS) DUST COVER \� UNION (SUPPLIED SOURCE BY OTHERS) OF GAS TESTING Test the gas piping system in the following two ways: 1) piping only and 2) entire sys- tem. Consult with the LAHJ for any additional testing or start-up requirements. Before testing begins, the temperature of the ambient air and the piping should be ap- proximately the same. Conduct the tests when and where air temperatures will remain constant. Piping only test (all appliances isolated) 1. Isolate appliances. Isolate all appliances from the system by closing all ap- pliance shut-off valves. 2. Attach gauge. Attach to the home's gas inlet a mercury manometer or slope gauge calibrated in increments of not more than 1/10 Ib. 3. Pressurize system. Using an air compressor, pressurize the system with compressed air to three psi and isolate the pressure source from the system. 4. Monitor pressure. Monitor the pressure for at least 10 minutes. 5. Check for leaks. If pressure drops below three psi, check for leaks by apply- ing a non -corrosive, ammonia -free gas leak detection fluid to the joints at all valves, appliance connections and crossover connections (do not use dish washing detergents, soap or other household chemicals). If bubbles form, tighten the connection and recheck. 6. Repair leaks. If leaks persist, replace defective pipes or fittings with sound material and retest. 7. Release pressure. Release pressure and open all appliance shut-off valves. 8. Rinse connections. Thoroughly rinse all tested connections with water to remove leak detection fluid. Entire system test (with appliances) 1. Close appliances. Close all gas equipment controls and pilot light valves ac- cording to the individual gas equipment manufacturer's instructions. 2. Open valves. Assure that gas shut-off valves for all gas equipment are in the open position. 3. Attach gauge. Attach to the home's gas inlet a pressure gauge calibrated in ounces. 4. Pressurize system. Pressurize the system with compressed air to six to eight ounces (3/8 to 1/2 psi, or 10 to 14 inches of water column). 5. Check for leaks. Check for leaks as described above in step 4 of the Piping 101 only test. Replace defective pipes or fittings with sound material and re -test. 6. Rinse connections. Thoroughly rinse all tested connections with water to remove leak detection fluid. GAS APPLIANCE START-UP Open the shut-off valve for each appliance and adjust the burners according to the ap- pliance manufacturer's instructions. Verify that the furnace and water heater thermos- tats are operating properly and set them to the desired temperatures. STEP 4. CONNECT OIL SERVICE Homes that are equipped with oil burning furnaces must have oil supply piping installed and tested on site by a qualified professional in accordance with NFPA 31, Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment, 2001 or the requirements of the LAHJ, whichever is more stringent. The home manufacturer does not supply oil piping or tanks. OIL CONNECTION Consult the furnace manufacturer's instructions for proper pipe sizing and installation procedures. Where piping is run through the bottom of the home, ensure all holes in the bottom board are sealed tight with foam, mastic, and/or tape specially made for that purpose and made rodent proof. When equipping the home with an oil storage tank, comply with the following: • Install the pipe with a gradual slope toward the fill end or drain plug (if so equipped) to facilitate pumping or draining of water and sludge. • Provide a readily accessible approved manual shut-off valve at the outlet, in- stalled to close against the supply. • Equip the tank with an approved oil filter or strainer located downstream from the tank shut-off valve. Use a filter or strainer containing a sump with a drain to trap water. • Equip under ground tanks with a filler neck extending one foot above grade and a minimum 1-1/4 inch diameter vent pipe extending at least two feet above grade. • Locate the tank to be accessible for service and inspection, and safe from fire and other hazards. • If the tank is located inside a compartment of the home, provide ventilation at the bottom of the compartment to permit diffusion of vapors. If the tank is fixed to the home, provide for filling and draining from the outside. • Insulate interior tanks from the structural members of the home. Provide tanks so installed with an outside fill and vent pipe and an approved liquid level gauge. • Install tanks that feed vaporizing type oil furnaces so that oil flows by gravity To achieve efficient gravity flow, make sure that the bottom of the tank is at least 18 inches above the furnace oil control level. • Tanks for gun type oil furnaces (these furnaces include a fuel pump) may be installed above or below ground. OIL SYSTEM TESTING Before operating the system, fill the tank to capacity with the fuel to be burned and vi- sually check all joints in the system for leakage. Replace (do not repair) parts that leak 102 i ! si Fill gas water heaters. Be- fore lighting the pilot on a gas powered water heater, fill the tank with water. Fail- ure to do so could damage the water heater. V ! /�I Testing oil tanks. All oil sto- rage tank and piping installa- tions and tests must meet all applicable local regulations and should be made only by experienced, qualified per- sonnel. Prepare Appliances and Equipment This chapter provides instructions for installing and/or preparing appliances and other equipment. While the items below can be completed in any order, the last item, TEST ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, must be done last. INSTALL AIR CONDITIONER -OR HEAT PUMP (p .103) ' 'T PREPARE HEATING SYSTEM,(p. 104) INSTALL REMOTE HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT (p. 104) V PREPARE WHOLE HOUSE VENTILATION SYSTEM (p. 105) V PREPARE CLOTHES DRYER (p. 1.05) ' PREPARE SMOKE ALARMS (p. 106) " PREPARE FIREPLACES (p. 107) . V. PREPARE KITCHEN AND BATH APPLIANCES / FIXTURES (p. 108) 0 .INSTALL EXTERIOR LIGHTING (p. 109) V INSTALL CEILING FANS AND LIGHTING (p.- 109) V TEST ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (p. 111) , INSTALL AIR CONDITIONER OR HEAT PUMP (if applicable) CENTRAL UNITS • Install split system or unitary central air conditioners and/or heat pumps as follows: 1. Check suitability. Check the home's Comfort Cooling Certificate (may be in- cluded with the data plate) to confirm that the home is suitable for installation of central air. If so, note the air distribution system's rated duct capacity (BTU/hr), any equipment sizing guidance provided by the manufacturer and information provided to calculate the home's heat gain. 2. Select equipment. Select equipment with a rated heating capacity (BTU/hr) not exceeding the maximum indicated on the home's data plate and a rated cooling . capacity sized in accordance with Chapter 28 of the 1997 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals or ACCA Manual J, Residential Cooling Load, 8th edition. Informa- tion necessary to calculate the heat gain of the home is located on the Data'Plate. Sizing recommendations may also be obtained by utilizing the Manufactured Housing Research Alliance Cooling Equipment Sizing Guidelines available at www.mhrahome.org (Located in Appendix B). Choose equipment with a mini- mum circuit amperage (found on the equipment rating plate) no greater than the branch circuit rating of the exterior air conditioning receptacle (indicated on the adjacent tag), if present. 3. Install A -coil. When installing a cooling A -coil in a down -flow furnace that incor- porates a fresh air intake duct, position the duct in the furnace cavity according to the furnace manufacturer's instructions (Figure 69). For electric down -flow fur- naces, trim the whole house ventilation duct as needed to allow installation of the A -coil and secure the duct to the wall of the compartment or to the top of the A - coil. Do not restrict the flex duct opening, allow the duct -insulation to contact the A -coil, or allow the duct to become kinked, restricted or configured to form a trap. 103 Use listed appliances. All applicable appliances must be listed or certified by a nationally recognized test- ing agency for the applica- tion for which the unit is in- tended and installed in ac- cordance with the terms of its listing or certification. Properly sizing equipment. Oversized cooling equip- ment can lower energy ef- ficiency, reduce comfort, shorten equipment life and may cause moisture prob- lems in the home (includ- ing potentially damaging the home's'structure). Siz- ing guidance is provided by the Manufactured Housing Research Alliance Cooling _Equipment Sizing Guide- lines available at www.mhrahome.org. "WHOLE HOUSE" ENTILATIO =LEX DUCT FURNACE CABINET 'WHOLE VbW HOUSE' VENTILATION FLEX DUCT A -COIL FURNACE CABINET FURNACE 4. Connect to Power. Connect cooling equipment to the power supply in accord- ance with all manufacturer's instructions and local codes. 5. Direct Runoff. Direct condensate runoff from cooling equipment away from the home and so that it does not collect under the home. PREPARE HEATING SYSTEM If the home does not contain a factory installed heating appliance, install a remote heating appliance according to INSTALL REMOTE HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT, p. 104. Prepare fuel -burning heating systems included with the home as follows: 1. Inspect for damage. Inspect the furnace and report any damage to the home manufacturer. 2. High altitude. If the home is located more than 2,000 feet above sea level or as indicated in the furnace manufacturer's instructions, derate gas furnaces 4% for each 1,000 feet above sea level. This work must be done by a qualified (and in some jurisdictions, licensed) technician. 3. Convert for LP gas. If LP gas (propane) will be used, convert the appliance from natural gas to LP gas use. Conversion must be made by a qualified and (if re- quired by the LAHJ) licensed technician. 4. Install intake air pipe. Consult the appliance manufacturer's instructions for max- imum allowable pipe run length, requirements for air dampers, locations relative to expected snow levels (check with the LAHJ for expected snow levels), acceptable materials, pipe supports, and pipe termination requirements. 5. Install flue. For combustion appliances, install the flue roof cap and stack as- sembly as described in the manufacturer's installation instructions. INSTALL REMOTE HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT Install remote units in compliance with all heating and cooling equipment requirements in this chapter above and the following: 1. Locate connections to the home. Find the manufacturer -installed connectors, labels or tags under the home indicating the required connection points for supply and return air. If connectors are not provided nor location indicated, select a sup- ply duct location such that there are approximately equal numbers of supply regis- ters forward and rear of the connection point. It is recommended that the exterior heating and/or cooling equipment be centrally located on the back side of the home. 2. Install ducts. Install the appropriate supply and return ducts (not provided) be- tween the remote unit and the home (Figure 71), making connections according to the instructions for crossover ducts in Connect Crossovers (p. 61). 3. Install dampers. If installing a remote cooling unit in a home with a factory in- stalled furnace, install dampers between the furnace and the home's air duct sys- tem, and between the remote unit and the home's air duct system to prevent warm air in heating mode from escaping to the remote cooling unit and vice versa. 4. Connect wiring. Install a thermostat containing a fan switch. Connect utilities in accordance with all manufacturer's instructions and local codes. Wiring shall be 104 Figure 69. Whole house ventilation flex duct in an electric down -flow furnace. From left to right: as pre- pared in the factory, proper installation with A -coil; im- proper installation with A-coi V&F*Irzzj Selecting A -coils. Use only A -coil units compatible and listed for use with the fur- nace in the home and in- stalled in accordance with the furnace manufacturer's instructions. Installing flue stacks with a hinged roof. If flue stack components are installed above the finish roof line (as is often the case with hinged roofs), an Altema- tive Construction letter is normally required along with a follow-up inspection. Contact the factory for guidance. Venting appliances to the outside. Vent to the exte- rior of the home all com- bustion appliances except ranges and ovens. Selecting ducts. Exterior ductwork for remote units must be provided by the installer or HVAC contrac- tor. Ducts must be ap- proved for exterior installa- tion and should be wrapped with insulation of at least R-8 under a vapor barrier with a perm rating of not greater than one. (For ENERGY STAR homes, the R -value must be at least that specified on the manufacturer's EN- ERGY STAR Site Installa- tion Checklist— a minimum of R-8.) per the installation instructions provided by the manufacturer. 5. Seal penetrations. Repair or replace all floor insulation disturbed during the duct installation and seal holes in the bottom board using foam, mastic or tape special- ly made for that purpose. AIR CONDITIONING Figure 71. Ducts connecting EQUIPMENT exterior heating and/or cool - MARRIAGE SUPPLY RETURN ing equipment to the home SUPPLY DUCT LINE DUCT DUCT SUPPORT 0 SUPPORT BLOCK / �SI STRAPS AT INIMUM CLEARANCE Compressed Duct. Support 48' IN. O.C. BETWEEN DUCTS AND the duct without compress - MINIMUM GROUND TO BE 4 IN. Ing the Insulation and re- stricting airflow. PREPARE WHOLE HOUSE VENTILATION SYSTEM Prepare the whole -house ventilation system according to the ventilation system manufac- F turer's instructions. Confirm that any fresh air intake ducts extend to the exterior and do not draw air from the crawlspace under the home. Do not allow any fresh air ventilation intake ducts to become kinked or restricted, forming a trap. Choosing pipe lengths. The appliance manufactur- PREPARE CLOTHES DRYER er may designate the length of the pipe run DRYER VENTS based on the pipe diameter If the home includes a clothes dryer, the components for ventilating the dryer are included and the number of turns in with the home (but not necessarily installed) and a vent opening has been roughed in ei- the pipe run` ther in the wall or floor. (If a dryer is not installed, seal all dryer vent openings). Venting exhaust systems. Run the dryer vent to the outside through the exterior wall or through the floor to a point Exhaust vents must extend beyond the perimeter of the home, using materials approved by the clothes dryer manufac- to the home's exterior through skirting. Termina- tion of the dryer exhaust underneath the home can cause condensation and moisture damage to the home. Lint and dust accu- mulation can ignite, caus- ing a fire. EXTERIOR CLAMP TO ANT RIGID OR Figure 72. Clothes dryer DRYER CAP FLEX DUCT ventilation ductwork through CLAMP = CONNECTION floor (left) or exterior wall TO VENT . SEAL (right) OAP BOTTOM DRYER BOARD VENT SUPPORT STRAP CAP RIGID OR CLAMP TO FLEX DUCT DRYER WOOD FRAME SECURED CONNECTION TO BOTTOM OF RIMPLATE OR INSTALL THROUGH SKIRTING VENT BELOW FLOOR VENT THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL Install the vent as follows: S /® 1. Remove temporary caps. Remove any temporary seals and duct caps from the vent rough openings. Avoid damaging structural 2. Install ductwork. Install ductwork using clamps (do not use screws or other fas- elements. Do not cut or teners that penetrate into the duct) and support the duct with metal straps con- otherwise damage struc- nected to the floor joists or chassis at two feet D.C. or less. Ensure duct connec- tural elements such as tions are internally overlapped to prevent inhibiting the flow of air and thereby floor joists or wall studs for , causing lint accumulation. the installation of the dryer exhaust system. 105 3. Install cap and damper. Install an approved dryer vent cap with damper on the exterior termination of the duct. If the vent terminates at skirting, secure the cap to framing or skirting with sheet metal screws and seal edges with caulk or sealant. If the vent terminates through a wall, apply a bead of sealant to the back of the cap around the opening and secure with sheet metal screws to metal, hardboard or fiber cement siding or with wood screws to a mount block for vinyl siding. 4. Seal opening. Seal openings inside and outside of the home including at the floor, interior walls, siding and skirting (with caulk) and at the bottom board using foam, mastic and/or tape specially made for that purpose. GAS DRYERS If the home was not fitted for a gas dryer, installing one requires substantial alteration to the home. Gas supply piping and adequate venting must be provided as specified by the dryer manufacturer and installed by a trained professional. Do not cut major structural ele- ments to accommodate a gas dryer. PREPARE SMOKE ALARMS The home has several factory installed smoke alarms that are wired to a 120 volt circuit. If the home was designed for placement on a basement, an additional alarm is provided for installation at a pre -wired location under the home. Connect the basement smoke alarm and test all alarms as follows: 1. Check circuit. Ensure that the batteries are installed and the electrical power to the home is activated and that the smoke alarm circuit is on. 2. Test alarms. Press the "test' button on the alarm and hold for 5 seconds (or until the alarm sounds). When the alarm begins to sound, release and confirm that each alarm in the home is sounding. Replace (with the same brand as those in- stalled elsewhere in the home) any alarms that do not sound and retest. 3. Disconnect AC. With the AC current disconnected and batteries installed, test for DC operation following the same procedure as shown in step 1. Both steps 1 and 2 above must be conducted on each alarm installed in the home. If any alarm fails to sound during the test, turn off the power at the main panel box and check the wiring. Make any necessary repairs and conduct a complete re -test. Repeat if necessary until all alarms are functioning properly. 106 Gas. Ventilation compo- nents that may be included with the home for an elec- tric dryer may not be ac- ceptable for gas dryers. Consult the gas dryer manufacturer instructions. Installing ducts. Keep ductwork straight and smooth as possible without excess slack. Slope it slightly downward towards the exterior to facilitate moisture drainage. PREPARE FIREPLACES Install chimneys, chimney flashing and roofing, fireplace combustion air inlets and hearths according to the manufacturer's instructions and the procedures described below. CHIMNEYS Fireplace and wood stoves may require on-site installation of additional sections of ap- proved chimney pipe, a spark arrestor and a rain cap assembly. Follow the manufacturer': instructions and the procedures described below: 1. Remove coverings. Remove protective materials covering the roof flashing and any foreign material from the installed part of the chimney. 2. Install chimney pipe. Assemble and seal the chimney per the fireplace or wood stove manufacturer's installation instructions and if there is a conflict between the instructions and the figure, follow the instructions. To assure sufficient draft for proper operation, extend the chimney at least three feet above the highest point where it penetrates the roof and at least two feet higher than any surface within 10 feet of the chimney (Figure 73). Use additional sections) of chimney pipe (nol provided) if required -by local code or if the site has obstructions within 10 feet of the chimney. Fireplaces and wood stoves not provided by the home manufacturer, including chimneys and air inlets for fireplaces and wood stoves must be listed for use with manufactured homes and must be installed in accordance with their listings. ROOFTOP ASSEMBLY TF 3'-0" ROOF MIN. HEIGHT AIR INTAKE FROM OUTSIDE LESS . J THAN 1n' I RAIN CAP SPARK ARRESTOR CHIMNEY CAP ADAPTOR DOUBLE WALL PIPE STORM COLLAR FLASHING FIRESTOP THIMBLE DAMPER HANDLE OPEN AIR INLET DAMPER HANDLE ABOVE SNOW LEVEL OUTSIDE AIR INLET AIN.' 3. Install shingles. Install shingles up to the edge of the flue cut-out in the roof 101 Figure 73. Chimney and combustion air intake duct installation ®o s� Selecting the appropriate flue. Wood fireplaces use larger diameter flues than gas fireplaces. Make sure flue matches the appliance type. Gas fireplaces cannot burn wood because the flue is too small and smoke will back up into the home. Figure 74. Chimney clear- ance 4 deck. Secure shingles installed under the roof flashing with asphalt cement. Install flashing. Place flashing over pipe section and shingles and set in asphalt cement. Secure flashing to roof deck at top two corners with roofing hails. Complete shingles. Cut shingles in successive courses to fit around the pipe an embed them in asphalt cement where they overlap the flashing. Secure shingles with roofing nails through flashing and apply asphalt cement over nail heads. The completed installation should appear as shown in Figure 75, with the lower part c the flange overlapping the lower shingles and the side and upper shingles over- lapping the flange. PUSH DOWN STORM COLLAR —� /--CAULKING FLUE PIPE ROOF SHINGLES FLANGE UPPER AND SIDE SHINGLES OVERLAP - FLANGE AND ARE SET IN ASPHALT CEMENT LOWER PART OF FLANGE OVERLAPS LOWER SHINGLE COMBUSTION AIR INLETS Combustion air inlets provide combustion air through the floor or an exterior wall to a com- bustion appliance. If installed through an exterior wall, no further site installation is re- quired. If through the floor, extend the duct from its point just below the floor to the outside. Locate the outside air inlet above expected snow levels (contact the LAHJ for snow levels). Follow the fireplace manufacturer's instructions (typically in the fireplace/stove or with the chimney parts). HEARTHS If shipped loose, install the fireplace hearth according to the fireplace manufacturer's in- structions. PREPARE KITCHEN AND BATH APPLIANCES / FIXTURES Install kitchen and bath appliances according to the manufacturer's instructions and the procedures described for each appliance below. COOKING APPLIANCES If the home is provided with a range, cook top and/or grill containing its own exhaust sys- tem that penetrates the floor, complete the exhaust system as follows: 1. Remove covers. Remove the cover on the factory installed exhaust pipe protrud- ing from beneath the floor near the appliance. 2. Install termination fitting. Secure the provided termination fitting at the outside edge of the floor. 3. Install duct. Use the provided flexible metallic duct to connect the elbow protrud- ing from the floor and the termination fitting. Refer to the manufacturer's installa- tion instructions for guidance on supporting the duct and making the connections. SITE -INSTALLED GAS APPLIANCES Install only appliances with a Btu capacity equivalent to or less than the capacity of the fac- tory -installed piping and at the location of a factory -installed gas riser. REFRIGERATOR Prepare the refrigerator as follows: • Remove straps, blocks or other securement devices used for shipping and patch any resulting marks on floors or walls'. • If the refrigerator has an icemaker, check water lines for leaks upon installation and a few days later to make sure no leaks have developed. 108 Figure 75. Roof flashing and shingle installation around chimney FF I 0 ®� Installing exhaust ducts. Route exhaust ducts so they do not terminate be- neath the home. SITE -INSTALLED APPLIANCES AND FIXTURES If sinks, tubs, showers or other fixtures or appliances are to be site -installed, follow the manufacturer's installation instructions. Use only products listed for use in manufactured homes and follow all applicable local codes. INSTALL EXTERIOR LIGHTING Install exterior lighting according to Figure 76 and the following: 1. Remove cover. Remove the screws and cover from electrical junction box. 2. Install flash ring. Place the non-combustible flash ring over the junction box. 3. Connect wires. Connect fixture wires to house wires in the box, black to black, white to white and equipment ground to equipment ground, using listed wire con- nectors. Push wires into the box. ' 4. Connect fixtures. Connect the fixture to the junction box or strap using screws provided with the light fixture. 5. Weatherproof. Weatherproof/caulk around the base of the fixture, leaving a smal gap in the caulking on the bottom to permit drainage of water that may accumu- late. 6. Complete installation. Install bulb and globe on the fixture and verify proper op- eration. WIRE FROM SWITCH NON-COMBUSTIBLE RING WIRENUT WIRE (IF REQUIRED) (TYPICAL) SWITi FIXTURE CANOPY—, _ GLOBE PIGTAIL FOR /UNCTION GROUND _// BOX CONTINUITY WIRE TO OTHER FIXTURE— WIRE NUT (TYPICAL) INSTALL CEILING FANS/LIGHTS Install ceiling fans no closer than 36 inches, measured from the tip of the fan blade to the nearest side of the smoke alarm and with the trailing edges of the blades at least six feet - four inches above the finished floor. Comply with all unit manufacturer's instructions and the requirements below. CEILING FAN/LIGHT MOUNTED TO FACTORY INSTALLED ELECTRICAL BOX IN CEILING Before installing the unit, make sure that adequate structural bracing is present in the ceil- ing. If uncertain, check with the manufacturer. Follow the fan or light manufacturer's in- structions to connect the unit and complete the wiring. If the instructions are not available, connect the wiring as shown in Figure 77. 109 V si Lighting installation. A qualified electrician should install lighting. Before con- necting lighting, disconnect power to the lighting circuit. Ground all exterior light fix- tures. Using a non-combustible ring. Install a non- combustible ring complete- ly covering any combusti- ble surfaces the fixtures may be mounted on (e.g. hard -board, clad wood and vinyl siding), or when ceil- ing material is exposed be- tween the light fixture ca- nopy and the junction box. Figure 76. Exterior lighting connection Installing ceiling fans. A qualified electrician should install lighting and fans. Before connecting the ceil- ing fan or light, disconnect power to the fan wires. Any unit installed outside of the home (such as in a porch ceiling) shall be listed for wet locations. GROUND WIRE Figure 77. Wiring for a ceil- SUPPLY WIRE COILED ing fan or chain -hung light COLOR fixture with a maximum CODED weight of 35 lbs WIRES ROUND WIRE NUT STRAP SECURE BOX TO RIDGE CEILING CEILING B BEAM (FIELD INSTALLED) SECURE BOX TO 2X6 ELECTRICAL BOX LLIMITEDOR MOUNTING SUPPLY WIRE INSERTED IN FIELD NONCOMBUSTIBLE SCREW THROUGH SIDE KNOCKOUT OF BOX RING (IF REQUIRED) CHAIN CEILING FAN/LIGHT MOUNTED ON SITE -INSTALLED DECORATIVE BEAM Where the electrical box will be mounted in a site -installed decorative center beam at- i �® tached to the ridge beam, connect the fixture as follows (see Figure 78): 0 1. Cut hole. If the decorative beam (shipped loose) does not contain a precut hole Choosing ceiling fan junc- for the electrical box, cut a hole with a diameter approximately 1/4 inch larger than tion boxes. Connect ceil- the box's using a hole saw. Align the hole with the supply wire location and center. ing fans only to junction on the beam. boxes listed and marked 2. Install box. Install the box in the hole and secure the flange (plastic boxes only) for ceiling fan application in to the decorative beam with four #6 x 1" screws. accordance with Article 3. Insert wire. Insert the ceiling wire through a knock out hole in the side of the elec- 314.27(b) of 2005 NEC. trical box. It may be necessary to cut a notch in the top of the decorative beam Always ground metal junc- (on the supply wire side of the center beam hole) allowing the supply wire to be tion boxes. inserted into the electrical box without binding against the beam during installa-I Selecting fan weight. Do tion. Leave approximately four inches of wire free in the box. not use any ceiling fans or 4. Attach beam. Secure the decorative beam in place over the center line joint, light fixtures that exceed checking that the supply wire is not pinched or penetrated by beam fasteners. Se -I the weight rating of the box cure the electrical box to the ridge beam with #8 x 2 1/2" wood screws through the (35 Ids unless otherwise two holes in the top of the box. noted). 5. Strip wires. Strip about 3/4 inch of insulation from the white and black conductor Grounding electrical de - ends of the supply wire. vices. Ground fans/lights using a fixture -grounding 6. Position ring. Position the non-combustible flash ring (provided) over the elec- device or a fixture- trical box so that the finished surface (adjacent to electrical box), which is to be grounding wire as specified covered by the fan canopy, is not exposed. in the manufacturer's in - 7. Install and wire unit. Follow the unit manufacturer's installation instructions for structions. mounting the fan/light assembly to the box and for electrical wiring. Use provided electrical connectors for splicing wire. Figure 78. Ceiling fan/light mounted to flush ridge beam BEAM CEILING' 2X6 CENTER BEAM - SHIPPED SUPPLY WIRE COILED , ; LOOSE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION AND SECURED FOR HOLE FOR BOX CUT THROUGH 2X6 SHIPMENT (MAY BE CUT IN PLANT OR IN FIELD) NOTCH BEAM AT HOLE IF NECESSARY SECURE BOX TO RIDGE FOR WIRE CHASE BEAM (FIELD INSTALLED) SECURE BOX TO 2X6 ELECTRICAL BOX CENTER BEAM (FIELD -INSTALLED) SUPPLY WIRE INSERTED IN FIELD THROUGH SIDE KNOCKOUT OF BOX 110 TEST ELECTRICAL SYSTEM +J ,- After completion of all electrical wiring and connections, including crossovers, appliances, ' lights, and'ceiling fans, inspect and test the electrical system as follows:' ' • 1. Fill water heater. Fill water heater before turning on power to the home or switch- ing on the circuit breaker. f ' 2. Test continuity. Before turning on the electrical power to the home, conduct an electrical continuity test toiensure that exposed metallic parts of the home and the .. chassis are effectively bonded. 3. Test operation. After turning on the electrical power to the home, conduct opera- tional tests of all devices to demonstrate that they are connected and in working order. 4. Test polarity. After turning on the electrical power to the home, conduct electrical polarity checks to determine that connections of electrical equipment installed or completed during installation have been made properly. Visual verification is an •f acceptable electrical polarity check for these on-site connections. + , %_ +`- •$ • ,• � .� :+. :" '•(. _ - SpA . . w - lir _. ' - 1 f Complete Exterior Work This chapter covers sealing the bottom board, installing the ground cover arid'skirting, preparing wind protection shutters and completing site built structures. STEP 1. REPAIR AND SEAL BOTTOM BOARD'(p. '112) ' = V STEP 2. INSTALL GROUND MOISTURE RETARDER (p: 112) v STEP 3. INSTALL SKIRTING (p. 113) STEP 4. ASSEMBLE OPTIONAL WIND"kOTECTION SHUTTERS (p. 114) STEP 5. COMPLETE SITE, BUILT STRUCTURE, S (p. 114) STEP 1. REPAIR AND SEAL- BOTTOM BOARD' Tears and openings in the bottom board can result from transportation or installation 1 activities. Inspect for holes and gaps in the entire bottom board, especially areas around service penetrations, crossover connections, pipe and duct hangers, foundation Sealing bottom boards. A - elements and the perimeter of the floor. Using approved materials appropriate for the type of repair, repair the bottom board wherever torn or loosened as follows: continuous and sealed bot- - tom board is critical forhome 1. Insulate. Replace any missing insulation prior to closure and repair of the bot- performance, energy tom board, paying particular attention to insulation gaps that may have been efficiency, protection created at P -traps. against moisture problems, 2. Repair large openings. Repair large openings with a durable patch made of prevention of pipe freezing bottom board fabric or other compatible material and fastened with vinyl bot- and protection against in - tom board tape held in place by fasteners installed with a divergent stapler. sects and rodents Seal the edges around patches with foam or mastic. For large openings, in- Bottom board sealing me- stall arigid backer board behind the bottom board to provide a fastening sub- thods. Tapes shall never strate for the patch. be used alone to repair a 3. Repair small openings. Repair small gaps and tears with vinyl bottom board large opening in the bottom tape, patches, adhesive/mastic or foam sealant. board. Divergent staples or Alternate materials may be used to repair and seal the bottom board provided they are mastic must be used in appropriate for the type of repair and installed per the manufacturer's installation in- tandem with tape to prevent structions. r future tear off. i Fastening vinyl siding. Do STEP 2. INSTALL GROUND MOISTURE RETARDER h not install fasteners directly If the space under the home is to be enclosed with skirting or other materials, a ground into vinyl siding. Allow for siding thermal expansion moisture retarder of a minimum six mil thick polyethylene sheeting or equivalent must pre -drilling minimum 1/2 be installed covering the ground under the home. Moisture retarders are not required in I' in nch diameter fastener arid regions (less than 15 inches of rainfall annually) with dry soil conditions. If on- holes or fastening skirting grade (surface) footings are used, install the ground moisture retarder prior to placing to a ledger under the home the footings, or install it around the footings after all other work under the home is com- (see Best Practice tip). plete. i Install the ground moisture retarder as follows: 1. Apply sheeting. Unroll the ground moisture overlapping joints in the sheeting a minimum of 12 inches and covering the entire area under the home except for i areas under recessed entries, decks and porches. . 2. Repair tears. Repair any large voids'or tears in the retarder by patching with like material, maintaining a minimum 12 inch overlap, secured with tape or ad- hesive. Repair small voids and tears with tape, adhesive or per manufacturer's installation instructions.- i i i 11? r STEP 3. SKIRTING (IF USED) Attaching vinyl skirting. At- +' ' Skirting is any structural or non-structural perimeter crawispace enclosure. Complete tach skirting to the home, I site built structures (see STEP 5. COMPLETE SITE BUILT STRUCTURES; p.114) that but allow for contraction ! abut the home (such as porches, attached garages and steps) prior to installing skirt- and expansion characteris- ing. f tics of the skirting material. ' I TABLE 27. SKIRTING AND VENTILATION SPECIFICATIONS l ` ... , s Skirting must be of weather -resistant materials or provided with protection . Avoid backfilling against against weather deterioration at least equivalent to that provided by a coat- ing of zinc on steel of not less than 0.30 oz per sq ft of surface coated. ` against non-structural skirt Skirting made from wood or wood products and used within six inches of the ground need to be made of materials naturally resistant to decay and, ing' termite infestation or pressure treated. j Ventilation open ngs must be covered for their -full height and width with a s. w. "perforated (1A inch maximum opening m any,dimensibn),coorrosionn nd ,- ` e sweather resistant covering that is -designed to prevent the�eMrykof en s. Ih subject t6 freezing, the coverings for the ventilat must.; areas ori openings shave an, operable ;damper them m to be tFie-open or close$ posi _permitting xtion deppndmg om e,weather I To design and install skirting, comply with the skirting manufacturer's instructions (if ~ I _ c provided) and the following: 1.. Configure skirting. Run the skirting along the perimeter of the home's heat- f ed, conditioned space. Do not enclose with skirting areas under recessed en- tries, porches or decks (whether constructed as part of the home or added on r 4 site) unless skirting is of the fully vented type and installed so as to allow wa- ter to freely flow out from under the home. - •� 2. Fasten skirting. Attach it to the home in a manner that prevents water from being trapped between the siding or trim and the skirting. Allow for frost heave when installing skirting in areas subject to frost. J • ! 3. Provide ventilation. Unless the skirting has integral ventilation openings that meet the following ventilation requirements, install equally sized ventilation i ! openings on at least two opposite sides of the foundation. Siie ventilation ar-' ea to equal at least one square foot for each 150 square feet of under -floor area (or for each 1,500 square feet if a ground moisture_ retarder is installed according to STEP 2. INSTALL GROUND MOISTURE RETARDER, p. 112). ' The ventilation area must be the net free area of the foundation vent, not the ` I area of the foundation opening. Place vents as high above the ground as , practical. ; .*,TABLE 28 FOUNDATION VENTILATION ne quare Fo.otof,Vent per 1 Square Feet of •- •• 0S. Total Sq. Feet. Total. 'Sq. Feet Total Sq. Feet Total Sq. Feet Total Sq. Feet Home of Vents Home.. of Vents �Home of Vents Home of Vents Home of Vents Sq. Feet Required, Sq. Feet Required. Sq. Feet Required Sq. Feet Required •• 3.33 060 1500 2000 2500 • v I • • 4.00 • • 1600 2100 10R, 0 2600 17.33 + , • • 4.67 • •' 1700 2200 2700 18.00 e r :•• 5.33 •• 8.67 .•• 12.00 •• .•• 15.33 18.67 y 4. Install access. Provide an access opening not less than 18 inches wide and I 24 inches high (minimum 3 square feet in area) and located so that any utility . connections l6cated under the home are accessible. 5. Extend vents, drains and inlets. Run appliance exhaust vents, combustion ^' I air inlets and air conditioner condensation drains through the skirting to the outside and terminate each as instructed in the sections of this manual corre- sponding to each appliance. ' 13 e' OPTIONAL WIND PROTECTION SHUT - protective window covers for use during severe wind storms ana nurncanes accoraing to Appendix C. STEP 5. COMPLETE SITE BUILT STRUCTURES Install site built structures such as steps, landings, garages, awnings, carports, breezeways, porches, decks, railings, sheds and utility rooms according to manufac- turer's instructions (if any), in compliance with all local regulations including fire separa- tion and electrical requirements, and according to the following: • Do not obstruct any of the egress windows or the two required exit doors from the home. • The addition must be entirely self -supported and cannot rely on the home for support (superficial connections are acceptable). The home's structural system is not designed to support the extra loads imposed by the addition. • Do not damage the integrity of the home's structural or weatherproofing sys- tem. Seal any weatherproofing connections between the site built structure and the home and flash any roof connections. • The home's structural system may not be cut or altered in any way. A regis- tered engineer or architect shall approve any alterations or changes. • Utilize only GFCI outlets for site built structures. • Install and test smoke alarms in any site built structures according to local code. • All joints between the home and the addition must be properly sealed so they are watertight. • The home's mechanical system has been designed for the home itself and does not consider the heating or cooling of the addition. • The addition must meet all local codes, including site work and fire separation requirements. The manufacturer does not accept any responsibility for the ad- dition's design. • The home with an addition must be in conformance with the HUD Manufac- tured Housing Code, such as exiting, light and vent, etc. The addition must be approved by the jurisdiction having authority. • Site work shall be consistent with the objectives of site grading as described in Prepare the Site (p.15). • The manufacturer will not honor the warranty for any problem that relates to the construction of the addition (leak problems, etc). A dormer roof can be installed on the home to match the pitch of the addition's roof. The shingles below the dormer must be removed and the dormer must be vented properly. The dormer weight, including the weight of the existing home's roof sheathing, shall be no more than 8 psf and distributed uniformly over the roof trusses of the home. Connec- tions may be made to attach the dormer to the home, but not be used to support the roof loads of the addition. The dormer shall be shingled, flashed and sealed properly to pre- vent leaks (follow shingle manufacturer's instructions and ARMA guidelines for shingle valley applications). The manufacturer is providing the above information as an accommodation only and without consideration. Accordingly, by this letter the manufacturer extends no warranties or representation either expressed or implied with regard to the recommendations here- in. 114 1 • I � . f ilt t Prepare Home for Occupancy , Follow these steps for final inspection and completion of the home: I ' t t t t t y c- +. STEP 1.VERIFY ALTERNATIVE CONSTRUCTION (A/C) INSPECTION (p1'115) STEP 2. COMPLETE INSPECTION CHECKLIST (p. 115) + ISTEP 3. COMPLETE ENERGY STAR CHECKLIST (p. 115) " a ® STEP 4. CLEAN THE HOME (p. 115) r STEP 1. VERIFY ALTERNATIVE CONSTRUCTION (A/C) IN- SPECTION A home designated as an AC home will contain the letters "AC" in the serial number lo- cated on the data plate.Verifiying the AC inspection is the responsibility of the retailer.' I The installation is not complete until the alternative construction inspection has been ti passed and all applicable documention completed and returned to the plant. ' STEP 2. COMPLETE INSPECTION CHECKLIST After all previous steps have been accomplished, inspect the home to verify that it has been completely and properly installed using the checklist starting on p. 116. Installer, must also certify that the installation is in compliance with either the manufacturer's in -- I structions or with an alternative design in compliance with 3285.2(c). Arrange for an in- spection by the appropriate LAHJ, if required. Correct any deficiencies found, if possible, or if not possible, inform the retailer or man- , ufacturer immediately. ` STEP 3. COMPLETE ENERGY STAR•CHECKLIST a For ENERGY STAR qualified homes (check with the retailer or manufacturer), this step is to be completed by the manufacturer's designated representative; The manufacturers representative must complete the Energy Star Site Installation Checklist, obtain signatures on the ENERGY STAR label, and return the completed ENERGY STAR Site Installation Checklist to the manufacturing plant. r . STEP 4. CLEAN THE HOME Remove and properly dispose of all installation -generated dust, debris and packaging , materials from the home and the surrounding property. Ensure that the home is in ' t "move -in" condition. , [i FOUNDATION SUPPORT • Footings properly sized and constructed for the soil conditions • Pier spacing per data plate and applicable table and roof load zone • Piers properly constructed and vertical • Perimeter blocking installed (if required) • Piers at each side of openings 48" or larger • Piers beneath all outside exterior doors (except when located in end wall) Center line piers installed at columns • Shims in place and tight ANCHORS • Approved anchors are used • Proper anchors installed based on soil conditions • Anchors are installed at correct angles • Anchor spacing and installation correct • Longitudinal ties installed (if required) • Anchor straps are tensioned UNDER THE HOME • Moisture retarder installed • The ground under and around the home has been properly graded to prevent water from collecting or flowing beneath the home • HVAC ducts are supported off the ground and connected tightly to collars at all ends I Fireplace combustion air intake free and unrestricted • No holes or tears in bottom board • Skirting (if used) has been installed per manufacturer's instructions with proper I venting and provision for frost heave ! Skirting has been attached in a manner that does not cause water to be trapped between the siding and trim and cannot be forced up into the wall cavi- ty i • Dryer vent, range/cook top exhaust, water heater temperature and pressure ioverflow pipe and AC condensate drain installed to perimeter of crawl space EXTERIOR • Shingled roofs are free of visible damage and serious defects and there are no missing or loose shingles • Shingle close-up and ridge cap have been completed per applicable details I • All hold down straps on shingled roofs have been removed and holes have been properly sealed ! Penetrations at roof stacks, vents and chimneys have been properly sealed Siding and trim is free of gaps, voids, missing fasteners, damage and serious defects. All seams are sealed and hardboard edges are sealed. • Drip edge and fascia is properly installed and free of damage and serious de- fects • Gutters and downspouts are installed properly such that water is diverted away from the home • Trees and bushes have been trimmed to prevent brushing against the home in windy conditions or under snow loads • The HUD label is exposed, intact and legible j The exterior of the home and immediate surroundings is clean, clear of con - 116; struction materials, dust and debris INTERIOR • , Ceilings, walls and floor coverings are free from damage and serious defects Carpeting is properly stretched and seamed • All trim and molding is installed properly and free of damage and defects • All cabinets, countertops, plumbing fixtures, appliances, furnishings and win- dow coverings are free of damage or serious defects • All cabinet doors and drawers work properly • All interior and exterior doors and windows open, close and latch properly • One window in each bedroom meets emergency egress requirements, has op- erating instruction labels on it and operates properly • All temporary shipping hardware has been removed Floors are level • The data plate is intact and legible • Smoke alarms have been tested • The interior of the home is clean, clear of materials, dust and debris WATER AND DRAIN SYSTEMS • Crossover and service connection and splices have been properly made with correct materials • Water and drain lines are insulated or otherwise protected from freezing • Pipe supports are installed and properly spaced • Proper slope has been maintained on all drain lines • All necessary inspections and tests have been performed • All sinks, basins, tubs and toilets operate properly • All hot and cold water lines are properly connected to fixtures, dispense water as labeled and operate properly • Tub, tub/shower and shower outlets have been verified to ensure the outlet water temperature does not exceed 120°F (49°C) ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS • The panel amperage matches the connection to the home • The home has been properly grounded • The main power supply has been properly connected and tested by a licensed electrician • Continuity test has been conducted • Polarity test has been conducted Operational test has been conducted • All electrical crossovers have been connected • All receptacles, switches and light fixtures operate properly • Ground fault circuit interrupters operate properly • All exterior lights have been properly installed GAS/FUEL.OIL SYSTEMS • The gas system pressure test has been conducted Connections between units are properly made with access as required • The main fuel line has been properly connected and tested by a qualified tech-' nician APPLIANCE OPERATING AND VENTING • . All appliances are working properly 117 • Appliance venting is in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions • Fresh air intakes are properly installed • Whole house; kitchen and bath exhaust fan operation are correct • Fireplace chimney stack extension and roof cap have been installed in accord- ance with the manufacturers instructions • Air conditioner/heat pump is sized properly • Air conditioner condensate line is properly trapped and terminates outside of the skirting MISCELLANEOUS • Installation/anchoring certificates or seals have been issued and installed (if required) • Owner's and operation manuals are available for all appliances • This installation manual is left with home • Marriage line gasket has been installed and inspected 11' Index of Steps 1 INTRODUCTION GETTING STARTED..........:...................................:....... PG. 10 I` PREPARE THE SITE..................................................... PG. 15 INSTALL FOOTINGS....................:. ... PG. 20 I CONSTRUCT FOUNDATIONS...................................... PG. 35 i SET THE HOME............................................................. PG. 38 r COMPLETE MULTI-SECTION SET ............................... PG. 44 COMPLETE ROOF AND EXTERIOR WALLS........:...... PG. 56 1 CONNECT CROSSOVERS............................................ PG. 61 i COMPLETE THE INTERIOR......................................... PG. 72 j INSTALL STABILIZING SYSTEM ................................. PG. 74 CONNECT UTILITIES....................................................PG. 95 j PREPARE APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT ............... PG. 103 COMPLETE EXTERIOR WORK...................................,PG. 112 i PREPARE HOME FOR OCCUPANCY .......................... PG. 115 COMPLETE INSTALLATION CHECKLIST................... i j I PG. 116 c- APP. ENDIX.A L Alk 1 r National Rural ural Manufactured El actric Housing Research Alliance Manufactured. Home Coo- [in Association Eq'pipment Sizinu. Guidli,aes' AM For ENERGY STARO qualified manufactured United teshomes and homes b u[ l t' t G the HUD standards' Envi onmeessee ntal Ten Authorityalley • I + . Protection Agency Oversizing cooling equipment: a costly mistake The guidelines offer a simple look -up procedure to assist equipment specifiers, HVAC contractors, home installers, retailers, manufacturers, and electric utility staff select heat pump and air conditioner capacity for new manufactured homes. The guidelines were developed to help eliminate the all -too -common problem of choosing equipment with far more cooling capacity than the home needs. Oversized HVAC equipment is recognized as'a common industry problem that erodes energy efficiency and lowers customer satisl tion. Consumers overpay in two ways. First, they are buying equi has more cooling capacity and is more expensive than they need. Second, once installed, oversized equipment cycles on and off frequently, shortening equipment life, lowering efficiency, and increasing power bills. Oversized equipment also can lead to moisture problems within the home. ENERGY STAR ENERGY STAR is a nationally recognized, voluntary labeling program designed to �. identify and promote energy-efficient homes, buildings, and products to consumers and business owners across the United States. The U.S. Environmental Protection >' Agency is responsible for administering the ENERGY STAR for Homes program. An ENERGY STAR qualified home is at least 30% more energy efficient in its heating, / l cooling and water heating than a comparable home built to the 1993 Model Energy r 'Code. This increased level of energy efficiency is met by successfully integrating an energy efficient building envelope (effective insulation, tight construction, advanced windows), energy efficient air distribution (air -tight, well -insulated ducts), and energy efficient equipment (space heating and cooling and hot water heating). ENERGY STAR qualified homes typically require less cooling capacity because their high insulation levels and tight construction slow the transfer of heat from outside into the home, and their tight air distribution systems minimize the loss of conditioned air from the ducts. Thermal provisions of the Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards, Subpart F, Section §3280 How to use the sizing guidelines The sizing guidelines consist of a set of nine maps covering the continental U.S. and the Sizing Table contain- ing recommended cooling equipment sizes in tons. The maps are divided into counties. Contiguous counties that have the same sizing recommendations are combined into Sizing Groups.' The maps and Sizing Table are available on the Web at http://www.mhrahome.org and http://www.energystar.gov. Follow these steps to determine your recommended size: 1. Find the county where the home will be sited on the map and determine the corresponding Sizing Group number. 2. Find the row corresponding to the Sizing Group on the Sizing Table. The rows on the table are color - coded to match the colors on the map. 3. Determine the conditioned Floor Area of the home and read across the top row of the table locating the pair of columns containing that area. 4. To find the required cooling equipment capacity in tons for a heat pump or air conditioner, read down the column that corresponds to the Floor Area and across the row that corresponds to the Sizing .Group. 5. The left-hand column in each pair represents the appropriate cooling equipment size for ENERGY STAR qualified homes. The right-hand column in each pair represents the size (in tons of cooling capacity) for homes built to the HUD -standards thermal requirements. Example: • An ENERGY STAR qualified home is to be installed in Richmond County near Ocala, Florida. • The map indicates that Richmond County is in a Sizing Group 50. • The home is a 28 ft. by 56 ft. multisection containing 1,568 square feet of conditioned living space (28 ft. x 56 ft.= 1,568 sq. ft.). • Referring to the Sizing Table, read across the row labeled Sizing Group 50 and down the column containing 1,568 square feet (1,441 to 1,680). • Read down the left-hand (blue) column for an ENERGY STAR qualified home. • This home requires a 3 Ton heat pump. 'Some counties are divided into more than one sizing group. Disclaimer The values on the chart are intended as a guide for equipment selection. This information is not a substitute for proper evaluation and judg- ment by an equipment specifier. The cooling capacity estimates are based on typical home configurations and assumed design conditions. Actual sizing requirements may differ from the values on the chart. The Manufactured Housing Research Alliance and its members, the US Environmental Protection Agency, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the National Rural Electric Cooperative Association, sponsors of this work, assume no liability for errors in equipment sizing, selection, and installation. Sizing charts are available for other regions of the U.S. For information on obtaining sizing guidance for other areas, please visit the Manufactured Housing Research Alliance web site at: http://www.mhrahome.org. The Manufactured Housing Research Alliance developed the sizing charts. MHRA is a non-profit membership organization comprised of firms.ectively engaged in the manufactured housing business. Wrightsoft Corporation performed the engineering analysis. The technical basis for the values -that appear on the -chart is Right -J?'"; an Air Conditioning Contractors ofAmerica-(ACCA)-endorsed software version of ACCA Manual J, Load Calculation for Residential Winter and Summer Air Conditioning, Seventh Edition. Copyright © 2005 Manufactured Housing Research Alliance All rights reserved. No portion of this chart may be reproduced, by any process or technique, without the express written permission of MHRA. floor Area Up to tKU 041 to 1,121 to to 1,44110 I,bt$l to I'vbl to 2,241 to 2,521 to - 2,761 to (square feet) 1,120 1,280 1,440 1,680 1,960 2,240 2,520 2,760 3,000 Sizing Group R�!HUD HUDMw. 0� W, - :1 HUD -Z� HUD QQ� HUD HUD W. � HUD HUD HUD M5 HUD - IL I El 0_2_.§ZL21 T' M: 3 �'78- M'rs- _17 7tl, _? T 5 -71 12 'w" 42� F4 '2 2.5 Z .5 El El 1 .1 1:5 1.5 11:5- 1, 1.5 2 1.5 ".j 2 2 -2 2.5 j 2 1.5 1.5 5'• 2 5, 2.5 2.5 1 1.5 1.� 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 - 2.6 2.5 3 1 1.5 2 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 Z5 2.5 2.5 3 3 1.5 1.5 1:5 1.5 r7 2 2 5 E El 11 15 2.5 2.5 El 2.5 3 2.5 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 10 E�� 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 7 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 1.5 11 i E� 1.5 1.5E 17 0 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 R, 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 M 2.5 3 3 3 3 3.5 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2-: 1.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3.5 13 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 1.5 1.5 F 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.6 2 I :' 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3.5 14 T 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 i 2 2 2 2 x 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 t 3 3 3 3 3 3.5 15 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 j 1.5 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 x, 3 3.5 3 3.5 .1 6 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3.5 3 4 17 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 1.5 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 3.5 3 4 18 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3.5 3 3.5 3.5 4 19 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3.6 3 3.5 3.5 4 20 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3.5 3 4 3.5 4 21 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3.5 3 4 3.5 4 22 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 4 23 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 24 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 4 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 25 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 4 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 26 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 4 3.5 4.5 3.5 4.5 27 1.5 2 2 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 3.5 5 28 1.5 2 2 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 2.5 3.5 3 4 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 3.5 5 29 1.5 2 2 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 4 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 3.5 5 30 1.5 2 2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 4 5 31 1.5 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 4 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 4 5 32 1.5 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 4 3.5 4.5 3.5 4.5 3.5 5 33 1.5 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 4 3.5 4.5 3.5 4.5 4 5 34 1.5 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 3.5 4.5 4 5 35 1.5 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 2.5 3 3 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 3.5 5 4 5 36 1.5 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2 3 2.5 3 2.5 3.5 3 4 3 4.5 3.5 5 3.5 5.5 37 1.5 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3 3 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 4 5 4 5.5 38 1.5 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2 3 2.5 3.5 3 3.5 3 4 3.5 4.5 3.5 5 3.5 5.5 30 - 1.5 2 2 2.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 2.5 3.5 3 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 3.5 5 4 5.5 - 40 1.5 2 2 25 2 2.5 2.5 3 2.5 3.5 3 3.5 3.5 4 3.5 4.5 4 5 4 5.5 2 2 2 2.5 2,5 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 3 3.5 3.5 4 i 4 4.5 4 5 V' 4 5.5 jy 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5- 2.5 3 3.5 3.5 3.5 4 4 4 4.5 4 5 4:5 5.5 7' 2 2.5 f7j. ? 3 r-7".2.5 35 3 4 3 45 3.5: 4.5 , 1 .3.5 5 . 3.5 5.5 2 .2 25 3 5 Ll 3_34 L -J..,3 '4 3.5, 45, El 15 2 2 25 -2!_57- ; -6 7 -,3-r5 Af !6�7075*1 LJ ' ]P ,7 F1' 11Y.�E47 ; 34,-- L - �. 4 2LEE-z. r 7 ,4 ) 77-Cr l�56T71E I'F-_7i r _F 7TVF2-rM5 r75777 f 7 Li L"J J r 'U A, '-f5- -29-Ej-��-5. 37[j.-T57?7 �Ej��71 J�;4 - �f '77wEl 04;4' ;L 5' 0_4M�" I 77� '315 As' 2 .5 _i'. 2� E 11" El� El" r3_:�74,_-�v7 j14--' :.. " 0 11 El El 00 2. 45 5'� 6' s2 ?Y3 _. 5'''7 X rr *73 N I ,2535--37 r4l �r.41 �A"5 45 6° y45 65 ET25�3 5 6.5'- i 2525'.;33 Ll2�o'ZI.5- 3r '2:5 _3:5 3_6 U3 353.5 4 4' 45'95 5_4555 Ll '6 _ 77 7' 5 :5 6.5 6 '7 . 5 2 5 3 3 35 3 .5 ;A �4' 4 5 -7 2, 3.6- -45': . - ' .. 3.5 3.5 45 0" -7 I I J 1-1 El Li :' ?:5E - . 5 0' 2 2.5 �j 13 3 0:5: 3 4.5 4�. r7l 5 4:5 F�� 3 4 4� OA 5§5 4.$5tt.!5' Ex -4 Lj- 6t. El 25• A .6 5 7" 8.* I., 2.5 - 3'- 3 L3.5 , 15 -:4. 4.5 Fr4 5 4;5 5:5� Mrw, .5.5 l,'7rl r 5.5 7.t 6 .,8" _ t RSA •n �� F s TU 19 23 27 „ E� --,23 U t a h" ' 27 28 ♦ � � .� >� `Yl ? A CSS '� E n.. w.a, 40 '+. •f� {�i :''7} � �' c.' r f "1- Z � •y.T-r 27 + t T M�. "4i, �` ,�rf s?� t Li ° P� �,,,,,,_ �T' .w�i �f s,r �r (t •' .t ix +, ,ft�X`. '� -_. 4+�� 7•f a^L 3 1� r zeG. Y� 5'•i'��,•r t����H'rrty";^�" �. +. iJ' s�l �' + �a _ • +� � r "' "*x� � «?`-•t,r` i � "' � �' L ' 4>w '(� ' �A�'�� �� � � ,,., �n..M... .t tiL„ci3�`� t t�"'r�� � + °i "-� � , N A 'r Pi ."fin :�{tt,, � f? ya r&i� �. �l f_ ;''} �' � k� • L•F2,, •r+ +y-"'`�k. • �. f ° � (�r 49„ s-n�, .��'' •'� a:+ sjX;;.�a:'.`: *��{y{y`P %ir (��, ',�` y E - 4.Z`': �I� t ' `1 M/ ^s-- y fPb X-. �T�Y EI � •aa 7. ` S..° arty t, '`� ��',e 9:•T�.. — � � � 4� '' rl !�l,+ �7 r� Wow?:j 2523 �' .. ' 26 a +. r`'y.<Y TxSki- 1 '26 23 } E fh 44 � 1 `- s i.t a i y - A. T. = A•.\ i 'P t •v.y�.�-A���s ".•p 17 . T yj rG 32 �7r t��•. �.�'x�' a �` . �y � �,,.< _ Y ` yup sY #� 32 53 New Me+x-ico 24. 25 S5 32 32 F , t 36 r } f � f f Washington gyr 24 19� X19. 23 13. xk 4> �¢. 27 24 19 —21 24 fir _ ._. �r �"� \" '�"9e�„�f- .r�i Mho n t a n a • rY.':- '3 •"- • 19 TM �" 1-4 Kz O[¢gon 21 fµtu si M2•tAM. i + ', 9" r I .� ,� t ` fa�'< 1 t. �if•1r t. v.. l 3.46., 23 �thr.,Y�°' ,tea f/ <l �27... I d••a h.o , tet. Iw` ��"� '�fy 21 29 r. f Yr Y, �a y5'•� I{ 1. J^�, .� !- t t ., t r '�e y. 33'`' l` 26 -r1 a � .,t• 3 rad' }�. 3`G , 1kr fli 1 /ZM �<fhil:ijK wY.'1 iti rCfi�Y4H' 'S ✓i�cr.fn •�ftW .. 23 y AyL*is _ttc ir+ 33 y�c rk f T 15 �.i 3� ,oEiT1�g�x R yi r w�� 21 � ` o m i"n g9 .a 23 .r t y e 6 c G Qac �_ R..,o- B.I.... ,. xl«. 20- 24 0 m,. .8 xw. s rfi20 I North Dakota 23 21 20 �, ;;x,,,15 �I Mi nn e s 0 t a--. hdl .-South Dakota 23 _ x d i0 IL.25 20" �I 31 °' W. Il...n )x11 1... I4.1•k. Icv+•n <I,n4 fuxu.x ru.vn � (AhxBB{ x,Bn.. N» 2 .x --23 20 -. 23 77 �' N e b r a s kW a 2 24 6 -Irv' • �'35x 2-3 r LW. n. m.2 23 I +.,+ x.a Ss x».a . X. a.• nwl+ .I.> ... AA. xl.^. w aL.... >Ima. R..aa ^'�• I. na.l. 2b � vd• u.xR.+. Im.. c.:. rl.l. I e.. <'.• a � �� 26 a C. r.25 • a...er ,.vv fc; Na..e i_.t.:.rc � � `_ A.m Lame I �» 26 35rF o,lry 29" .•,,,.. relwR. ,..ef. jy,4.• t'5°.w.. IxR,m . "M iI.s s O U r6l G � - am,m' n..�. hl. q�V; t--'3' 1C , ;L.s{` �- 'r ', 9; ... .T�(/x`•I�P. 311. ,..� -35-LM, 28 .� 31 w IL 26 w 5n.x yr 28 ».. 29 ',�• —x �7 • �;y r car; fir! �;� '' �, .��.' F t,_ ',�• —x �7 • �;y r car; fir! �;� '' �, .��.' N jhmue � ; � w� k r !f� 3 ����i r1 �� ��_ •c�r • err; j � . -- r+ ii C w NT UN WE- .. Y��L' +re - ATO � 215 Q ,�t��1 ��'T, A�•y ' J `� 2u i 2���� � `„` _ \ . 14 I V y' A r NS n'•w,'P]�.ay ^ R1-, 7ln L' V ; a Y L :'+ trt , w 4 v f m•ar l� y r k . 1618 17. 20 12 Gavnlia uvlea ,,W. •R^A U} W • .}. lyn tvn�fmu {!y a �.0 —23a., n',.2q.h� A IMn, !nb• comae h.sm,am. I..eam '�;^ -fir 2 fam,ll 22' .n r W � .� faw• � 1 I Mule lubm fmav N.k i•V `\u� IM1q•N n. s tr _. IaPam,' Lm:hv N,Ilam � ui �' ' h [r[�'k 1 ev.•LA I.. •il::As• 11+hm iyWl Mk , ., 1(M1i j A 1 w 22 Rm.. {8 A 22 -20.11. ee..e:ll A �I�••yy�� l � Jy! ! M. +. 6181 I xm.9 f•1u.7 .cvv4 LLM .IRn PWmr lu Ilavt �', jln'T � M f 1w +v.., r N:.ah.. M� na.m u•a.L. <t..lm �*' t..! .� y� R �' ` em .we,n �_•• +, ....IN..:rcu .aa u,n Alhn IA.an .v ��'� r �:.�. �'�i a �,4 k�ii.�'` j R.viv ml lad. 2 =• R1.n.vc 26 20 al.m, Iron,,:.. , I•.. :nl hllMm:ut hien 2211 , Na nin•m TP'm lNn kb/..�n NaN.h+l Ibk m•nl IAwL/T/�,//� t++m RRn: :n.al F i'wn IWa Ilmmb ./�„: 1 tLnf 2i `I U L H:nau L.� °5n Rml u� e:AR aar.n Im 4,u "21'5.�•.r um }4:m rm lAnh:. `� ' II.Ai� •, 20 laytr. IVn'.m 4mh .\Mur „m �m e� N 25Lh,r.. Aamm m,m .een. 1 wry n.n Ar ! m I ""hio 26Rb �b m.:b. "' v 31 Illinois�:.!•_ nIndiana• l.. i'n:n{nm: ISN• .^ , vWn ,. . �. \ '` _ r, lan,mx 26 Frrn n la.nnn k(i.P,� n:.c.nda.h `I \lab.. �` Nn'LAN I.n"a�A� Ib•av ' lmmgvm •n•. 23 .Mn.a .i NLaMN:n p —26 xl 22 mlLv 1ay�rc I.nrJ• �:A.n P+. Ih11.m m ` nl.brp'nn All ...n ./� 1..Ja.J1'r.n` ` v Mm;an Lv` Us•N w t Wl Llue.n� a.hiW IYm l'•ntlin auLaMrh �,4 v ...• MaP•�In frL�n , ,,, :m•..I l:..NI l.. N I, 21nJ u:nmm.. ...e, 1 Ilmw..r,. ` Il.mn L... >Ia.,� `u..N n•:.I:n (]N••,n 5hh1LL 4v r .l f: ox. Kentucky 2.6 � lu LeJ• v. V ,Im:m Nu:.11 Nm„ Ib VW ` ' l; •a \na Ilan. n n Ut: L, nfll uM bN 26 h� ,28 35mu .1:.._ -1— t ' 33 Mote f r � -i .cyir. 25 t '626-) .27 Cf- T= C�.� h�a i.4 ���'�,: ;ate �•� rt� ztt Ff-�r'.t, � p rt,n,rbai ?4n"�+iFeS�, 'IAt•.-. �f hero lr1 i �t -7 e • � fi +'rt�a,�N L'I( - y��-��iZE �49i'„F+'�f `�!>.tt���,'9•S-S ,�i�?tFt �2�r-..Y�iVYA""'�' 'i .n S,. •o .>< ""�� 't f ++1}£yAJ�'���-�+•c.,'1 �; ^e �'�s. ;rJ�� C � � t� P:n f �'.i s.namwwn �'.� n,a2il,.. \♦ 24 t` �. M k ct)x >a� F'r ,tL•nan,nY,,,� rl�-a+�i' i x „��'tp►+ � �"i�="e'x< �, J :,,� � t� �Pt�t ,T � � 4 d' yb�Y et�nf� tom•, - ` 19 \T .��r ,r. ri+ ��• ,r r �7 ro '�, le .r"y� 4 mmncur., 1aip,V� N�:� ',•,<-�tF',x �',,�-`•i��Jt�{ tr°j �t7+�r 6ti'i�0" Sonu Crv. r ` , -i 1fa,tW ` H:mcruWe p,k I]- �' pt •�. SBS' i7T. •Z�S `3f � "� p� � - tef t�r1r �''r1jL t��h-;, �+���.�a f , h+"•HYYY{ i t M,.'6yi'pa`�,� X35 `l,rs�pSF"L`+3�lfil. i r.tf. �h , ��ibYYl�•l5.4.L�.,tj�i�"`ftr {nT�i`/Fµ:SL A'�3+y �Lsr•i i. San flcnrtn l�"' 'i r'�� f Y. :� i •} w e..�,t�,��t w't rx Mi°�a.'�cst Z2�'1..; � • - "� n X r tr "�'8�7 l�''�tT..a 1�� J•'`i-�� �tl�r Sa. Lui, Ob,sph'4: ' .� _ '.�. f 1t1 .tf•'' ` h: ,f f' - .�i. 0 '-Califo.,rnia V'?na ., 4n Mtcks , n Sumu NaAw.�, .. •�, i t.i ``, lranFr - T .. \w\ - San Dicyr, F� t I m VAIE The following designs are presented as two basic alternatives: The first is to present the minimum shutters that are permitted by the codes when such shutters are required. The requirements of the 2003 International Residential Code (IRC) and the 2001 Florida Building Code (FBC) are presented. They permit the use of minimum 7/16" Rated Sheathing as shutters to protect against the impact of windbome debris. Check with local building, departments for verification or clarification of requirements. The second approach provides some design details for stronger and stiffer shutters than provided for by the code - minimum designs. It should be noted that these designs were developed prior to the adoption of specific standards for shutter designs by any U.S. codes. The supports detailed for these shutters meet code requirements when mounted according to the specifications in Table R301.2.1.2. The mounting brackets for the masonry block structures have been tested for design wind loads but have not been impact or cyclic tested because they were developed as design guides before these standards were developed. - 1. Code -Minimum Shutter Design: The 2003 International Residential Code (IRC), Section 8301.2.1.2, provides that `;windows in buildings located in windbome debris regions shall have glazed openings protected from windbome debris or the building shall be designed as a partially enclosed building in accordance with the International Building Code. Glazed opening protection for windbome debris shall meet the requirements of the Large Missile Test of ASTM E 1996 and of ASTM E 1886 referenced therein. Exception: Wood structural panels with a minimum thickness of 7/16 inch (11.1 mm) and a maximum span of 8 feet (2438 mm) shall be permitted for opening protection in one- and two-story buildings. Panels shall be precut 'to cover the glazed openings with attachment hardware provided. Attachments shall be provide in accordance with Table. R301.2.1.2 or shall be designed to resist the components and cladding loads determined in accordance with the provisions of the International Building Code."' TABLE R301.2.1.2 WINDBORNE DEBRIS PROCTECTION FASTENING SCHEDULE FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELSa,b,c Fastener Spacing Panel .4 h < Panel 6 ft < Panel Fastener Type Span <_ 4 h Span <_ 6 ft Span <_ 8 N 2-1/2" #6 Wood Screws 16" 12" 9" 2-1/2" #8 Wood Screws 16" 16", 12" a. This table is based on 130mph wind speeds and a 33 -foot mean roof height. b. Fasteners' shall be installed at opposing ends of the wood structural panel. c. Where screws are attached to masonry or masonry/stucco, they shall be attached utilizing vibration -resistant anchors having a minimum ultimate withdrawal capacity of 490 pounds. a S Section R202 defines a Windbome Debris Region as any "areas within hurricane -prone regions within one mile of the coastal mean high water line where the basic wind speed is 110 mph, or greater; or where the basic wind speed is equal to or greater than 120 mph; or Hawaii." (See map) Alternatively, Section 1606.1.4 of the 2001 Florida Building Code: "In windbome debris regions, exterior glazing that receives positive pressure in the lower 60 feet in buildings shall be assumed to be openings unless such glazing is impact resistant or protected with an impact resistant covering meeting the requirements of SSTD 12, ASTM E 1886 and ASTM E 1996, or Miami -Dade PA 201, 202 and 203 referenced therein as follows: 1. Glazed openings located within 30 feet of grade shall meet the provisions of the Small Missile Test. 2. Glazed openings located more than 30 feet above grade shall meet the provision of the Small Missile Test. Exception: Wood structural panels with a minimum thickness of 7/16 inch and maximum panel span of 8 feet shall be permitted for opening protection in one- and two-story buildings. Panels shall be precut to cover the glazed openings with attachment hardware provided. Attachment shall be designed to resist the components and cladding loads deter- mined in accordance with Table 1606.213. Attachment in accordance with Table 1606.1.4 is permitted for buildings with mean roof height of 33 feet or less where wind speeds do not exceed 130 mph." TABLE 1606.1.4 WINDBORNE DEBRIS PROTECTION FASTENING SCHEDULE FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS Fastener Spacing (in.)a,b Panel 2 h< Panel 4 H< Panel 6 h< Panel Fastener Type Span s 2 ft Span < 4 ft Span < 6 ft Span < 8 h 2-1/2 #6 Wood Screwc 16 16 12 9 2-1/2 #8 Wood Screwc 16 16 16 12 Double -Headed Noilsd 12 6 4 3 a. This table is based on a maximum wind speed of 130 mph and mean roof height of 33 feet or less. b. Fasteners shall be installed at opposing ends of the wood structural panel. c. Where screws ore attached to masonry or masonry/stucco, they shall be attached using vibration -resistant anchors having a minimum withdrawal capacity of 490 Ib. d. Nails shall be 1 Od common or 12d box double -headed nails. Section 1606.1.5 defines a Windbome Debris Region as: 1. Area within one mile of the coastal mean high water line where the basic wind speed is 110 mph or greater. (See map) 2. Areas where the basic wind speed is 120 mph or greater except from the eastern border of Franklin Count to the Florida -Alabama line where the region includes area only within 1 mile of the coast. (See map) Hurricane Shutter Designs 4 2. Stronger, Stiffer Designs The. following design pages describe how to construct stronger, stiffer shutters for attachment to wood and masonry walls. The masonry attachments were designed prior to the adoption of specific test standards for shutter designs by U.S. codes. The shutters have been tested to resist the design wind loads and impacts but the attachments to masonry have not been impact or cyclic -load tested. The masonry attachment details are therefore supplied as guides in developing individual designs. ~ Most building codes include provisions for storm shutters. Earlier code had provisions for a deflection of less than the shutter span (in inches) divided by 30 (for instance, a 40 -inch span should not bend more than 40/30 = 1.33 inches when the wind blows). They also should bend less than 2 inches maximum and should remain at least one inch away from the window when under full wind force. The easiest designs are those that simply cover the opening with a wood structural panel. In wood -frame construc- tion, panels can be nailed over the openings when a hurricane approaches. Buildings made with concrete blocks, however, require advance preparation. + In some cases, stiffeners may be necessary to limit deflection of the shutter against the glass. Stiffeners function best if the 2 x 4s are on the outside of the shutter and oriented with the narrow edge against the shutter. Tables 1 and 2 and Figure 1 on the following page apply to most of the designs, and are referenced accordingly. These APA hurricane shutter designs are based on pressures associated with a 3 -second gust wind speed of 120 mph. Building codes are currently being reviewed for possible changes. Before constructing shutters, therefore, it is important to check with your local building department for an update on current code requirements. Note: The shutter designs shown herein will provide significant protection from hurricane -force winds. This publication contains recommendations to serve as a guide only. It does not include all possible shutter, anchor and fastening systems, and the installer must adjust all dimensions to compensate for particular installations and hardware used. These shutter designs by no means represent all possible workable designs and can always be upgraded to provide even greater margins of safety and protection. All shutter designs herein are intended to be temporary, and mounted and removed from outside the building. All designs are based on wind pressure capacities only. While the design wind pressures used are based on ASCE 7-95, the building owner%installer must still carefully evaluate each system and then, if neces- sary, make any modifications consistent with good design and building practices. DESIGN 1 SHUTTERS, FOR WOOD—FRAPAE BUILDINGS DESIGN 2 SHUTTERS FOR MASONRY CLOCK STRUCTURES BARREL BOLT LATCH SUPPORTS DESIGN 3 SHUTTERS FOR MALSONRY BLOCK STRUCTURES STEEL OR ALUMINUM ANGLE AND SCREW SUPPORTS. DESIGN 4 SHUTTERS FOR MIAS 14RY BLOCK SrRUCTURES SHUTTERS ATTACHED TO OUTSIDE WALL WITH PERMANENTLY MOUNTED BRACKETS DESIGN 5 SHUTTERS e0lt MAS—aKIZY RLOCK STRUCTURES, FOR OPENINGS WIDER THAN 8 FEET Form No. T450E • © 2004 APA — The Engineered Wood Association • www.apawood. Drg TABLE 1 MAXIMUM SPAN WITHOUT STIFFENERS Approximate Deflection (in.) at i APA Panel Approximate -Maximum 120 mph Design Wind Speed Span Rating Weight (Ib./ft.2) Shutter Span at 15 -ft. Height 32/16 .1.5 30 - 0.5 40/20 2 36 0.5 i 48/24 2.4 48 0.9 48 oc 3.6 72 1.5 TABLE 2 , ESTIMATED DEFLECTION AT 120 MPH DESIGN WIND SPEED AT 15-FT..HEIGHT FOR SHUTTERS WITH 2 X 4s AT 16 INCHES o.c. APA Panel Span Rating Approximate Weight (Ib./ft.2) Shutter Span (in.) in. 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 32/16 2.5 0.2 0.2 0.3 , 0.4 0.5 0.8 - 40/20 2.9 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.7 1.1 48/24 3.4 - - 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.6 1.0 48 oc 4.6 - - 0.11 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.9 FIGURE 1 SHUTTER'STIFFENER ATTACHMENT - IF REQUIRED APA Structural Pone[ Strength axis 3/16" x 3" Lag screws with fender washers 12d Nails 6" o.c. -#22x� Cut if desirec DESIGN 1 MUM [OR W0004ROW 901HIM This design from APA — The Engineered Wood Association describes how to construct structural panel shutters for attachment to wood -frame buildings. Steps to Constructing Shutters 1. Review Tables 1 and 2 in the Design Considerations section to determine if stiffeners are needed. Attach stiffener as shown in Figures 1 and IA. 2. Cut APA wood structural panels with adequate edge overlap to receive nails. Orient long panel axis (strength axis) of the panel as shown in Figures 1 and IA. 3. Use a long brad or finishing nail to locate the framing behind the wood siding. The nails used to attach the shims and the shutters must hit the framing to be fully effective. 4. Nail shims to the framing with 12d nails. Use 16d nails for shims over 3/4 inch thick. For spans up to 5 feet, space the nails 6 inches o.c. at each shim. For spans over 5 feet, space nails 4 inches o.c. at each shim. (Figures 1B and 1C) 5. Attach the shutters with double -headed nails for ease of later removal. (Figures 1B and 1C) Use 12d nails for shutters up to 3/4 inch thick and 16d nails for shutters over 3/4 inch thick. For spans up to 5 feet, space the nails 6 inches o.c. at each end of the shutter panel. For spans over 5 feet, space nails 4 inches o.c. at each end of the shutter panel. Nailing the panel on all four sides, instead of just the two ends, will further limit deflection and maximize strength. 6. Any permanently installed hardware, shims or fastening devices must be installed using standard/acceptable methods of waterproofing. All abandoned holes must be sealed. 7. After fabrication each shutter should be marked for orientation and location to simplify installation. 8. if shims are to be left in place, use galvanized nails and finish like siding or exterior trim. i iutter Designs t FIGURE lA SHUTTER ATTACHMENT — VIEW FROM OUTSIDE s' i I APA Structure 42 2 x 4s (if Strength oxis 12d Double -he (nails at 4" o.c. I h Cut if desired FIGURE 1 B SHUTTER ATTACHMENT — TOP Siding 12d Nails d 12d Double -headed nails at 6" o.c. nails at 4" o.c. if shutter is over 5' long) Header Shim Finish wall Flashing and caulk Shutter Interior casing Glass Form No. T450E © 2004 APA — The Engineered Wood Association'- www.apowood.org Hurricane Shutter Designs g FIGURE 1C SHUTTER ATTACHMENT — BOTTOM Finish sill Shutter Interior casing Sill „i Caulk 12d Double-headed nails R J9 at 6” o.c. (nails at 4" o.c. Finish wall if shutter is over 5' long) r. Shim 12d Nails Siding t~' r Form No. T450E ■ © 2004 APA — The Engineered Wood Association ■ www.apawood.org Alternate Wind Protection for Windows and Doors Plywood storm cover - See table below for plywood sp oclftcations For openftV wider than 80' kcate storm cover butt point Within 30' of vertical studs and tnstail X clips between lumber stiffeners as shown Fasten plywood storm cover to door vertical framtV with I-•10x21/Z penet screw each side of stiffener and 8'0.C Max) 24 SYP. 12 stiffeners Within 6' of top and bottom of whndows and 16'O.C. Max) r Top plate For opeYntgp wider than 80'— locate storm cover butt joint within 30' of vertical studs and histall V chP between lumber stiffeners as drown. Plywood storm cover - See table below for plywood specifications. Fasten plywood storm cover to door vertical framiW with 1-•!0x21/7 pent sarw each side of stiffener and 8'0.0 MaxJ 24SYP. •2 stiffeners within 6- of top and bottom of windows and IFO.C. Max.) Top plate Wind Protection for Windows Wind Protection for Doors Locate plywood seams over center of 24 stiffen Install plywood storm cover with face gram placed horizontal e — Typical stiffener Lwtallation detail — Typical screw A hsstallatlon. Windowopentng width. Window/amblwall framing behind cover. Bottom plate ```��Illltllllt///ttrr� ✓.,�� No 0033841 Install plywood storm cover With face grain placed borbontal. B — Typical stiffener Installation dead below. — 7yptcal screw A iWiallatlon. Door Opaft Width. Locate plywood seams over center of aro stiffenerx Door pmb/wall framing behind storm cover. } Alternate Wind Protection for Windows. and. Boors Max. opening 110 x 21/2' penet wood Plywood storm cover must extend screw with I 11ZdUa extend min. 3-beymn edge of thickness steel washer. window/door frame as shown 1/2" Plywood storm cover (m►ri) 49 "to 84 " 5/8" 24 stiffener entire 85 "to 120" 31411 Steel washer width of storm cover. 1 1/2' Metal tube%ylinder H z mM. or plywood spacer: i n-I)'p. X/ Exterior sidMg P4,K,00d WMdow/door / \ I Rubber washer. storm WMdow/door ` Stud or hanber blockirtg rlOx3.smw t; 0..0 318k31/2-kg frame (mM. art spfl (typ. entire kogth with 1 1/2' die. Jamb wall stud of stiffener) washer at each SECTION B-B end of stiffener. EECTIONA A Note: 1wisller must fixate wood screws 3/4' +/- fr1Drr1 ' edge of window/door frame and must verily that ` �� J. KA �G Ir wood screw plaaement Properly engages `�� ���\P' C hanber framMg1) = yam•.' Cj�,� * No 0033841 Wind Protection Details PLYWOOD STORM COVER SPECIFICATIONS Max. opening Minimum Span width thickness index Up to 48" 1/2" 24/0 49 "to 84 " 5/8" 32/16 85 "to 120" 31411 48/24 Wind Protection Exterior Sheathing Notes: 1. All decorative shutters must be removed prior to installing protective covers. 2. When openings exceed 84" replace 2','x4" stiffeners with 2"x6" SPF #2 stiffeners. 3. After use, recommend that all sheathing be retained for possible reuse. Caulk any nail holes in the siding to prevent moisture from penetrating the exterior wall. 4. On bay windows, 3" extension beyond edge of window is not applicable, storm covering is to be butted up at angled areas of bays. Covering may have a maximum gap of 1/4" between pieces. Rnnc (ZCi`TIP1A1 A'T TI"fl Ir�t rr\vrILC rum lMWLtWIUt !FACTORY INSTALLED) NUUF SLGTION AT DOUBLEWIDE TRUSS PROFILE /QROFESS/O ql Q NO: LJ �E C042077 0 a EXP. 3-3_- 1-2014 0 - OF CAOF O_SITE INSTALLED ITEM . SEE SHEET S-62 'SITE INSTRUCTIONS FOR HINGE ROOF CLOSE OFF". FACTORY INSTALLED ITEM - SEE SHEET S-63 FACTORY INSTALLED NOTES". N RA NO S: pj 1. FOR HOMES WITHOUT "ALTERNATE 'CONSTRUCTION" APPROVF FUEL BURNING FURNACE AND WATER HEATER VENTS SHALL NOT BE POSITIONED IN HOME SUCH THAT THEY WOULD EXTEND THROUGH THE HINGED PORTION OF ROOF. 2. FACTORY SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM WEATHER DAMAGE ON UNROOFED PORTIONS OF HOME DURING TRANSIT AND STORAGE. 3. ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR SITE CLOSE -OFF SUCH AS SHINGLES, SHEATHING, RIDGE BOARD, FASCIA, OUTLOOKERS. BOLTS, ATTIC VENTS, ETC.,. SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY GOLDEN WEST HOMES AND SHIPPED LOOSE WITH THE UNIT. REVOOMs NO. REMISED By DATE I Rsw 11/11/00 DRAW HINGED ROOF „r 9E BEARS CLOSE —OFF _ P (FACTORY INSTALLED) 12 ORA" Br DATE ROOF LOAD A CRH 1-23-9i 40 PSF S-61 57" MAX TYPICAL LISTED CAP TRUSS 12 5 'YPICAL MAIN ROOF TRUSS ALT: FLAT CEILING r7l1/'1C CCr%TI nKI Ar TMlll nvl ILL. r Ur -A VUUULLWIUt FCAP TRUSS HINGED TO MAIN TRUSS WITH NYLON STRAP ENABLING THE TRUSS TO FOLD DOWN INTO ROOF CAVITY FOR TRANSPORT. 21—TO _ INSTALL TEMPORARY 2X3 STUD GRADE EOGERAIL TO EACH KINGPOST WITH (1) No. 8 X 3" WOOD SCREW AO— SECURE CAP TRUSS TO MAIN TRUSS W/ 13) 7/16- X 2 1/2" X 15 GA STAPLES FASTEND FROM BOTTOM CHORD OF CAP TRUSS INTO TOP CHORD OF MAIN TRUSS AS SHOWN, O— REMOVE TEMPORARY EDGERAIL MENTIONED ABOVE AND RE -ATTACH TO KINGPOST OF CAP TRUSS -WITH (2) 7/16" X 2-1/2" X 15 GA STAPLES. Ia15G NOTES FOR 5/12 HINGE SETUP 1 a n REMOVE TEMPORARY SHEATHING INSTALLED OVER THE FOLDED DOWN CAP TRUSS AND INSTALL 3/8" APA RATED 24/0 SHEATHING ,WHICH IS SHIPPED LOOSE, TO SIDE OF CAP TRUSS ON EACH END OF HOME ONCE THE TRUSS IS HINGED UP. C13 4z NO. i C042077 O n .*\E:xp. 3-31-2014 * O_SITE INSTALLED ITEM - SEE SHEET S-62 U.O.N. "SITE INSTRUCTIONS FOR HINGE ROOF CLOSE OFF". FACTORY INSTALLED ITEM - SEE SHEET S-63 U.O.N. FACTORY INSTALLED NOTES". G N RA NO S: 1. FOR HOMES WITHOUT "ALTERNATE CONSTRUCTION" APPROVA FUEL BURNING FURNACE AND WATER HEATER VENTS SHALL NOT BE POSITIONED IN HOME SUCH THAT THEY WOULD EXTEND THROUGH THE HINGED PORTION OF ROOF. 2. FACTORY SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM WEATHER DAMAGE ON UNROOFED PORTIONS OF HOME DURING TRANSIT AND STORAGE. 3. ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR SITE CLOSE -OFF SUCH AS SHINGLES, SHEATHING, RIDGE BOARD, FASCIA, OUTLOOKERS. BOLTS, ATTIC VENTS, ETC... SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE FACTORY AND SHIPPED LOOSE WITH THE UNIT. REVISIONS - ND. REVISED BY DATE DRAWING. I2 DRAWN BY TM HINGED ROOF CLOSE—OFF DATE 1/3/02 11.11 An pc� S-61.1 TRIPLEWIDE INSTRUCTIONS OBOLT RIDGE BEAMS TOGETHER AT MATING LINES PER INSTALLATION MANUAL SHEET S-11, DETAIL "A" OAPPLY 3/8" APA RATED 24/0 ROOF SHEATHING OVER UNSHEATHED SURFACES OF ROOF. FASTEN SHEATHING WITH 6d NAILS AT 6. O/C EDGES, PERIMETER AND 12" O/C FIELD. 2b APPLY 3/8- APA RATED 24/0 ROOF SHEATHING OVER THE GAP BETWEEN SECTIONS OF THE HOME. FASTEN SHEATHING WITH 6d NAILS AT 6" O/C EDGES, PERIMETER AND 12" O/C FIELD. SHEATHING MUST EXTEND 10" MINIMUM ONTO EACH SECTION AND THE DECKING MUST BE SECURED TO EACH TRUSS ON EACH SECTION WITH A MINIMUM OF 131 6d NAILS. LFB Q /0'\—SITE INSTALLED ITEM a_FACTORY INSTALLED ITEM 5/12 TRIPLE WIDE CENTER OAT EACH END OF ROOF, INSTALL 2x6 No. 2 H.F. OUTLOOKERS AT 28" O/C WITH ONE OUTLOOKER DIRECTLY NEXT TO EACH SIDE OF THE PEAK. EXTEND ALL OUTLOOKERS BACK TO THIRD TRUSS FROM ENDWALL, EXTEND OUTLOOKERS OUT PAST ENDWALL TO MATCH FACTORY INSTALLED OUTLOOKER EXTENSIONS. FASTEN OUTLOOKERS TO TRUSS TOP CHORD WITH (2) No. 8x3" WOOD SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION. O© INSTALL CONTINUOUS 2x8 FASCIA BOARD TO ENDS OF OUTLOOKERS WITH (3) 16d NAILS AT EACH OUTLOOKER. SPLICE FASCIA PER SET-UP MANUAL DRAWING "S-16". CAP TRUSS HINGED TO MAIN TRUSS WITH NYLON STRAP ENABLING THE TRUSS TO FOLD DOWN INTO ROOF CAVITY FOR TRANSPORT. OINSTALL A MINIMUM OF SIX ROOF VENTS (50 SQUARE INCH NET OPENING EACH) AT EACH SIDE OF RIDGE OVER CUT-OUTS IN FACTORY INSTALLED SHEATHING TO PROVIDE ATTIC VENTILATION. MIRRORED ON THIS SIDE. SITE INSTALLED CRIB LISTED 12 TRUSSES AT 24- O.C. MAX. 3I/—CRIB FASTEN BOTTOM CHORD OF TRUSS TO TOP CHORD OF MAIN TRUSS WITH £8 X 3" WOOD SCREWS AT 16" O.C. MAX. ©REQUIRED VENTILATION TO BE AT LEAST 1/300 OF THE ATTIC FLOOR SPACE.THE ROOF VENTS MUST PROVIDE AT LEAST SW OF THE REQUIRED VENTILATION AND AT LEAST 40% MUST BE PROVIDED BY EAVE, SOFFIT OR LOW GABLE VENTS. A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 1" MUST BE PROVIDED BETWEEN THE TOP OF THE INSULATION AND THE ROOF SHEATHING. OAPPLY ROOF SHINGLES WITH UNDERLAYMENTIN ACCORDANCE WITH SHINGLE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. SHINGLES AND UNDERLAYMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED TO CONTINUE UPWARD FROM FACTORY APPLIED SHINGLES. ® SECURE CAP TRUSS TO MAIN TRUSS PER S-61.1. OATTACH 2x3 EDGERAIL PER S-61.1. © FACTORY INSTALLED 3/8" APA SHEATHING. �O THIS DETAIL APPLICABLE TO WIND ZONE 1. CHORDS MAY BE SLOPED FOR DRAINAGE 2b PURPOSES DURING TRANSPORTATION. 2" 3 MAX SLOPE. � lff ........................................................ .. ..................................................... . FACTORY INSTALLED LISTED MAIN TRUSSES 0 24" O.C. MAX CLOSE - UP DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: 1. FACTORY SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM WEATHER DAMAGE ON UNROOFED PORTIONS OF HOME DURING TRANSI AND STORAGE. 2. ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR SITE CLOSE -OFF SUCH AS TRUSSES, SHINGLES, SHEATHING, RIDGE BOARD, FASCIA, OUTLOOKERS, BOLTS, ATTIC VENTS, VENT EXTENSIONS, FLASHINGS, ETC..SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY CMH MANUFACTURING LP AND SHIPPED LOOSE WITH THE UNIT, 3. ALL FASTENERS EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT. 4. AT EACH END OF UNITS, FIELD INSTALL SIDING TO MATCH © TYPE THAT IS FACTORY INSTALLED ON MANUFACTURED HOME. INSTALL SIDING PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WITH 6d CORROSIVE RESISTANT NAILS AT 6. O.C. EDGES AND FIELD. ES REVISED BY DATE y / C/' T MKT 2-19-09 Q NO. MKT 31111M2 C042077 O a * Exp. 3-31-2014 s'l CIV1� �Q / ��OF CAL* DRAWING Appy'. , M FOR ROOF LOAD WE INSTALLED PEAK TRUSWIS 40 PSF S DRAWN BY -61.2 TM DATE 4/13/04 — Rnnr crr TinAi AT TAr LEGEND: SITE INSTALLED ITEM - SEE SHEET S-62 U.O.N. "SITE INSTRUCTIONS FOR HINGE ROOF CLOSE OFF". El—FACTORY INSTALLED ITEM - SEE SHEET S-63 U.O.N. "FACTORY INSTALLED NOTES". O— SECURE CAP TRUSS TO MAIN TRUSS PER DETAIL S-61.1 O— TOP CHORD OF TAG TRUSS SECURED TO TOP CHORD OF MAIN UNIT TRUSS PER S-11 B OR C O— ROOF CLOSE UP 'PER S-31 DETAIL. OD — SECURE CAP TRUSS TO MAIN TRUSS PER DETAIL S-61.2 MIDI. rvylt� 'UN 5/12 HINGE SETUP GENERAL NOTA aEvmoMB WK 1. FOR HOMES WITHOUT "ALTERNATE CONSTRUCTION" APPROVREVISED BI DATE NO FUEL BURNING FURNACE AND WATER HEATER VENTS SHALL - - Z NOT BE POSITIONED IN HOME SUCH THAT THEY WOULD C042077 O m EXTEND THROUGH THE HINGED PORTION OF ROOF. Exp- 334 2. FACTORY SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM WEATHERciv TRANSIT �Q DAMAGE ON UNROOFED PORTIONS OF HOME DURING TRANSIT AND STORAGE. 3. ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR SITE CLOSE -OFF SUCH AS onArmo SHINGLES, SHEATHING, RIDGE BOARD, FASCIA, OUTLOOKERS, SITE INSTALLED PEAK TRUSSES BOLTS. ATTIC VENTS, ETC... SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY FOR 5/12 TRANSVERSE TAG THE FACTORY AND SHIPPED LOOSE WITH THE UNIT. 12 DRAWN DY DATE RODE LOAD B - 8/16/04 40 PSF S-61.3 SITE INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLOSE - OFF DOUBLEWIDE INSTRUCTIONS O BOLT RIDGE BEAMS TOGETHER AT MATING LINES PER PAGES 48-51 IN THE INSTALLATION ® MANUAL. O AT EACH END OF ROOF, INSTALL 2x6 No. 2 H.F OUTLOOKERS AT 28" O/C WITH ONE OUTLOOKER DIRECTLY NEXT TO EACH SIDE OF THE PEAK. EXTEND ALL OUTLOOKERS BACK TO THIRD TRUSS FROM ENDWALL, EXTEND OUTLOOKERS OUT PAST ENDWALL TO MATCH FACTORY INSTALLED OUTLOOKER EXTENSIONS. FASTEN OUTLOOKERS TO HINGED TRUSS TOP CHORD WITH (2) No. 80" WOOD SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION. TRIPLEWIDE INSTRUCTIONS pl OBOLT RIDGE BEAMS TOGETHER AT MATING LINES PER PAGES 48-51 IN THE INSTALLATION ® MANUAL. OAT EACH END OF ROOF, INSTALL 2x6 No. 2 H.F OUTLOOKERS AT 28" O/C WITH ONE OUTLOOKER DIRECTLY NEXT TO EACH SIDE OF THE PEAK. EXTEND ALL OUTLOOKERS BACK TO THIRD TRUSS FROM ENDWALL, EXTEND OUTLOOKERS OUT PAST ENDWALL TO MATCH FACTORY INSTALLED OUTLOOKER EXTENSIONS. FASTEN OUTLOOKERS TO HINGED TRUSS TOP CHORD WITH (2) No. 8x3" WOOD SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION. OINSTALL 3 CONTINUOUS 2x8 FASCIA BOARD TO O INSTALL CONTINUOUS 2x8 FASCIA BOARD TO ENDS OF OUTLOOKERS WITH (3) 16d NAILS ENDS OF WITH 16d NAILS AT AT EACH OUTLOOKER.U SPLICE FASCIA WITH ® EACH OUTOUTILOOKER. SP M SPLICE BLOCK KSRSPLICE FASCIA WITH 1x3x7" ® 1x3x7" MINIMUM SPLICE BLOCK SECURED WITH RED WITH 14) 6d NAILS EACH SIDE OF SPLICE. (4) 6d NAILS EACH SIDE OF SPLICE. OAPPLY 3/8" APA RATED 24/0 ROOF 4 APPLY 3/8" APA RATED 24/0 ROOF SHEATHING OVER UNSHEATHED SURFACES OF SHEATHING OVER ENTIRE SURFACE OF SITE ® HINGED ROOF. FASTEN SHEATHING WITH 8d ® INSTALLED CAP. FASTEN SHEATHING WITH 8d NAILS AT 6" O/C EDGES AND 12" O/C FIELD. NAILS AT 6" O/C EDGES AND 12" O/C FIELD. O INSTALL A MINIMUM OF FOUR ROOF VENTS (50 SQUARE INCH NET OPENING EACH) AT EACH HALF OF UNIT OVER CUT-OUTS IN FACTORY INSTALLED SHEATHING TO PROVIDE ATTIC VENTILATION. ® ALTERNATE: INSTALL CONTINUOUS RIDGE VENT AT A RATIO OF 1 SQ.FT. OF NET FREE AIR TO 300 SQ.FT. OF HOME AREA. HALF OF THIS AMOUNT MUST BE INSTALLED ALONG THE PEAK. © APPLY ROOF SHINGLES WITH UNDERLAYMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SHINGLE MANUFACTUR- ERS INSTRUCTIONS. SHINGLES AND UNDERLAY- MENT SHALL BE INSTALLED TO CONTINUE UPWARD FROM FACTORY APPLIED SHINGLES. O FASTEN EACH HINGED KING POST TO 2x4 LEDGER W/ (2) No. 8 x 3" WOOD SCREWS. ®INSTALL CAP TRUSSES TO EACH HINGED RAFTER CHORD WITH A 6 3/4" OVERLAP EACH SIDE. FASTEN EACH SIDE WITH (4) 8d NAILS. 4b APPLY 3/8" APA RATED 24/0 ROOF SHEATHING OVER THE GAP BETWEEN SECTIONS OF THE HOME. FASTEN SHEATHING WITH 8d ® NAILS AT 6" O/C EDGES AND 12" O/C FIELD. OINSTALL A MINIMUM OF SIX ROOF VENTS (50 SQUARE INCH NET OPENING EACH) AT EACH SIDE OF RIDGE OVER CUT-OUTS IN FACTORY INSTALLED SHEATHING TO PROVIDE ATTIC VENTILATION. ® ALTERNATE: INSTALL CONTINUOUS RIDGE VENT AT A RATIO OF 1 SQ.FT. OF NET FREE AIR TO 300 SQ.FT. OF HOME AREA. HALF OF THIS AMOUNT MUST BE INSTALLED ALONG THE PEAK. ©APPLY ROOF SHINGLES WITH UNDERLAYMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SHINGLE MANUFACTUR- ERS INSTRUCTIONS. SHINGLES AND UNDERLAY- MENT SHALL BE INSTALLED TO CONTINUE UPWARD FROM FACTORY APPLIED SHINGLES. OFASTEN EACH HINGED KING POST TO 2x4 LEDGER W/ (2) No. 8 x 3" WOOD SCREWS. ®INSTALL CONTINUOUS 1x3 MEMBERS (8' LENGTHS) TO THE TRUSSES ON EACH SIDE OF e THE PEAK. FASTEN ix TO TRUSSES WITH (2) 8d NAILS PER TRUSS. FASTEN 1x ACROSS THE PEAK WITH 8d NAILS SPACED 4" O/C. GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR SITE CLOSE -OFF SUCH AS SHINGLES, SHEATHING, FASCIA, OUTLOOKERS, BOLTS, ATTIC VENTS, FLASHING, SIDING, ETC... SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY GOLDEN WEST HOMES AND SHIPPED LOOSE WITH THE UP 2. FOR HOMES WITHOUT "ALTERNATE CONSTRUCTI, Q APPROVAL, FUEL BURNING FURNACE AND WATEF HEATER VENTS SHALL NOT BE POSITIONED IN HOME SUCH THAT THEY WOULD EXTEND THROU, THE HINGED PORTION OF ROOF. 3. FACTORY SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM WEATHER DAMAGE ON UNROOFED PORTIONS OF HOME DURING TRANSIT AND STORAGE. 4. ALL FASTENERS EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT. 5. AT EACH END OF UNITS, FIELD INSTALL SIDING TO MATCH TYPE THAT IS FACTORY INSTALLED ON MANUFACTURED HOME. INSTALL SIDING PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WITH 6d CORROSIVE RESISTANT NAILS AT 6" O.C. EDGES AND FIELD. REPS Ms REVISED BY DAIS 11/11/00 001011 O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED D U HOUSING CONSTRUCTION U 2/18/11 O &SAFETY STANDARDS A a08 0 � o 2/28/2011 DRAWING SRS INSTRUCTIONS FOR HNOE ROOF CLOSE - OFF DRAWN BYcrCRIB°"'E I-1-22-151"2 40 REVISIONS REVISED BY DATE C0420' O Exp.3-31-2014. CIV1�_ ..P DRAWING F ROM ROOF FACTORY INSTALLED NOTES DRAWN BY GR5 DATE 1-23-91 S634P FACTORY INSTALLED NOTES GENERAL NOTES DOUBLEWIDE INSTRUCTIONS TRIPLE WIDE INSTRUCTIONS APPLY 3/8" MIN. ROOF SHEATHING TO HINGED TRUSS CHORDS PER [D 1. ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR SITE CLOSE -OFF SUCH SHINGLES, SHEATHING, FASCIA, OUTLOOKERS, BOLTS, APPLY 3/8" MIN. ROOF SHEATHING TO HINGED STRUCTURAL DRAWING No. TRUSS CHORDS PER STRUCTURAL ATTIC VENTS, FLASHING, SIDING, 98.00. DRAWING No. ETC... SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY GOLDEN 98.00. WEST HOMES. AND SHIPPED LOOSE WITH THE UNIT © INSTALL 2x6 FLAT OUTLOOKERS AS SHOWN PER STRUCTURAL DRAWING 96.03 AND PER © INSTALL 2x6 FLAT OUTLOOKERS AS SHOWN. 2. FOR HOMES WITHOUT "ALTERNATE CONSTRUCTIOr STRUCTURAL DRAWING 96.04. PER STRUCTURAL DRAWING 96.03 AND PER Qj APPROVAL, FUEL BURNING FURNACE AND WATER STRUCTURAL DRAWING, 96.04. HEATER VENTS SHALL NOT BE POSITIONED IN - C FACTORY INSTALLED SHEATHING UP TO HINGED C a FACTORY INSTALLED SHEATHING UP HOME SUCH THAT THEY WOULD EXTEND THROUGf THE HINGED PORTION OF ROOF. GANG NAIL PLATE PER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWING No. 98.00 AND FACTORY INSTALLED END OF OUTER SECTION PER STRUCTURAL DRAWING No. 98.00 AND 3. FACTORY SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM SHINGLES AND DNDERLAYMENT PER STRUCTURAL FACTORY INSTALLED SHINGLES AND WEATHER DAMAGE ON UNROOFED PORTIONS OF HOME DURING TRANSIT AND DRAWING No. 96.60 DNDERLAYMENT PER STRUCTURAL STORAGE. DRAWING No. 96.60 a FACTORY INSTALLED 2x8 FASCIA PERFACTORY INSTALLED 2x8 FASCIA 4. ALL FASTENERS EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT. STRUCTURAL DRAWING 96.03 OR 96.04 D PER STRUCTURAL DRAWING 96.03 OR 96.04 a FACTORY 'INSTALLED 2x4 CONTINUOUS LEDGER FASTENED TO EACH FEJ FACTORY INSTALLED 2x4 CONTINUOUS TRUSS W/ (1) No. 8 x-3" WOOD SCREW. LEDGER FASTENED TO EACH TRUSS W/ (1) No. 8 x 3" WOOD SCREW. REVISIONS REVISED BY DATE C0420' O Exp.3-31-2014. CIV1�_ ..P DRAWING F ROM ROOF FACTORY INSTALLED NOTES DRAWN BY GR5 DATE 1-23-91 S634P IVV I L. I I IIJ IVLJV IL W L/%I Vi VVI VI VLI/ I IVIV JVI 1 VI\ 1 IJ 11 14 PY L.0 LJI I IVIV TO NORMAL CONNECTION FOR FLAT CEILINGS ONLY MULTI -UNIT CONNECTION HROUGH BOTTOM OF _TERNATE SIDES) RIDGEBEAM LAGGING AT TOP AND BOTTOM TRUSS (TYP.) RIDGEBEAM F END ON ALL FLAT ES THAT YOU LAG ANDTHE BOTTOMEBEAM.ES MARRIAGE LINECKS 6" UPPER LAG BOLTS 6" LOWER LAG BOLTS t { MARRIAGE LINE CEILING SHEETROCK 1 MARRIAGE LINE CONNECTION SCALE: 1-1/2"= 1'-0" , TITLE: RIDGEBEAM CONNECTION DETAIL HomeOffc 5000 Gsylon Road, MerfAle, TN 3204 DRAWN BY: BMB DATE: 11/24!08 PH: 865.380,3000 FAX, 865.380.3:61 REVIEWED BY: JGM LAST REVISED: 5/16/2014 SHEET: S-75 CHECKED BY: RADCO CALC REF: SITE INSTALLED ROOF SHEATHING, UNDERLAYMENT AND SHINGLES PER SET-UP MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS. C m 0 L FACTORY INSTALLED 2x LEDGER FOR LIFTING AND ADDITIONAL SUPPORT OF RIDGE BOX CAP TRUSS WHERE NECESSARY. LISTED HINGED TRUSS FOLD DOWN HINGED TRUSS SUPPORT RIDGE BOX "CAP" TRUSS - OVERLAP APPLICATION scue r.r GENERAL NOTES AND DESIGN LIMITATIONS FOR RIDGE BOX: 1. NO ROOF PENETRATIONS ALLOWED THROUGH HINGED PORTIONS OF ROOF. 2. WIND ZONE 1 ONLY. 3. 30 PSF MAXIMUM ROOF LIVE LOAD WITH TRUSSES SPACED AT 24' O/C. 40 PSF MAXIMUM ROOF LIVE LOAD WITH TRUSSES SPACED AT 16' O/C. 4. MINIMUM ROOF PITCH = 4112; MAXIMUM ROOF PITCH = 7/12. 5. TRUSS LISTINGS SHALL INCORPORATE THE RIDGE BOX DESIGN. 6. RIDGE BOX SIZE'(OVERALL WIDTH) LIMIT = 5'-0' MAXIMUM. 7. TRUSS BOTTOM CHORDS NOT DESIGNED FOR STORAGE LOADS OR OCCUPANCY (LIVE) LOADS. B. HOME SHALL HAVE ATTIC ACCESS PANEL IN CEILING (22"x 30' MINIMUM) TO FACILITATE INSPECTIONS. 9. ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETION OF HINGED ROOF SHALL BE PROVIDED BY HOME MANUFACTURER. 10.REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETE ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS AND FASTENING REQUIREMENTS. I (.MAXIMUM FIELD JOINT CONNECTIONS: MAX. TENSION = 129 lbs MAX. COMPRESSION = 297 lbs MAX. SHEAR = 116 lbs A E Y 0 O SITE INSTALLED RIDGE BOX -CAP- TRUSS BUILT BY TRUSS MANUFACTURER AND LISTED WITH HINGED TRUSS. ON-SITE CAP CONNECTIONS AND FASTENER REQUIREMENTS: (4) .131 x 3' NAILS - p000 O DOtO9kll a� THIRD PM S BOX "CAP' TRUSS TYPE 2 ona..� r.wuruae s c 08 0 �o rowuse a rHuresurt a cormwcrcH IETrFn 1/30/2009 198.34 APPENDIX E 1 APPENDIX E r s r NoA 0 X z 0 Fl PROVIDE CHASSIS, PERIMETER MATING LINE AND RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS PER STANDARD MODEL SUPPORT I,1 r L. A ry MATING LINE _ —lam(---- – CHASSIS MAIN (TYPICAL) Q~ le L12 0 - OUTSET FLOOR PROVIDE CHASSIS, PERIMETER MATING LINE AND RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS PER STANDARD MODEL SUPPORT PLAN - PERIMETER C�— PORCH FLOOR JOISTS ABOVE (2) 16d MATING LINE _ RECESSED SIDEWALL CHASSIS MAIN BEAMS (TYPICAL) SIDEWALL MAX 1' MAX INSTALL PIER AT EACH FACTORY INSTALLED OUT- RIGGER t WHEN OUTRIGGER IS GREATER THAN 24" FROM END OF OUTSET, INSTALL PIER AT END OF OUTSET. SIDEWALL INSTALL PIERS UNDER MIDDLE POST AT PORCH ABOVE. (MORE THAN ONE POST MAY OCCUR, DEPENDING UPON THE FLOORPLAN) CAPACITIES PER TABLE AT RIGHT. INSTALL PIERS UNDER EACH PORCH END -POST ABOVE. CAPACITY PER TABLE AT RIGHT.) RECESSED SIDEWALL - PORCH OS RECESSED STANDARD SIDEWALL —_,�& SIDEWALL (BEYOND) (ABOVE) p 1 TYPICAL FLOOR 11 (2) 2x6 0 2 OF OR —� r (2) 16d NAILS BETTER NAILED TOE -NAILED TOGETHER WITH (WHERE 16d NAILS AT 4" O/C ACCESSIBLE) (NO SPLITS ALLOWED) r�i 9" MAX. / 1 PIER UNDER EACH f PORCH POST ABOVE f APPROVED FOOTING STD. CHASSIS PIER SUPPORT (BEYOND) SUPPORT CAPACITY FOR THIS CONDITION 3000 POUNDS MAXIMUM 12 SUPPORT D E T A I L C m 1\� STD. CHASSIS 11 11 PIER SUPPORT I \ (BEYOND) If `1 SUPPORT DETAIL OUTSET SIDEWALL FACTORY INSTALLED OUTRIGGERS LEGEND: ■ = CHASSIS PIER SUPPORT PER TABLE 6 OR 7 PERIMETER PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 (NOT REQUIRED FOR 20 PSF ROOFS) ®= MATING LINE BEARING WALL PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 _ RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS PER NOTE 3 BELOW - REFERENCE TABLE 5 S _ TYPICAL OUTSET FLOOR OR RECESSED SIDEWALL PORCH SUPPORT PIER LOCATED AS NOTED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PIER CAPACITIES: PER CAPACrtY FEGIIiBrBiTB FOR OUTLiET FLOOR AND PORCH OOLIAm HQUF LIVE LOAD / PIER CAPACITY PIER LOCATION 20 PSF 30 PSF 40 PSF 60 PSF 80 PS OUTSET FLOORS 2500 lbs. 2500 lbs. --- SIDEWALL PORCH 2000 4000 4000 6000 600C END - POSTS POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS POUNC SIDEWALL PORCH 2000 LB. 4000 LB. 4000 6000 600C MIDDLE - POSTS POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS POUNC NOTES: 1. TO DETERMINE MINIMUM PAD SIZE FOR PIER CAPACITIES LISTED ABOVE, USE TABLES 10 AND 10A, MAKING SURE ® TO USE THE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY THAT MATCHES YOUR SITE CONDITION, THE CAPACITY LISTED ABOVE. AND THE CORRESPONDING PAD SIZE LISTED. 2. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS ARE REQUIRED AT EACH END OF CLEAR SPAN OPENINGS AT THE MATING LINE THAT ARE GREATER THAN 3"-0". 3. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORT LOCATIONS VARY WITH EACH INDIVIDUAL FLOOR PLAN. REFER TO TABLES 5, ® 10 AND 10A FOR SUPPORT CAPACITY AND REQUIRED FOOTING AREA. INSTALL PIER AT EACH FACTORY INSTALLED OUT- RIGGER t WHEN OUTRIGGER IS GREATER THAN 24" FROM END OF OUTSET, INSTALL PIER AT EA. END DRAwmG OF OUTSET FLOOR 12 �2 Q NO. N m d .2 C0420770 z Exp. 3 314 it OF CAS\F�/ SUPPORT PLANS ROOF LOADS OUTSET FLOOR AND 30 PSF 40 PW RECESSED SIDEWALL SO P8F 80 P8F Br D, HOLT oAtE 2-3-93 S+ By G. MABE DATE 6-25-12 �-C (2) 2x6 • 2 DF OR BETTER NAILED TOGETHER WITH IFid NAILS AT 4" O/C (NO SPLITS ALLOWED). SUPPORTS MUST SPAN (3) JOIST BAYS MIN. S" MAX. - PIER UNDER EACH — PORCH POST ABOVE APPROVED FOOTING SUPPORT D E T A I L 41 F LEGEND: =CHASSIS PIER SUPPORT PER TABLE = 3\L MATING LINE 6 OR 7 PIER SUPPOR �— (BEYOND) PERIMETER PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 INOT REQUIRED =FOR T 20 PSF ROOFS) o X 3 d i CHASSIS MAIN BEAMS INSTALL PIER At EACH FACTORY ®=MATING LINE BEARING WALL PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE / z 9 -5 (TYPICAL) INSTALLED OUT- 7 RIGGER 4 WHEN Lh ® OUTRIGGERIS RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS PER NOTE 3 ®-BELOW THAN 24" FROM END -REFERENCE TABLE 5 OUTSET, INSTALL PROVIDE CHASSIS, PERIMETER MATING LINE AND PIER AT END OF OUTSET TYPICAL OUTSET FLOOR OR RECESSED SIDEWALL PORCH ®-SUPPORT PIER LOCATED AS NOTED WITH THE RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER ~ FOLLOWING SUPPORTS PER STANDARD MODEL v_ U! SIDEWALL MINIMUM PIER CAPACITIES: 12'-0" MAXIMUM SUPPORT PLAN - OUTSET FLOOR A PM CAPACITY FCONOe TB FOR 0IJTWr R.00R AND PORCH OOUJt`!M '• �Lr ROOF LIVE LOAD / PIER CAPACITY PIER LOCATION MATING LINE PSF 30 PSF 40 PSF 60 PSF 80 PS OUTSET FLOORS 2500 lbs. 2500 lbs, --- ... ... T20 _ INSTALL PIERS SIDEWALL PORCH 2000 4000 4000 6000 6000 UNDER MIDDLE END -POSTS POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS POUND SIDEWALL PORCH 2000 LB. 4000 LB. 4000 6000 6000 g RECESSED SIDEWALL PORCH POST Al PORCH 3 CHASSIS MAIN BEAMS ABOVE. (MORE -7' MIDDLE - POSTS POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS POUND z 9 j !TYPICAL) MAX THAN ONE POST NOTES: MAS, OCCUR s DEPENDING UPON 1. TO DETERMINE MINIMUM PAD SIZE FOR PIER CAPACITIES ® EFLO LISTED ABOVE, USE TABLES 10 AND 10A, MAKING SURE CAPACITIES PER ® TO USE THE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY THAT MATCHES TABLE AT RIGHT. YOUR SITE CONDITION, THE CAPACITY LISTED ABOVE, AND PROVIDE CHASSIS, THE CORRESPONDING PAD SIZE LISTED. PERIMETER MATING LINE AND RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER 5-5 SIDEWALL INSTALL PIERS EACH 2 . RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS ARE REQUIRED AT SUPPORTS PER STANDARD MODEL 8' MAX 8' MAX PORCH END -POST AB ABOVE. EACH END OF CLEAR SPAN OPENINGS AT THE MATING CAPACITY PER TABLE AT RIGHT. -- LINE THAT ARE GREATER THAN 30". 3. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORT LOCATIONS VARY WITH EACH INDIVIDUAL FLOOR PLAN. REFER TO TABLES 5. ®10 SUPPORT P L A N - RECESSED SIDEW ALL - PORCH B STANDARD SIDEWALL-„tp+ PERIMETER PORCH P09 RECESSE FLOOR JOISTS ABOVE �— SIDEWALL BO ELL !BEYOND) TYPICAL FLOOR —, IL OUTSETI SIDEWALL SUPPORT CAPACITY AND REQUIRED AND 10A FOOTING AREA. (2) 2x6 • 2 DF OR BETTER NAILED TOGETHER WITH IFid NAILS AT 4" O/C (NO SPLITS ALLOWED). SUPPORTS MUST SPAN (3) JOIST BAYS MIN. S" MAX. - PIER UNDER EACH — PORCH POST ABOVE APPROVED FOOTING SUPPORT D E T A I L 12 / � 1\� STD, CHASSIS I I \ \ PIER SUPPORT I 1 (BEYOND) I!I \\1 SUPPORT DETAIL INSTALLED OUTRIGGERS INSTALL PIER AT EACH FACTORY INSTALLED OUT - MAX. RIGGER 4 WHEN OUTRIGGER IS GREATER THAN 24" FROM END OF OUTSET, INSTALL PIER AT EA END co cr NO. N - CC C042077 O * E' p. 3-31-2014 oFICAUF�\P DRAWND ff LOAW OF OUTSET FLOOR OUTSET`�PLANSOW � RECESS® SIDEWALL 00 PSF 40 PSF 80 P8F 80 PSF 12 DDA eT G. MARE DATE 5-21-10 FIRMED eT G. MABE DATE 6-25-12 S -5T JI6 = = 3\L STD. CHASSIS PIER SUPPOR (BEYOND) 12 / � 1\� STD, CHASSIS I I \ \ PIER SUPPORT I 1 (BEYOND) I!I \\1 SUPPORT DETAIL INSTALLED OUTRIGGERS INSTALL PIER AT EACH FACTORY INSTALLED OUT - MAX. RIGGER 4 WHEN OUTRIGGER IS GREATER THAN 24" FROM END OF OUTSET, INSTALL PIER AT EA END co cr NO. N - CC C042077 O * E' p. 3-31-2014 oFICAUF�\P DRAWND ff LOAW OF OUTSET FLOOR OUTSET`�PLANSOW � RECESS® SIDEWALL 00 PSF 40 PSF 80 P8F 80 PSF 12 DDA eT G. MARE DATE 5-21-10 FIRMED eT G. MABE DATE 6-25-12 S -5T PROVIDE CHASSIS, END MAX PERIMETER AND END PPROVIDE CHASSIS, 10'-0" MAX. LEGEND: MATING LINE PIER PERIMETER ANDENDWIDTH) MATING LINE PIER END PORCH SUPPORTS PER SUPPORTS PER (FULL WIDTH) STANDARD MODEL S . = CHASSIS PIER SUPPORT PER TABLE 6 OR 7 STANDARD MODEL PERIMETER PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 (NOT REQUIRED FOR 20 PSF ROOFS) 3x_ ®= MATING LINE BEARING WALL PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 .4 ENDWALL ~ ENDWALL F " MATING 3 E MATING 0 LINE H , RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS PER NOTE 3 PORCH/DECK 0 LINE ® - BELOW - REFERENCE TABLE 5 PORCH/DECK PROVIDE PROVIDE ®= TYPICAL OUTSET FLOOR OR RECESSED SIDEWALL PORCH RIDGE BEAM SUPPORT PIER LOCATED AS NOTED WITH THE COLUMN PIER RIDGE BEAM FOLLOWING MINIMUM PIER CAPACITIES: X SUPPORTS COLUMN PIER PER "3 SUORTS L CHASSIS MAIN LAYOUT ANDT L CHASSIS MAIN PER "CARPET 9 BEAMS (TYP.)RIDGE BEAM F , BEAMS )TYP.) LAYOUT AND 3.1 FIELD SUP- BI RIDGE BEAM P� REi>! FOR @O U) PORT PIER" -' FIELD SUP- PORCHES, OOitBt POIICM Alp Rf✓EPLACE9 DRAWING ® PORT PIER ROOF LIVE LOAD / PIER CAPACITY ® DRAWING ® • S 20 PSF 30 PSF 40 PSF 60 PSF 80 PS RECESSED END PORCHES 2000 lbs. 2500 lbs. 4000 IDS. 4000 lbs. 6000 It SIDEWALL 4'-0" `ENTRY SIDEWALL CORNER PORCH 2000 lbs. 2500 lbs. 4000 lbs. 4000 Ibs. 6000 11 PROVIDE SPECIAL PIERS AND PADS PROVIDE SPECIAL PIERS AND PADS AT (41 LOCATIONS OF PORCH AS SHOWN- AT ALL l4) CORNERS OF PORCH - FIREPLACE 2000 IDS. 2500 IDS, 4000 Ibs. 4000 Ihs. 6000 It FOR MINIMUM CAPACITIES SEE TABLE' FOR MINIMUM CAPACITIES SEE TABLE AT RIGHT OF THIS SHEET. AT RIGHT OF THIS SWEET. NOTES: 1. TO DETERMINE MINIMUM PAD SIZE FOR PIER CAPACITIES foo 64 LISTED ABOVE, USE TABLES 10 AND 10A, MAKING SURE SUPPORT PLANEM PORCH W/ RECESSED ENTRY A SUPPORT PLAN - EM PORCH / DEM® TO USE THE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY THAT MATCHES PROVIDE CHASSIS, B YOUR SITE CONDITION, THE CAPACITY LISTED ABOVE, AND PERIMETER ANDMATING PROVIDE CHASSIS, MATING Im'-0" MAX. THE CORRESPONDING PAD SIZE LISTED. MATING LINE PIER LINE FIREPLACE MAY PERIMETER AND SUPPORTS PER OCCUR AT ANY MATING LINE PIER LINE 2. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS ARE REQUIRED AT STANDARD MODEL ENDWALL SUPPORTS PER EACH END OF CLEAR SPAN OPENINGS AT THE MATING STD. MODEL LINE THAT ARE GREATER THAN 3"-0". ENDWALL 3. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORT LOCATIONS VARY ENDWALL WITH EACH INDIVIDUAL FLOOR PLAN. REFER TO TABLES 5, A 10 AND /0A FOR SUPPORT CAPACITY AND REQUIRED PROVIDE FOOTING AREA. X22" TYP. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER X g CHASSIS MAIN SUPPORTS OFPER W "CARPET CHASSIS MAIN FIREPLACE I i i BEAMS (TYP.) PORCH/ LAYOUT AND�O P O BEAMS (TYP.) EXTENSION -4I w t7Q ENDWALL DECKS RIDGE BEAM NO. w g G)I 9 Y > FIELD SUP- f? t� PORT PIER" C042077 O m ® A BE DRAWING CC � Exp. 3-31-2014 SIDEWALL � CIVIL \�Q SIDEWALL CA`'�OFi\ PROVIDE SPECIAL PIER AND PAD AT PROVIDE SPECIAL PIERS AND PADS CENTER OF FIREPLACE END JOIST AS DRAWING SUPPORT PLAM RW TOMS SHOWN - FOR MINIMUM CAPACITIES SEE FOR MINIMUM l2) PORCN LOCATIONS SEE TAABLEBLESWI PMCHM A TABLE UPPER RIGHT OF THIS SHEET. ATR GN OF THIS SHEET. �AC£SPD 30 PSF 10 PO 80 P8F 90 P8F SUPPORT PIAN - EPDWALL F7iEPLACE DRAWN sr D. HOLT DATE 2-6.95 �'i SUPPORT PLAN - CORNM PORCH / DECK D Rem sT G. MAGE OM 6_25-I2 S-6 PROVIDE CHASSIS, MATING PERIMETER, AND 20'-0" MAXIMUM MATING LINE PIER LINE SUPPORTS PER ( STANDARD MODEL 1 I LEGEND: ®= CHASSIS PIER SUPPORT PER TABLE 6 OR 7 ® ' PERIMETER PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 (NOT REQUIRED --FOR 20 PSF ROOFS) ® =MATING LINE BEARING WALL PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 ®RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS PER NOTE 3 - BELOW - REFERENCE TABLE 5 *--TYPICAL OUTSET FLOOR OR RECESSED SIDEWALL PORCH SUPPORT PIER LOCATED AS NOTED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PIER CAPACITIES: NOTES: 1. TO DETERMINE MINIMUM PAD SIZE FOR PIER CAPACITIES LISTED ABOVE, USE TABLES 10 AND 10A, MAKING SURE ® TO USE THE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY THAT MATCHES YOUR SITE CONDITION, THE CAPACITY LISTED ABOVE. AND THE CORRESPONDING PAD SIZE LISTED. 2. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS ARE REQUIRED AT EACH END OF CLEAR SPAN OPENINGS AT THE MATING LINE THAT ARE GREATER THAN 3--0". 3. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORT LOCATIONS VARY 64 WITH EACH INDIVIDUAL FLOOR PLAN. REFER TO TABLES 5, SUPPORT PLAN — 1 $' — 0' x 20'-0- PORCH ® 10 AND 10A FOR SUPPORT CAPACITY AND REQUIRED A FOOTING AREA. PROVIDE CHASSIS, MATING 10'-0" MAX. PHI REQUIlaBrlfB AT OOLI/rf18 FOR TRANSVl319E TAO VNTH POF1pF1IDECI( PERIMETER, AND LINE MATING LINE PIER ROOF LIVE LOAD /PIER CAPACITY SUPPORTS PER TRIPLE WIDE - 20 PSF 30: PSF 40 PSF 60 PSF 80 PSF TRANSVERSE TAG' ENDWALL PIER CAPACITY 2000 lbs. 2800 Ibs. . 4000 lbs, 4000 lbs. 6000 lbs. UNIT" , SUPPORT PLAN ROOF DIAGRAM - TRANSVERSE TAO VM PORCH/DECK xW CHASSIS MAIN] w X Q� D BEAMS (TYP.) PORCH/ ENDWALL DECK RIDGE B = Q W . RIDGE SLOPE — WHEN PORCH/DECK OCCURS AT END OF THE—]OF ROOF TRANSVERSE TAG, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SPECIAL SUPPORTS UNDER EACH COLUMN TRANSVERSE AT PORCH/DECK PER TABLE AT R13HT. TAG UPPORT• PLAN — TRANSVERSE TAO WITH a11► ' s COLUMN PORCH / DECK COLUMN OR[:M /I'1Rf_Ut SUPPORT PLANS FOR PORCHES AHO DECKS DRAWN By D. HOLT FIEvsm By G. MABE No a C042677 o z Exp. 3-31-2314 S� CIVo�- 1°i, OF CA1\F� 30 PIF 40 PSF 80 PW 80 Pw x W -V PORCH SUPPORT TABLE S-7 0 20 PSF X 8 CHASSIS MAIN BEAMS CENTER COLUMN (TYP.) PORCH// 4000 lbs. 6000 lbs. �- 2 ENDWALL DECK/ in 0.4 ZZ W ®3 40 PSF PIER CAPACITY 80 PSF PIER - CAPACITY CENTER COLUMN 6000 lbs. SIDEWALL "CORNER COLUMN" SUPPORT SIZE PER TABLE AT RIGHT 6000 Ibs. "CENTER COLUMN" SUPPORT SIZE PER TABLE AT RIGHT "CORNER COLUMN" SUPPORT - SIZE PER TABLE AT RIGHT LEGEND: ®= CHASSIS PIER SUPPORT PER TABLE 6 OR 7 ® ' PERIMETER PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 (NOT REQUIRED --FOR 20 PSF ROOFS) ® =MATING LINE BEARING WALL PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 ®RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS PER NOTE 3 - BELOW - REFERENCE TABLE 5 *--TYPICAL OUTSET FLOOR OR RECESSED SIDEWALL PORCH SUPPORT PIER LOCATED AS NOTED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PIER CAPACITIES: NOTES: 1. TO DETERMINE MINIMUM PAD SIZE FOR PIER CAPACITIES LISTED ABOVE, USE TABLES 10 AND 10A, MAKING SURE ® TO USE THE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY THAT MATCHES YOUR SITE CONDITION, THE CAPACITY LISTED ABOVE. AND THE CORRESPONDING PAD SIZE LISTED. 2. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS ARE REQUIRED AT EACH END OF CLEAR SPAN OPENINGS AT THE MATING LINE THAT ARE GREATER THAN 3--0". 3. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORT LOCATIONS VARY 64 WITH EACH INDIVIDUAL FLOOR PLAN. REFER TO TABLES 5, SUPPORT PLAN — 1 $' — 0' x 20'-0- PORCH ® 10 AND 10A FOR SUPPORT CAPACITY AND REQUIRED A FOOTING AREA. PROVIDE CHASSIS, MATING 10'-0" MAX. PHI REQUIlaBrlfB AT OOLI/rf18 FOR TRANSVl319E TAO VNTH POF1pF1IDECI( PERIMETER, AND LINE MATING LINE PIER ROOF LIVE LOAD /PIER CAPACITY SUPPORTS PER TRIPLE WIDE - 20 PSF 30: PSF 40 PSF 60 PSF 80 PSF TRANSVERSE TAG' ENDWALL PIER CAPACITY 2000 lbs. 2800 Ibs. . 4000 lbs, 4000 lbs. 6000 lbs. UNIT" , SUPPORT PLAN ROOF DIAGRAM - TRANSVERSE TAO VM PORCH/DECK xW CHASSIS MAIN] w X Q� D BEAMS (TYP.) PORCH/ ENDWALL DECK RIDGE B = Q W . RIDGE SLOPE — WHEN PORCH/DECK OCCURS AT END OF THE—]OF ROOF TRANSVERSE TAG, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SPECIAL SUPPORTS UNDER EACH COLUMN TRANSVERSE AT PORCH/DECK PER TABLE AT R13HT. TAG UPPORT• PLAN — TRANSVERSE TAO WITH a11► ' s COLUMN PORCH / DECK COLUMN OR[:M /I'1Rf_Ut SUPPORT PLANS FOR PORCHES AHO DECKS DRAWN By D. HOLT FIEvsm By G. MABE No a C042677 o z Exp. 3-31-2314 S� CIVo�- 1°i, OF CA1\F� 30 PIF 40 PSF 80 PW 80 Pw x W -V PORCH SUPPORT TABLE S-7 ® 20 PSF 30 PSF 40 PIF PIER CAPACITY PIER PIER CAPACITY CAPACITY CENTER COLUMN 2000 lbs. 4000 lbs. 6000 lbs. CORNER COLUMN 2000 lbs. 4000 lbs. 1 4000 lbs. ZZ W ® 40 PSF PIER CAPACITY 80 PSF PIER - CAPACITY CENTER COLUMN 6000 lbs. 8000 lbs. CORNER COLUMN 4000 lbs. 6000 Ibs. LEGEND: ®= CHASSIS PIER SUPPORT PER TABLE 6 OR 7 ® ' PERIMETER PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 (NOT REQUIRED --FOR 20 PSF ROOFS) ® =MATING LINE BEARING WALL PIER SUPPORTS PER TABLE 7 ®RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS PER NOTE 3 - BELOW - REFERENCE TABLE 5 *--TYPICAL OUTSET FLOOR OR RECESSED SIDEWALL PORCH SUPPORT PIER LOCATED AS NOTED WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PIER CAPACITIES: NOTES: 1. TO DETERMINE MINIMUM PAD SIZE FOR PIER CAPACITIES LISTED ABOVE, USE TABLES 10 AND 10A, MAKING SURE ® TO USE THE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY THAT MATCHES YOUR SITE CONDITION, THE CAPACITY LISTED ABOVE. AND THE CORRESPONDING PAD SIZE LISTED. 2. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORTS ARE REQUIRED AT EACH END OF CLEAR SPAN OPENINGS AT THE MATING LINE THAT ARE GREATER THAN 3--0". 3. RIDGE BEAM COLUMN PIER SUPPORT LOCATIONS VARY 64 WITH EACH INDIVIDUAL FLOOR PLAN. REFER TO TABLES 5, SUPPORT PLAN — 1 $' — 0' x 20'-0- PORCH ® 10 AND 10A FOR SUPPORT CAPACITY AND REQUIRED A FOOTING AREA. PROVIDE CHASSIS, MATING 10'-0" MAX. PHI REQUIlaBrlfB AT OOLI/rf18 FOR TRANSVl319E TAO VNTH POF1pF1IDECI( PERIMETER, AND LINE MATING LINE PIER ROOF LIVE LOAD /PIER CAPACITY SUPPORTS PER TRIPLE WIDE - 20 PSF 30: PSF 40 PSF 60 PSF 80 PSF TRANSVERSE TAG' ENDWALL PIER CAPACITY 2000 lbs. 2800 Ibs. . 4000 lbs, 4000 lbs. 6000 lbs. UNIT" , SUPPORT PLAN ROOF DIAGRAM - TRANSVERSE TAO VM PORCH/DECK xW CHASSIS MAIN] w X Q� D BEAMS (TYP.) PORCH/ ENDWALL DECK RIDGE B = Q W . RIDGE SLOPE — WHEN PORCH/DECK OCCURS AT END OF THE—]OF ROOF TRANSVERSE TAG, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SPECIAL SUPPORTS UNDER EACH COLUMN TRANSVERSE AT PORCH/DECK PER TABLE AT R13HT. TAG UPPORT• PLAN — TRANSVERSE TAO WITH a11► ' s COLUMN PORCH / DECK COLUMN OR[:M /I'1Rf_Ut SUPPORT PLANS FOR PORCHES AHO DECKS DRAWN By D. HOLT FIEvsm By G. MABE No a C042677 o z Exp. 3-31-2314 S� CIVo�- 1°i, OF CA1\F� 30 PIF 40 PSF 80 PW 80 Pw O4 3_2g_gg S-7 DATE 6-25-12 ADJUSTABLE NUT APPROVED 2" — NOMINAL TREATED LUMBER FOOTING PAD OR 4" THICK SOLID CONCRETE PAD. METAL PEAS CHASSIS — I -BEAM OR FLOOR RIM JOIST FINISH GRADE CHASSIS I -BEAM OR FLOOR RIM JOIST CONTACT PAD RISER APPROVED METAL PIER FRAME 13 APPROVED 2" NOMINAL TREATED LUMBER FOOTING PAD OR 4" THICK SOLID CONCRETE PAD. A METAL PERS — MILTPLE GAP BETWEEN TOP OF PIER AND MAIN FRAME MAY BE A WOOD PLATE (NOT (THICKNESS)EXCEEDING EXCEEDING 2" IN AND 4" WIDE x 6" LONG x I" THICK MINIMUM — WOOD SHIMS (WEDGES), FITTED AND DRIVEN TIGHT BETWEEN WOOD PLATE OR PIER AND MAIN FRAME. 2" OR 4" SOLID CONC. BLOCK MAY FILL THE REMAINDER OF THE GAP. .4 —PIER CAP: 2xax16" WOOD (2 LAYERS MAX), OR 4x8x16" SOLID CONCRETE, PIER CAP: 4"x I6"x ib" --J OR COMBINATION OF BOTH. SOLID CONCRETE BLOCK OR EQUIVALENT. —STANDARD OPEN OR CLOSED CELL LOCAL AUTHORITY, 8"x 8"x 16" CONCRETE BLOCKS WITH DOUBLE CONCRETE BLOCKS — CELLS PLACED VERTICALLY. THE (SOLID OR GELLED) WITH BLOCKS SHALL BE INSTALLED W/ 16" BLOCKS INTERLOCKED AND DIMENSION PERPENDICULAR TO CAPPED AS SPECIFIED I -BEAMS OR ALTERNATE DIRECTION ABOVE. OF EACH COURSE. FOOTING: I6"x 16"x 4" SOLID — APPROVED 2" &=—NOMINAL CONCRETE OR OTHER PRODUCT _ TREATED APPROVED FOR THE PURPOSE. - LUMBER FOOTING TE: ALTERNA(2) 8"x 16"x 4" PAD OR 4" THICK SOLID CONC. BLOCKS W/ JOINT SOLID CONCRETE PAD. KS BETWEEN BLOCPARALLEL TO THE STEEL I -BEAM FRAME.— vLRT-. ¢ I e esLULA PIE�15 CHASSIS I -BEAM OR FLOOR RIM JOIST. APPROVED CONCRETE / U L BLOCK OR METAL PIER /I k\ INDIVIDUAL OR COM- / BINED PIER LOADS AND SHALL BE APPROVED 2 x TREATED LUMBER OR OTHER .4 APPROVED MATERIAL W/ WIDTH AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE WIDTH NOTE: OF THE PIER AND LENGTH AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE WIDTH OF THE WHERE REQUIRED BY NOTE: A 3/4" x 1-I/2" LOCAL AUTHORITY, NOTCH MAY OCCUR EXTEND FOOTING 16" BELOW FROST LINE CHASSIS I -BEAM AT NO MORE THAN 8'-0" FOOTPM MATING LINE I PERIMETER — FLOOR JOISTS eu�u ln (2)16d TOE -NAIL --I (2) 2x6 • 2 DF OR BETTER NAILED TOGETHER WITH Ibd NAILS AT 4" O/G (NO SPLITS ALLOWED) INSET 9"; ON THE BOTTOM OF 2X6 BLOCKING. THE NOTCH MUST OCCUR AT 16" MIN FROM OUTSIDE EDGE SIDEWALL r-- FLOOR (2)16d NAI( TOE-NAILEI (WHERE ACCESSIBL _APPROVED PIER (PERIMETER SUPPOR r- APPROVED FOOTING CAPACITY FOR THIS C0NDITIC �UF'PCJR7 12 3000 POUNDS MAXIMUM CHASSIS I -BEAM OR FLOOR RIM JOIST U' � ® S Z z W ILI m 12 WHEN A PIER IS FOUNDED ON TWO OR MORE FOOTING PADS AND THE LENGTH OF THE PIER BASE IS LESS THAN THE WIDTH Or- THE (2) 2x6 NAILED MULTIPLE PAD, A LOAD DISTRIBUTING ELEMENT IS REQUIRED TOGETHER WITH AND SHALL BE APPROVED 2 x TREATED LUMBER OR OTHER 16d NAILS AT APPROVED MATERIAL W/ WIDTH AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE WIDTH 4" O/C. OF THE PIER AND LENGTH AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE WIDTH OF THE APPROVED NOTE: A 3/4" x 1-I/2" PIERS NOTCH MAY OCCUR PERPENDICULAR TO (OR METAL PIER) CHASSIS I -BEAM AT NO MORE THAN 8'-0" '•^ O/C, WITH FOOTING SIDEWALL r-- FLOOR (2)16d NAI( TOE-NAILEI (WHERE ACCESSIBL _APPROVED PIER (PERIMETER SUPPOR r- APPROVED FOOTING CAPACITY FOR THIS C0NDITIC �UF'PCJR7 12 3000 POUNDS MAXIMUM CHASSIS I -BEAM OR FLOOR RIM JOIST U' � ® S Z z W ILI m 12 LENGTH EQUAL TO HOME WIDTH. 'F�'—FINISW GRADE (2) 0 4 CONTINUOUS REBAR LAPPED 12" MINIMUTI PEMI R ON LTKE PAD NSE'T SUPPORTS AT NOTES: 1. ALL PIERS AND FOOTINGS SHALL BE APPROVED FOR THEIR INTENDED USE BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. A MINIMUM GROUND CLEARANCE OF 12- SHALL BE MAINTAINED BENEATH THE LOWEST MEMBER OF THE CHASSIS (I -BEAM). 3. THE MAXIMUM LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO FOR FOOTING PADS SHALL BE 2.5:1. REFER TO TABLE 10 & 10A FOR FOOTING SIZE 4. ALL FOOTINGS (PADS OR CONTINUOUS) MAY BE PLACED DIREC LY ON THE GROUND SURFACE WHERE ALLOWED BY THE LOCI JURISDICTION, PROVIDED THE SOIL IS FIRM AND UNDISTURBED, OR COMPACTED FILL. FREE OF GRASS AND ORGANIC MATERIA 5. PIER HEIGHT MAY BE 36" MAXIMUM AS MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE FOOTING TO THE BOTTOM OF THE 1 BEAM UNDEI THE MAIN FRAME, AND 46" MAXIMUM TO THE BOTTOM OF THE PERIMETER OR CENTERLINE FLOOR RIM JOIST. 6. WHEN MORE THAN ONE-FOURTH OF THE AREA OF THE MANU- FACTURED HOME IS INSTALLED SO THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE MAIN FRAME MEMBERS ARE MORE THAN 3 FEET ABOVE GROUP LEVEL, THE FOUNDATION SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT AND THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITI HAVING JURISDICTION. °RAN"o -SET-IP NSTRWTIONS- PIER ANO FOOTNO StPPOW DETALS 10 fDAAWR erg Tl m—mr, y 4C "NO. N m Lu 2 C042077 0 T *Exp. 3-31-2014 �t o�rE I_14_g�r 8—v p o�1E 6/25/12 WHEN A PIER IS FOUNDED ON TWO OR MORE FOOTING PADS AND THE LENGTH OF THE PIER BASE IS LESS THAN THE WIDTH Or- THE b"x 16" MINIMUM CONT. MULTIPLE PAD, A LOAD DISTRIBUTING ELEMENT IS REQUIRED CONCRETE FOOTING AND SHALL BE APPROVED 2 x TREATED LUMBER OR OTHER FULL LENGTH OF THE APPROVED MATERIAL W/ WIDTH AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE WIDTH I -BEAM OR RIM JOIST. OF THE PIER AND LENGTH AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE WIDTH OF THE ALTERNATE: FOOTINGS MULTIPLE PADS. MAY BE INSTALLED CONCRETE BLOCK PERPENDICULAR TO (OR METAL PIER) CHASSIS I -BEAM AT NO MORE THAN 8'-0" '•^ O/C, WITH FOOTING LENGTH EQUAL TO HOME WIDTH. 'F�'—FINISW GRADE (2) 0 4 CONTINUOUS REBAR LAPPED 12" MINIMUTI PEMI R ON LTKE PAD NSE'T SUPPORTS AT NOTES: 1. ALL PIERS AND FOOTINGS SHALL BE APPROVED FOR THEIR INTENDED USE BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. A MINIMUM GROUND CLEARANCE OF 12- SHALL BE MAINTAINED BENEATH THE LOWEST MEMBER OF THE CHASSIS (I -BEAM). 3. THE MAXIMUM LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO FOR FOOTING PADS SHALL BE 2.5:1. REFER TO TABLE 10 & 10A FOR FOOTING SIZE 4. ALL FOOTINGS (PADS OR CONTINUOUS) MAY BE PLACED DIREC LY ON THE GROUND SURFACE WHERE ALLOWED BY THE LOCI JURISDICTION, PROVIDED THE SOIL IS FIRM AND UNDISTURBED, OR COMPACTED FILL. FREE OF GRASS AND ORGANIC MATERIA 5. PIER HEIGHT MAY BE 36" MAXIMUM AS MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE FOOTING TO THE BOTTOM OF THE 1 BEAM UNDEI THE MAIN FRAME, AND 46" MAXIMUM TO THE BOTTOM OF THE PERIMETER OR CENTERLINE FLOOR RIM JOIST. 6. WHEN MORE THAN ONE-FOURTH OF THE AREA OF THE MANU- FACTURED HOME IS INSTALLED SO THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE MAIN FRAME MEMBERS ARE MORE THAN 3 FEET ABOVE GROUP LEVEL, THE FOUNDATION SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT AND THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITI HAVING JURISDICTION. °RAN"o -SET-IP NSTRWTIONS- PIER ANO FOOTNO StPPOW DETALS 10 fDAAWR erg Tl m—mr, y 4C "NO. N m Lu 2 C042077 0 T *Exp. 3-31-2014 �t o�rE I_14_g�r 8—v p o�1E 6/25/12 Mar 29. 2013 - 9:39am W:\ENG\ACAD\DAPIA\RADCO-Golden West1SET-UP\DETAILS\S-SO.dwg EXTERIOR WALL OF MANUFACTURED HOME CONNECT WASHER/ DRYER UTILITIES AS OPTIONAL: 5/8- TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD MAY BE APPLIED TO EXTERIOR OF MANUFACTURED HOME AT GARAGE AREA ONLY W/ 6d COOLER OR WALLBOARD NAILS OR 11" BUGLE HEAD TYPE "W" SCREWS AT 7"o.c. EDGES AND FIELD. (5/8" GYP. BD. APPLIED TO EXTERIOR OF HOME SHALL REQUIRED PER B --�--� BE COVERED W/MINIMUM 3 MIL. POLYETHYLENE SHEATHING TO Z , PREVENT DAMAGE FROM THE ELEMENTS DURING TRANSIT AND SET-UP). 0 ofIr -------------------------------------- ! DOOR BETWEEN HOUSE AND GARAGE SHALL BE MINIMUM 1-3/8" THICK SOLID WOOD OR LISTED 20 MINUTE FIRE DOOR WITH SELF CLOSER. (SEE NOTE #4) i ALL WALLS ADJACENT TO HOME SHALL BE OF ONE HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION PER LOCAL ENFORCEMENTAGENCY /i -- SITE -BUILT WALLS NOTE: GARAGE SHALL BE SITE SITE - BUILT CONSTRUCTED PER REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT' I I AGENCY. VERIFY ALL MINIMUM SIZES AND CLEARANCES WITH LOCAL iL--- ENFORCEMENT AGFNCY --------------------------t-= GARAGE /v�\llflll I I II II II 11 II II l II I { I ENTRY HIS AREA PER DETAIL S-50 i I � II x II Q II � 1 �I N I 24'-0" MAXIMUM PLAN4VIEW / SITE -BUILT GARAGE EXTERIOR WALL OF N II I 1 ADDITIONAL 30" EGRESS 1 DOOR SHALL NOT BE EXTERIOR SIDING OF LOCATED WITHIN 20 FT. \ HOME 0 FROM THE OTHER j EGRESS DOOR. REMOVE ACCESS COVER (SEE NOTE N4 II II II OVER WATER LINES, u II u II II ! DOOR BETWEEN HOUSE AND GARAGE SHALL BE MINIMUM 1-3/8" THICK SOLID WOOD OR LISTED 20 MINUTE FIRE DOOR WITH SELF CLOSER. (SEE NOTE #4) i ALL WALLS ADJACENT TO HOME SHALL BE OF ONE HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION PER LOCAL ENFORCEMENTAGENCY /i -- SITE -BUILT WALLS NOTE: GARAGE SHALL BE SITE SITE - BUILT CONSTRUCTED PER REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT' I I AGENCY. VERIFY ALL MINIMUM SIZES AND CLEARANCES WITH LOCAL iL--- ENFORCEMENT AGFNCY --------------------------t-= GARAGE /v�\llflll I I II II II 11 II II l II I { I ENTRY HIS AREA PER DETAIL S-50 i I � II x II Q II � 1 �I N I 24'-0" MAXIMUM PLAN4VIEW / SITE -BUILT GARAGE EXTERIOR WALL OF OPENING TO MANUFACTURED MANUFACTURED EXTERIOR SIDING OF HOME —� \ HOME 0 MANUFACTURED HOME REMOVE ACCESS COVER ALL WALLS ADJACENT TO ' i i FIELD OVER WATER LINES, HOME SHALL BE OF ONE } I i ENTRY I INSTALLED ELBOW OFF OF FACTORY HOUR FIRE RESISTIVE i i / ! ENTRY DOOR INSTALLED LINES AND CONSTRUCTION PER LOCAL I Ij w FIELD INSTALL HOT AND ENFORCEMENT AGENCY II II COLD HOSE BIBBS FOR DOOR BETWEEN HOUSE AND O WASHER GARAGE SHALL BE MINIMUM 1 �_ NOTE: FACTORY INSTALLED 3/8" THICK SOLID WOOD OR j ENTRY/GARAGE SHALL BE SITE WATER LINES LISTED 20 MINUTE FIRE DOOR CONSTRUCTED PER APPROVAL WITH SELF CLOSER. j OF THE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT (SEE NOTE t14) ----% AGENCY. VERIFY ALL MINIMUM SIZES AND CLEARANCES WITH LOCALENFORCEMENTAGENCY. PLANVIEW / ENTRY AT GARAGE SCALE: / SITE CONSTRUCTED j= GARAGE HOME ONE-HOUR FIRE WALL �\ /�---- EXTERIOR SIDING OF ` I' 1 11� MANUFACTURED HOME REMOVE ACCESS COVER Z. OVER WATER LINES, REMOVE ACCESS COVER i i ELBOW OFF OF FACTORY TO SANITARY TEE AND i INSTALLED LINES AND FIELD INSTALL WASHER i i 1 FIELD INSTALL HOT AND TRAP ARM, "P" -TRAP AND i i i I I i COLD HOSE BIBBS FOR STANDPIPE WASHER FACTORY INSTALLED WATER LINES -IT-- 1 FACTORY INSTALLED Y WASTE LINE, SANITARY TE AND VENT THROUGH ROOI FIELD INSTALL WIRING FROM i FACTORY INSTALLED'J%BOX TO WASHER AND/OR DRYER i•U, I RECEPTACLE i FACTORY INSTALLED }�' I ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX (-J--BOX) EXTEND FACTORY Ez- GAS INSTALLED GAS PIPE ANDFIELD INSTALLSHUT-OFF VALVE AS REQUIRED FOR I I DRYER I I I II I ii n I L__Jq r-- FACTORY II 1 INSTALLED NOTE: GAS LINE ALL FIELD INSTALLED ELECTRICAL, GAS, WASTE AND WATER LINES SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY. UTILITY CONNECTIONS B SCALE: 1/4"=1' 1. GARAGE MUST BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED AS TO BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM MANUFACTURED HOME (FREE STANDING). 2. THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE GARAGE AND/OR ENTRY IS SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY. 3. SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS REQUIRE THAT THE GARAGE/ENTRY BE INSTALLED AS PART OF THE ORIGINAL INSTALLATION. 4. PASSAGE DOOR BETWEEN HOUSE AND GARAGE MAY COUNT AS ONE OF THE TWO REQUIRED EGREES DOORS ONLY IF AN ADDITIONAL 30" MIN. MAN DOOR IS INSTALLED IN SITE -BUILT GARAGE AND IS A MINIMUM 20 FT. CENTER TO CENTER FROM THE OTHER EGREES DOOR (AS MEASURED IN A STRAIGHT LINE). 5. OPENINGS FROM THE GARAGE (INCLUDING PASSAGE DOORS), ARE NOT PERMITTED DIRECTLY INTO A BEDROOM. P.E. SEAL CO I �7 /NO. N n C042077' o \EXP. 3-31-2014/ �0F C; \F� THIRD PARTY SEAL ROOF LOADS I TITLE:SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS FOR SITE BUILT GARAGE / ENTRY DRAWN BY: D.HOLT 20/30 PSF REVIEWED BY: JGM CHECKED BY: RADCO 2/17/2011 N/A /GOLDEN WEST NCMEt 5000 Clayton Road. Maryrl8e. TN 37804 PH: 865.380.3000 FAX: 865.380.3782 SHEET: S-50 MATING LINE CHASSIS I -BEAM OR FLOOR RIM JOIST ADJUSTABLE NUT CONTACT PAD (2) 2x6 NAILED TOGETHER WITH 16d NAILS AT APPROVED 2" 4" O/C. NOMINAL TREATED RISER APPROVED 2" SUPPORTS LUMBER FOOTING NOMINAL TREATED MUST SPAN (3) PAD OR 4" THICK APPROVED METAL LUMBER FOOTING JOIST BAYS SOLID CONCRETE PIER FRAME PAD OR 4" THICK MIK PAD, SOLID CONCRETE APPROVED PAD. PIERS KETAL PEAS12 10 A WETAL MIS Nll1LTPlE s CHASSIS CBEAM OR FLOOR --- — GAP BETWEEN TOP OF PIER AND MAIN FRAME MAY BE A WOOD PLATE (NOT EXCEEDING 2" IN THICKNESS) AND 4" WIDE x 6" LONG x I" THICK MINIMUM v CHASSIS RIM JOIST WOOD SHIMS (WEDGES), FITTED AND DRIVEN TIGHT BETWEEN WOOD PLATE I -BEAM OR FLOOR RIM OR PIER AND MAIN FRAME. 2" OR 4" SOLID CONC. BLOCK MAY FILL THE JOIST REMAINDER OF THE GAP. APPROVED CONCRETE / \ U \ ALTERNATE FOOTINGS MAY I INSTALLED PIER GAP: 2x8X16" WOOD (2 LAYERS PIER GAP: 4"x 16"x 16" PERPENDICULAR TO 10 �7 � MAX),1 OR 4x8x16" SOLID CONCRETE, OR COMBINATION OF BOTH. SOLID CONCRETE BLOCK BIKED PIER LOADS z NO MORE THAN W-0" OR EQUIVALENT. _ _ O/G, WITH FOOTING STANDARD OPEN OR CLOSED CELL LENGTH EQUAL TO m a 8"x 8"x 16" CONCRETE BLOCKS WITH DOUBLE CONCRETE BLOCKS OLID OR NOTE: WHERE REQUIRED BY ZCELLS w I PLACED VERTICALLY. THE BLOCKS GELLED) WITH BLOCKS INTERLOCKEp z Q SHALL BE INSTALLED W/ 16" AND LAPPED z DIMENSION PERPENDICULAR TO GAPPED AS SPECIFIED N [-BEAMS OR ALTERNATE DIRECTION ABOVE. Z w w J OF EACH COURSE. FOOTING: 16"x 16"x 4" SOLID APPROVED 2" NOMINAL CONCRETE OR OTHER PRODUCT TREATED APPROVED FOR THE PURPOSE. LUMBER FOOTING ALTERNATE: (2) 8"x 16"x 4" w PAD OR 4" THICK SOLID CONC. BLOCKS W/ JOINT m FINISH GRADE SOLID CONCRETE PAD. BETWEEN BLOCKS PARALLEL CONCRETE BLOCK PIERS TO THE STEEL I -BEAM FRAME. FINISH GRADE 12 CHASSIS I -BEAM OR FLOOR RIM JOIST. 6"x 16" MINIMUM CONT. CONCRETE FOOTING FULL LENGTH OF THE I -BEAM OR RIM JOIST. APPROVED CONCRETE / \ U \ ALTERNATE FOOTINGS MAY I INSTALLED BLOCK OR METAL PIER / \ \ PERPENDICULAR TO INDIVIDUAL OR COM- �� �\ CHASSIS I -BEAM AT BIKED PIER LOADS / \ \ NO MORE THAN W-0" O/G, WITH FOOTING LENGTH EQUAL TO N'O`ME WIDTH. NOTE: WHERE REQUIRED BY — FINISH GRADE LOCAL AUTHORITY, EXTEND FOOTING I6"1-7—REBAR (2) • 4 CONTINUOUS BELOW FROST LINE LAPPED 12" MINIMUM 12 CONTM IM FOOTPM E WHEN A PIER IS FOUNDED ON TWO OR MORE FOOTING PADS AND THE LENGTH OF THE PIER BASE IS LESS THAN THE WIDTH OF THE MULTIPLE PAD, A LOAD DISTRIBUTNG ELEMENT IS REQUIRED AND SHALL BE APPROVED 2 x TREATED LUMBER OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL W/ WIDTH AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE WIDTH OF THE PIER AND LENGTH AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE WIDTH OF THE MULTIPLE PADS. ----% CONCRETE BLOCK (OR METAL PIER) PERIMETER — FLOOR JOISTS (2) 2x6 • 2 DF OR BETTER NAILED TOGETHER WITH 16d NAILS AT 4" O/C (NO SPLITS ALLOWED). SUPPORTS MUST SPAN (3) JOIST BAYS MIN. INSET 9"i AT NOTES: SIDEWALL r ----FLOOR APPROVED PIER (PERIMETER SUPPOI APPROVED FOOTING 1. ALL PIERS AND FOOTINGS SHALL BE APPROVED FOR THEIR INTENDED USE BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. A MINIMUM GROUND CLEARANCE OF 12" SHALL BE MAINTAINED BENEATH THE LOWEST MEMBER OF THE CHASSIS II -BEAM). 3. THE MAXIMUM LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO FOR FOOTING PADS 9 SHALL BE 2.5:1. REFER TO TABLE 10 d 10A FOR FOOTING SIZE. 4. ALL FOOTINGS (PADS OR CONTINUOUS) MAY BE PLACED DIREC LY ON THE GROUND SURFACE WHERE ALLOWED BY THE LOCA JURISDICTION, PROVIDED THE SOIL IS FIRM AND UNDISTURBED, OR COMPACTED FILL, FREE OF GRASS AND ORGANIC MATERIAL 5. PIER HEIGHT MAY BE 36" MAXIMUM AS MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE FOOTING TO THE BOTTOM OF THE I BEAM UNDER THE MAIN FRAME, AND 48" MAXIMUM TO THE BOTTOM OF THE PERIMETER OR CENTERLINE FLOOR RIM JOIST. 6. WHEN MORE THAN ONE-FOURTH OF THE AREA OF THE MANU- FACTURED HOME IS INSTALLED SO THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE MAIN FRAME MEMBERS ARE MORE THAN 3 FEET ABOVE GROUN LEVEL, THE FOUNDATION SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT AND THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. DRAWING WTAP NSTFMT*W PEA AND FOOTNO StPPORT DETAL8 10DRAWN U: F Revlsm Rr: CC NO. N m U C042077 O z * Exp.. 3-31 2014 q�OF CA��F°� D"TE' 5-21-10 S -8T GA 6-25-12 Mar 29. 2013.9:39am W:\ENGXACAD\DAPIA\RADCO-GoidenWest\SET-UP\DET -- -- SITE -BUILT "CALIFORNIA" FILL FRAMING OVER MANUFACTURED HOME VALLEY SHINGLE APPLICATIONS INSTALL PER �OR� S-30 S-31 'J--------. ------------- ---------- II --11 �I II II II II II z I� 4 ---=- xz I----------------------------� r_ t7: C i i ! �- "CALIFORNIA" FILL It , J; FRAMING PER li S-55 i� I, II I �— ----------------jI --I Z }------------------ w 30 PSF j7/16" 4 6 rn O wl S-55 I I i� ALL WALLS ADJACENT TO cr <1 < i i i MANUFACTURED HOME >' I I SITEIBUILT I SHALL BE OF ONE-HOUR CONSTRUCTION PER LOCAL ZCO ; GA i ENFORCEMENT AGENCY. J' ,AGE FOR ADDITIONAL Z;ii POSTSTO INFORMATION SEE 145-50 I --- RAFTER PER I 40'o.c. MAX. CHART IN NOTE: ACH 2x4 LENGTH VARIESCONSTRUCTED GARAGE SHALL BE SITE 24"o.c. FORRIDGE r I PER THE LOAD SITE -BUILT GARAGE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCALENFORCEMENT AGENCY. (SEE NOTE #1) PALAN/VIEW / SITE -BUILT GARAGE GARAGE GABLE TRUSS ®2x6 SPF #3 CONT. RIDGE BOARD " OR CONVENTIONAL SIMPSON "LU26" JOIST 2x3 SPF #3 MIN. RIDGE ROOFING MATERIAL, OVER (2) LAYERS TYPE 1! FRAMING HANGER OR (3) 8d x 3" �24"ox. ORT PURLINS AT FELT (OR EQ.), OVER 5/16" OR 3/8" COX NAILS TOE -NAILED® (BEYOND)PLYWOOD 24/0 INDEX WITH FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO FRAMING W/ 6d NAILS AT 6"o.c. EDGES, 12"o.c. FIELD. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. I I BD. FLOOR TO I I `� ROOF LINE OF ROOF SHEATHING i i MANUFACTURED HOME I 2x3 SPF #3 FLATS AT 24"o.c. GARAGE TRUSSES OR CONVENTIONAL S-55 x3 2x4 SPF #3 RAFTERS AT 24"o.c. ® �— 2SPF #3 SUPPORT POSTS AT 40"o.c. FRAMING \ MAX. ALONG EACH 2x4 RAFTER. \ ANY PASSAGE DOOR FROM HOUSE 24"o.c. FOR 80 PSF ROOF LOAD TO GAGE SHALL BE A LISTED 20 SECTION / CALIFORNIA FILL MNUTEFIRE DOOR W/SELF CLOSER® B SCALE: 1/4"=11 ROOFING MATERIAL, OVER (2) LAYERS TYPE 15 FELT (OR EQ.), OVER 5/16" OR 3/8" COX PLYWOOD 24/0 INDEX WITH FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO FRAMING W/ 6d NAILS AT 6-O.C. EDGES, 12"o.c. FIELD. "m 2x3 SPF #3 FLATS AT 24"o.c. 2x4 SPF #3 RAFTERS AT 24•O.c.—�'' 2x3 SPF #3 MIN SUPPORT POSTS AT 40"o.c. MAX. ALONG EACH 2x4 RAFTS 24"o.c. FOR 80 PSF ROOF LOAD. — A 5/16" OR 3/8" COX PLYWOOD 30 PSF j7/16" 4 6 ROOF SHEATHING 24/0 -- UNDERLAYMENT 6d NAILS AT --._ I I ROOFING 6"o.c. EDGES, i i MATERIAL 12"o.c. FIELD"RAFTER. ---- FASTEN SUPPORT POSTSTO 2x4 SPF #3EACH 2x4 RAFTERS AT A3 SUPPORT RAFTER PER 24"o.c. 40'o.c. MAX. CHART IN ACH 2x4 DETAIL C 2x6 SPF #3 24"o.c. FORRIDGE 80ARD -.---OF LOAD (3) 8d NAILS OR (3) 7/16" x \'� L ROOF LINE OF 2-1/2"x 16ga. STAPLES OR \ MANUFACTURED HOME (1)48x3"SCREW it (TOE -FASTENED) — 2x3 SPF #3 FLAT D AT TACHMENT DETAIL 2x3 SPF #3 MIN. RIDGE SUPPORT PURLINS AT 24"o.c. A 2x6 SPF #3 CONT. RIDGE BOARD® (3) 8d x 3" NAILS . TOE -NAILED AT EACH RAFTER TO RIDGE ELEVATION / CALIFORNIA FILL FRAMING SCALE: 114"=V NOTES: 1. GARAGE MUST BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED AS TO BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM MANUFACTURED HOME (FREE STANDING). 2. THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE GARAGE IS SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY. 3. SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS REQUIRE THAT THE GARAGE BE INSTALLED AS PART OF THE ORIGINAL INSTALLATION. 4. PASSAGE DOOR BETWEEN HOUSE AND GARAGE MAY COUNT AS ONE OF THE TWO REQUIRED EGRESS DOORS ONLY IF AN ADDITIONAL 30" MIN. MAN DOOR IS INSTALLED IN SITE -BUILT GARAGE AND IS A MINIMUM 20 FT. CENTER TO CENTER FROM THE OTHER EGRESS DOOR (AS MEASURED IN A STRAIGHT LINE). 5. OPENINGS FROM THE GARAGE (INCLUDING PASSAGE DOORS), ARE NOT PERMITTED DIRECTLY INTO A BEDROOM. 6. DESIGNED FOR 90 MPH, EXPOSURE C WIND SPEED (UBC AND IRC). ROOFLOADS 80 PSF MAX ROOF 8d x 3" x 2-1/2" x LOAD NAILS a. STAPLES 30 PSF j7/16" 4 6 40 PSF 4 7 80 PSF 4 8 2x4 SPF #3 RAFTERS AT 24"o.c. A —(3) 8d NAILS OR (3)7/16"x 1-1/2"x "'--(4)8d p 169a. STAPLES OR (1) #8 x 3" NAILS LAS SCREW (TOE -FASTENED)® (TYPICAL (3) 8d NAILS OR (3) 7116"x 1-1/2"x EA. END) 16ga. STAPLES OR (2) #8 x 3" SCREWS (TOE-FASTENED)A `c N0. N m C042077 0 Exp- 3-31-2014 P.E. SEAL I THIRD PARTY SEAL TITLE: SET-UP INSTRUCTIONS FOR SITE -BUILT GARAGE cWy_f nIGOLDENWESTHOMES DRAWN BY: D. HOLT I DATE: 1/5/1995 5000 Clayton Road. MeryvlAe.TN378D4 PH: 865.380.3000 FAX 885.]80.3782 REVIEWED BY: JGM LAST REVISED: 2/17/2011 SHEET: CHECKED BY: RADCO CALC REF: N/A S-55 GOLDEN WEST HOMES - WOODEN FOOTING PADS PADS ARE 202 (NOMINAL) SPF 43 WHERE FDN LUMBER IS CUT OR NOTE: T, THE CUT SURFACE SHALL BE FIELD TREATED PRESSURE TREATED WOOD (TYPICAL) FOLLOWING PRESERVATIVES BYDREPEATED BRUSHING. DRILLED AFTER MPP NG OR SOAKING UNTIL HE WOOD ABSORBS NOWITH WITH THE "FON" GRADE MARK PRESERVATIVE: AMMONIACAL COPPER ARSENATE (ACA), CHROMATED COPPER ARSENATE (CCA), FLUOR CHROME ARSENATE PHENOL (FCAP), ACID COPPER CHROMATE (ACC), OR COPPER NAPHENATE. HOMES LOCATED IN 20 PSF ROOF LOAD AREA MAY USE 30 PSF ROOF LOAD SPACING LISTED IN CHARTS BELOW. NO. r 2 C042077 �} E 1:i 3`�ZQ1 C1V1� \\OFrrel )FOS SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) MAX PIER CAPACITY (#) PAD LENGTH (IN) 1000 1875 24 1000 2344 30 1500 3398 29 2000 4219 27 2500 5078 26 )m SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) MAX PIER CAPACITY (4) PAD LENGTH (N) 1000 3750 24 1000 4688 30 1500 5625 24 2000 5760 22 2500 1 5760 21 SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) MAX PIER CAPACITY (0) PAD LENGTH (IN) 1000 3750 24 1000 4688 30 1500 6797 29 2000 8438 27 2500 10156 26 DOUBLE PADS REQUIRED FOR SOIL BEARING CAPACITY GREATER THAN 1000 PSF. S-66 SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) MAX PIER CAPACITY (#) PAD LENGTH (IN) 1000 5625 24 1000 7031 30 1500 10195 29 2000 11520 27 2500 11520 1 26 MAXIMUM PIER SPACING (IN FEET) FOR CHASSIS BLOCKING ONLY: (184" SECTION WITH 12" MAX. OVERHANG AND 162" SECTION WITH 16" MAX. OVERHANG) iwAAlmum PILK SPACING (IN FEET) FOR CHASSIS AND PERIMETER BLOCKING TOGETHER: (184" SECTION WITH 12" MAX. OVERHANG AND 162" SECTION WITH 16" MAX. OVERHANG) CHASSIS BLOCKING 30 40 60 80 SOIL BEARING CAPAC•ITY(PSF) 30 ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 40 60 80 120 1000(24') 2'-6" 2'-3" 2'-0" 1'-8' V-3- -3"1000(30')3'-2 1000(30')--7-2 6'4" 2'-10" 2'-5" 4'-0' X-2' 1500 4'-T 4'-2' 3'-5' 2'•10" 2'-4• 2000 5'•8" 5'•1° 4'•3" X-8" T-10" 2500 6'•10" 6'•2" 5'•2" 4'-5" 3'-5" iwAAlmum PILK SPACING (IN FEET) FOR CHASSIS AND PERIMETER BLOCKING TOGETHER: (184" SECTION WITH 12" MAX. OVERHANG AND 162" SECTION WITH 16" MAX. OVERHANG) CHASSIS BLOCKING 30 40 60 80 SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) 30 ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 40 60 80 120 1000(24') 5'-1" 4'-T' T-10" T-3" 2'-6" 1000(30') 6'4" T-8' 4'•9" 4'-0' X-2' 1500 T-7" 6'-10" 57-8" 4'-10" 3'•10" 2000 T•9' 7'-0" 5'-10" 5'•0' 3'-10" 2500 7--9' 1 7'-0" 5'-10' 5'-0' 3'•10" iwAAlmum PILK SPACING (IN FEET) FOR CHASSIS AND PERIMETER BLOCKING TOGETHER: (184" SECTION WITH 12" MAX. OVERHANG AND 162" SECTION WITH 16" MAX. OVERHANG) CHASSIS BLOCKING 30 40 60 80 SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) 30 ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 40 60 60 120 1000(24-) 5'-0" 4'-7" 3'-10" T-3' 2'-6" 1000 (30") 6' 4 S'-8' 4'•9' 4'-0" T-2• 1000(30-) 8'-0" 8'-0' 6'-10' 5'-11" '-T201500 4'.7- 2000 00 8'-0" V-0" 8'•0" 7'-4" .5'-8" 6'-10" 2500 8'-0" 8'•0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 6'-10" iwAAlmum PILK SPACING (IN FEET) FOR CHASSIS AND PERIMETER BLOCKING TOGETHER: (184" SECTION WITH 12" MAX. OVERHANG AND 162" SECTION WITH 16" MAX. OVERHANG) CHASSIS BLOCKING 30 40 60 80 SOIL BEARING 1000(24') ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 4'-5" 3'•2" 2'•6" CAPACITY(PSF) 30 60 80 120 1000 (24") 7'7" -'•10' 640 5'-8" 4'-10" 3'•9" 1000(30-) 8'-0" 8'-0" T-2" 6'•1" 4'.g* 9 1500 8'•0' 8'-0" 87-0" 8'-0" 6'-10" 2000 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-9' 2500 8'-0" 1 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" T-9" iwAAlmum PILK SPACING (IN FEET) FOR CHASSIS AND PERIMETER BLOCKING TOGETHER: (184" SECTION WITH 12" MAX. OVERHANG AND 162" SECTION WITH 16" MAX. OVERHANG) SOIL BEARING ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) CHASSIS BLOCKING 30 40 60 80 SOIL BEARING 1000(24') ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 4'-5" 3'•2" 2'•6" CAPACITY(PSF) 30 40 60 80 120 1000(24-) 4'-8' 4'-8' 4'•8' 4'•8" 4-.8- ' 8- 1000(30-) 1000(30") 5'-10" 5' -lo- 5'.10" 5•_10" 5'-10" 1500 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'•0" 8'-0" 8'•0" 2000 8'-0'8'-0" 1 8'-0' 8'-0" 8'•0" 8'-0" 2500 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'•0' SOIL BEARING ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) CAPACITY(PSF) 30 40 60 80 120 1000(24') 5'-5' 4'-5" 3'•2" 2'•6" 17-9" 1000 (30") 6'•10' S'•6" 3'-11" 3'-1" 2'•2' 1500 8'-0• 8'-0' S'-9" 6'-3" 2000 8'-0" V-0" T•2" 5'•7" 3'-11' 2500 8'•0" 8--0" 8'-p" a'.o d'_A• PERIMETER BLOCKING SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) 30 ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 40 60 80 120 1000 (24") 8'-0" 70" 6'-5" 4'-10" 3'-8" 1000(30-) 8'-0" 8'-0" T-10' 6'-3" 8'-0" 1500 8'-0'8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0' 7'-6' T-3- 2000 8'-0' 8'-0" 8'-0" T-8" 5'-4" 2500 8'-0" 1 8'-0' 8'-0" T-8" 8'-0' PERIMETER BLOCKING SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) 30 ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 40 60 80 120 1000(24') g'•0" 8'-0" 6'-4" 4'-11' 3'-6" 1000 (30") 8'-0' 8'-0' T-11' 6-3" 8'-0" 1500 8'•0° 8'-0" 8'-0' 8'-0' 6-'-4- 2000 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 7'-10" 2500 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0' CHASSIS BLOCKING SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) 30 ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 40 60 80 120 1000(24') 8'-0" 8'•0' 8'-0" 8'-0" 1000 (30") 1000(30') 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0' 1500 B'-0` 8'-0' 70" 8'-0" 8'-0" 2000 8'-0' 8'•0' 8'-0" 8'-0' 8'•0" 2500 8'-0" V-0" 8'0' 8'-0" 8'-0' PERIMETER BLOCKING SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) 30 ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 40 60 80 120 1000(24') 8'-0" 8'-0' 8'-0• 1000 (30") 8'-0' 8'-0' 8'•0` 8'-0° 6'-6' 1500 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'•0" 2000 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0' 8'-0" , 8'-0" 2500 8'-0" 8'-0" B'•0" 8'-0° 8'-0' NOTES: GOLDEN WEST HOMES - STEEL PIERS ON WOODEN FnnTImrr pnnc I. WHERE FON LUMBER IS CUT OR DRILLED AFTER TREATMENT, THE CUT SURFACE SHALL BE FIELD TREATED WITH THE FOLLOWING PRESERVATIVES BY REPEATED BRUSHING, DIPPING OR SOAKING UNTIL THE WOOD ABSORBS NO MORE PRESERVATIVE: AMMONIACAL COPPER ARSENATE (ACA), CHROMATED COPPER ARSENATE (CCA), FLUOR CHROME ARSENATE PHENOL (FLAP), ACID COPPER CHROMATE (ACC), OR COPPER NAPTHENATE. 2. HOMES LOCATED IN 20 PSF ROOF LOAD AREA MAY USE 30 PSF ROOF LOAD SPACING LISTED IN CHARTS BELOW. 3. METAL PIERS MUST COMPLY WITH THE PIER MATERIAL MINIMUM SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON PAGE 41 OF THE STANDARD INSTALLATION MANUAL. 4. METAL PIERS MUST BE MECHANICALLY FASTENED OR CLAMPED TO THE HOME'S STEEL I -BEAM AND FLOOR RIM INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. MEMBERS PER DETAIL S-8. S -8T OR STEEL PIER MANUFACTURER'S 5. MECHANICAL CONNECTION (CORROSION RESISTANT NAILS OR SCREWS) IS REQUIRED FROM METAL PIER BASE TO WOOD PADS PER STEEL PIER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. PADS ARE 2x12 (NOMINAL) SPF 43 PRESSURE TREATED WOOD (TYPICAL) WITH THE "FON" GRADE MARK SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) MAX PIER CAPACITY (#) PAD LENGTH (IN) 1000 7 1875 24 1000 2344 30 SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) MAX PIER CAPACITY (#) PAD LENGTH (IN) 1000 3750 24 1000 4688 30 2x12x30" TRIPLE PAD FOOTING SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) MAX PIER CAPACITY (#) PAD LENGTH (IN) 1000 5625 24 1000 7031 30 • V/ V S-67 IJ 2x12x30" SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) MAX PIER CAPACITY (#) PAD LENGTH (IN) 1000 11250 24 1000 14062 30 MAXIMUM PIER SPACING (IN FEET) FOR CHASSIS BLOCKING ONLY: (184" SECTION WITH 12" MAX. OVERHANG AND 162" SECTION WITH 16" MAX. OVERHANG) ��F /Q�, CHASSIS BLOCKING CHASSIS BLOCKING CHASSIS BLOCKING Z SOIL BEARING ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) SOIL BEARING ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF)N rn SOIL BEARING ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF)- (j Q NO• CAPACITY(PSF) 1000 (24' 30 CAPACITY(PSF) 30 CAPACITY(PSF) 30 W `L 0042077 0 2'-6' 1000 (24") 5'-1" laoo (30") 3.2• 1000 (za^) 7'-T" Exp. 3-31-2 14 1000 (30") 6'.4" 1000 (30") 8'-0' Lila C (\/ 0. MAXIMUM PIER SPACING (IN FEET) FOR CHASSIS AND PERIMETER BLOCKING TOGETHER. (184 SECTION WITH 12 MAX. OVERHANG AND 162" SECTION WITH 16" MAX. OVERHANG) CHASSIS BLOCKING SOIL BEARING ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) CAPACITY(PSF)30 40 60 80 120 1000 (24') 4'-8" 4'•8" 4'-8" 4'-8" 4'-8" 1000(30') 5'-10' 5'-10" 5'-10' PERIMETER BLOCKIIIING SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) L ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 1 30 1 40 1 60 1 80 1 120 1000(24') 5'-5" 4'-5" 3'-2" 2'-6" 1'-9" 1000 (30') 6'-10" 5'-6" 3'•11' CHASSIS BLOCKING SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 30 4�8%0'8800' 1000(24') 8'-0" 8'- 1000 (30") 8'-0' 8'- PERIMETER BLOCKING SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 30 40 60 80 120 1000 (24') 8'-0" 8'-0" 6'-5" 4'-10' 3'-8" 1000(30-) B'-0' 8'-0' 7'-10' 6'-3" 4' 4" CHASSIS BLOCKING SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 30 40 60 60 1 120 1000 (24") 8'-0" 8'-0"8'•0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 1000(30') 8'-0' 8'-0" 8'•0" 70" 8'-0" PERIMETER BLOCKING SOIL BEARING CAPACITY(PSF) ROOF LIVE LOAD (PSF) 30 40 1 60 80 1 120 1000 (24") 8'-0" 8'-0' 8'-0" 7'•6" 5'-3" 1000(30') 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0' 1 6'-6" jr--J-------------------- II II COMBINED VENTS IN GARAGE WALLS TO NAVE A MINIMUM FREE AREA OF 100 SQ. O FEDERAL MANUFACTURED b I I I IN OF OUTSIDE FRESH AIR OPENING U HOUSING CONSTRUCTIONv b SAFETY STANDARDS II < II m O II II 6/25/2009 ,I II SITE -BUILT GARAGE I� II I ,I II ,I II I� II I� ACCESS PANEL WALL BE j PROVIDED WITH VENT GRILL I I ALLOWING MIN: 100 SQ IN. OF I I FRESH AIR OPENING I ENTIRE WATER HEATER COMPARTMENT WATER HEATER TO I I TO BE LINED WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' DRYWALL BE PLACED MIN. 18° INCLUDING FLOOR, WALLS, AND CEILING I I ABOVE GARAGE FLOOR II I, onl o NOTES: FRESH AIR OPENING IN ACCESS PANEL IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF WATER HEATERS: I. DIRECT VENT GAS WATER HEATER WITH CO -AXIAL VENT SYSTEM THAT REQUIRES VENTILATION THROUGH ROOF ONLY. 2. ELECTRIC WATER HEATER I p I I p , ---- Ll WATER HEATER' MISC-033 ACCESS AT GARAGE DRAWN BY: G. BUB 8-24-®9 SCALE: 3/16'1=1'-011 HOMES 'GOLDEN WEST HOMES Addendum. to Installation Manual Foundation Pier Blocking Requirements No, perimeter blocking is required for 20 psf roof live loads. Alternatively, for 16 foot double wide units, only, no perimeter blocking is required for 30 psf max roof live loads. Refer to table below for required pier capacities and footing areas. Plf load=(30+10) x 4' +50 plf + (40+5+3.5+4) x 4'= 420 pif- Soil Bearin Ca acit Piers acin ft o.c. Re uired footin area in^2 1000 psf 4 242 1000 psf 6 363 1000 psf 8 484 ` Required Footing Area = ((420-* Pier spacing) / 1000) * 144 Refer to Installation Manual for all other setup requirements unless otherwise noted. r Q�OF ESS/p SE l Z , N r Cr C042077 0 Exp.3-31-2014 Ll�• C I V I \- ? 009.102 ' 9:dapia/goldwest/setup/addendums/16WTI/Foundation Gaylen West Date: May 4, 2006 To: John Brean, General Manager Golden West Ilomes Perris_, CA From: Mark Ezzo, P.E. VP of Engineering CMH Manufacturing, Inc. (865) 380-3000 ext. 5382 Re: Roof Close -off, Ridge Beam Connections for 3/12 The Golden West Homes Installation Manual on page 48 provides instructions for connecting the ridge beams together for a 3/12 roof using 1/2" diameter bolts or 3/8" x 5" lag screws. This letter is to verify that when using 3/8" x 5" lag screws to connect the ridge beams together it is not necessary to remove the factory -installed roof sheathing prior to installing the lag screws. It is acceptable for the setup contractor to install the lags through the roof sheathing. Please note that this application only applies to 3/12 roofs where the ridge beams are up tight against the peak of the roof. On 4/12 and higher roofs, where the ridge beams are down below the peak, it is necessary to remove the roof sheathing in order to gain access for connecting the ridge beams together. Please let me know if there are any questions. Thank you, Cc: . Greg Bue, Engineering Manager Miguel Barcenas, QA Manager 19 J NO. N n L C042077 C a *\Exp. 3-31-2014/ * Mailing kcidress: lox 9730 Maryville, Tennessee 37302 %-e-'A A1.1dress: 5000 Clay4on Read Mar;+klle, Tennessee 37804 Phone 565.330.3000 , RX ftS.380.3181 or 865.350.3732 MMH1 O FEDERAL =LIFACTIAtED U Holism CONS1RtKTION � Mdowliftrm Husi4g, IJPfiMYIf O A SAFETY STANDARDS r a • 08 < Housing Alert 1/15/2009 HUD Suspends Enforcement of Ground Anchor and Manufactured Pier Galvanization Requirements On Monday, January 12, HUD informed MHI it will be suspending national enforcement of the galvanization requirements for anchor systems and manufactured piers that would have become effective February 2, under the new Model Manufactured Home Installation Standards (MMHIS), until the Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee_ reviews the matter further. HUD is taking this action in response to an appeal made by MHI based on the lack of a demonstrated need for such a requirement to apply to the installation of all manufactured housing nationwide. MHI has maintained that weatherization requirements for anchor and pier systems should be based on local and regional conditions rather than a one size fits all approach as currently contained in the MMHIS. MHI has therefore been in discussions with HUD, requesting states be allowed to determine what, if any, minimum galvanization requirements are warranted in their own: jurisdictions until the MHCC is able to recommend more practical standards that account for regional climatic and soil differences. The following is the e-mail sent yesterday from Bill,Matchneer, Associate Deputy Assistant Secretary, Office of Regulatory Affairs and Manufactured Housing, to SAA's and Primary Inspection Agencies (PIA). 'As requested by MHI, HUD has decided to temporarily suspend national enforcement of the weatherization and corrosion protection requirements for piers and anchor systems found in CFR 3285.308 and 402 due to take effect on February 2, 2009. As requested by the industry in June 2008, these requirements are currently under review by a workgroup of the Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee (MHCC). HUD will, reconsider its decision to suspend enforcement of these weatherization and corrosion protection requirements once the MHCC has voted on any recommendations received from the current review process. During rulemaking, HUD was not presented with a known history of actual failures of ground anchors or piers due to corrosion. Therefore, HUD is comfortable taking this SU -ADD -10.0 step to help the industry cope with a period of severe economic distress. HUD reminds all concerned, however, that these weatherization and corrosion protection issues should have been more fully addressed by the affected parties during the rulemaking process. While HUD has decided to temporarily suspend national enforcement of the weatherization and corrosion protection requirements in CFR 3285.308 and 402, the states are free to make their own decisions with regard to galvanization or other weatherization and corrosion protection requirements for pier and anchor systems. Primary Inspection Agencies are asked to advise the individual manufacturers they supervise of this decision.' If you have any questions, please contact Jeff Inks at iinks(aD-mfghome.org 0 FEDERAL w,NUFACTUREO t U HOUSING CONSTRUCTION V 0 6 SAFETY STANDARDS ,'0 Q G M Of 0 1/15/2009 SU -ADD -10.1